Cardiff and Pontypridd PG 2013

Postgraduate, Professional and Research 2013-14
100
YEARS OF
EDUCATION
08455 194 787 www.glam.ac.uk/postgrad
^ Open Evening, T y Crawshay
Glamorgan Alumni p223
Start in February or September p24
Apply online p220
100 Years of Education Postgraduate, Professional and Research 2013-14
Open Evenings
Get your future on course
If you are interested in further study at Glamorgan, why not come and find out more?
We hold Open Evenings throughout the year, which are a great opportunity to find out if postgraduate study is right for you. You can speak to academics about our courses and studying at Glamorgan, and get professional advice from our Career and Money Advisers. To book your place, simply call 08455 194 787 or visit www.glam.ac.uk/postgrad. We look forward to welcoming you.
There are Open Evenings in 2013 between 4pm and 7pm on the following dates: Wednesday 23rd January Wednesday 24th April Wednesday 19th June Wednesday 4th September
Open Evening, Treforest Campus
^ Postgraduate Centre, T y Crawshay
Welcome from the Vice-Chancellor

As the University has grown, so has our reputation. You will join us in our centenary year, when we can reflect on our achievements and look forward to what the next 100 years will bring. We are dedicated to professional, employment-focused education, and in this prospectus, you will see the depth and breadth of courses we deliver. Our teaching is informed by our research, which includes collaboration with some of Europes leading experts and companies. We are committed to applied research and innovation, and will continue to identify and encourage people who show research potential. Our distinctive research activities have gone from strength to strength, illustrated by our growing reputation in several fields. In the most recent Research Assessment Exercise (RAE2008), we confirmed our status as one of Wales leading researchactive universities. More than 70% of Glamorgans submitted research activity was assessed to be of a quality recognised internationally for its originality, significance and rigour, with around 10% of this work recognised as world-leading. These results demonstrate the high standard of research that our academics are engaged in, across a range of disciplines. Our position as a significant researchactive university has been cemented by our membership of the St Davids Day Group. Together with the other major universities in Wales Aberystwyth, Bangor, Cardiff and Swansea we represent over 70% of all students in Wales and more than 95% of the nations research activity. As a Group, we will combine our strengths and talents to drive forward the knowledge economy in Wales. We aim to provide the best possible learning experience to help you achieve your goals, and we continue to build on our achievements with further multi-million pound investment. This commitment to excellence has already seen the establishment of a Renewable Hydrogen Research and Demonstration Centre near Swansea, and state-of-the-art laboratories at our Glyntaff campus. Latest developments see the opening of a Postgraduate Centre, deluxe student accommodation, and refurbishment of the Learning Resources Centre at Treforest. I hope you find all that you need in this prospectus, but you can discover much more at an Open Evening there are details inside the front cover. If you cannot visit us in person, please visit our website or contact our Enquiries & Admissions Unit. We will be happy to discuss your options and help you make your decision. I look forward to welcoming you to the University.
The University of Glamorgan has a thriving postgraduate community of over 3,000 students. From part-time professional qualifications to full-time research degrees, it is the ideal place to get an advanced qualification for your personal and professional development.
Professor Julie Lydon Vice-Chancellor
08455 194 787
Contents
University of Glamorgan Why choose postgraduate study? Why choose Glamorgan? A great location Campus investments Centenary celebrations Glamorgan life Student support Fees, funding and scholarships International students Learning support Choosing a course Engaging with business
04 06 10 12 13 14 16 18 20 22 24 27
Courses Accounting and Finance Art and Design Built Environment Computing Counselling and Psychotherapy Criminology Drama Engineering English and Creative Writing Environment and Science Forensic Science Health Sciences History Law Management and Business Marketing Media and Communication Music Psychology and Education Public Services Sport Supply Chain Management
28 34 42 52 60 64 66 68 84 90 96 98 128 132 138 148 152 160 162 174 182 188
Research Research at Glamorgan Graduate Research Office Research in: Faculty of Advanced Technology Faculty of Business and Society Cardiff School of Creative and Cultural Industries Faculty of Health, Sport and Science Further information Academic Faculties Entry requirements Glamorgan Alumni How to get here Course index General index
194 196 198 202 206 208
212 220 223 224 226 228
www.glam.ac.uk/postgrad
Why choose postgraduate study?

Your questions answered
Postgraduate programmes for research and further study can expand your skill base, further your knowledge and greatly improve your career prospects.
Choosing to continue in higher education or return to study after a period in the workplace is not a decision taken lightly. There are many implications, from financing the course to finding enough time to attend classes and complete the work. Here are some questions our trained advisers are asked most often. Why choose postgraduate study? There are as many answers to this question as there are postgraduate students. You may enjoy your subject and want to explore it at an advanced level, such as a Masters degree or postgraduate research. In a difficult economic climate, some people gain additional qualifications to improve their career prospects, aiming to become an asset to their employer or a better interview candidate. Some employers place great value in the advanced knowledge and skills of postgraduates, as well as the commitment needed to achieve a further qualification. Professional qualifications are essential for some careers, such as accountancy, or form part of continuing professional development. There are also many fields in which a research degree is desirable, such as work in laboratories or education. Alternatively, postgraduate study can open a whole new world of opportunity, with qualifications in law or computing, for example, that allow you to change career path entirely. How will I fund my studies? Funding is a big factor and students often have to juggle education with salary upkeep, a mortgage or childcare. Financial support is available, including bursaries and scholarships. There are also flexible study options, so you can continue to earn money and fund your education by fitting study around the demands of your career. If your new qualification is relevant to your work, you could get support from your employer towards fees or study costs. At Glamorgan, we have a team of student finance advisers, as well as a scholarships programme. Turn to page 18 to find out more.
To see if the University of Glamorgan is right for you, visit us at one of our Open Evenings see inside the front cover for details. For advice on postgraduate study or studying at Glamorgan, contact us on 08455 194 787 or come to an Open Evening. www.glam.ac.uk/postgrad 4 08455 194 787
How can I fit study into my busy schedule? Though daunting, it is possible many students fit further study around work and family. At Glamorgan, we take a realistic approach to postgraduate study and do all we can to help you achieve your goals. Nearly all our taught courses have part-time study options, while others are available through distance or block learning. The University also has extensive e-learning facilities, which means you can access the information and materials you need whenever it suits you. There is more information about our learning support on page 22.
How will my study improve my career? Having a career plan is important, because a new qualification alone sometimes isnt enough you need to know how to use it to your advantage. Which specialist area will offer the best career opportunities? If you are using further study to change career, what are the industrystandard qualifications? What do employers look for on a CV? The University has a Careers & Employability Service that can offer guidance on your future and your choice of qualification. You can get their advice and talk to academics at one of our Open Evenings, or turn to page 16 for details. We also have an employability programme, Glam Edge, that could boost your career development see over the page for more information.
What kind of course should I study? Postgraduate qualifications are available at different levels, from Postgraduate Certificate to PhD. Taught courses involve more traditional seminars, coursework or exams, or you could choose study that is entirely research-based. Some qualifications are delivered by the University on behalf of professional bodies. These are prescriptive in what you learn and how you study, so you can gain a qualification that is a recognised standard in that profession. Alternatively, research study involves producing an original thesis from mainly independent work, with support from a supervisory tutor or team. You will need to find a course and mode of study that will fit with your existing commitments, your lifestyle and your career plans. There is more information about the different courses at Glamorgan on page 24.
Postgraduate Centre, Treforest Campus
Why choose Glamorgan for your studies?

Your future starts here
The University of Glamorgan offers a wide range of higher-level qualifications to help you take the next step in your career, improve your employment prospects, or develop your knowledge through research.
Every year, almost 3,000 students choose our flexible study programmes, top-quality teaching and first-class facilities here are a few reasons why. Courses relevant to the real world A course is only as good as its content. We pride ourselves on making sure that our courses are relevant to the real world and the workplace, giving you every opportunity to apply what you learn be it through case studies, a workbased project or a field course. Most academics are actively involved in research, so what you learn is informed and shaped by the latest thinking and developments, making you a more desirable candidate for employers. It also means that you will be taught by lecturers who are national and international experts in their fields. Within the University, many Faculties and Divisions are recognised for their excellence or expertise. Glamorgan Business School, for example, has been awarded the Gold standard for its delivery of the ACCA (Association of Chartered Certified Accountants) course. In the Faculty of Advanced Technology, Electronic Product Engineering and Environmental Technology are designated centres of expertise in Wales. Turn to page 212 for more information about our Faculties.
Aerospace Centre, Treforest Campus
08455 194 787
Moot Court, Treforest Campus
Professional links to boost your employability Our links with industry in Wales, the UK and overseas mean that our teaching is informed by actual practice, so you can see how theories are implemented in the real world. We work in consultation with employers to ensure that our graduates are equipped for the demands of the workplace, and we regularly update and develop our modules to reflect real-life trends and we. We also deliver courses on behalf of many professional bodies, like the Chartered Institute of Purchasing and Supply (CIPS) or the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD). Glamorgan is the first university in the country to pilot a groundbreaking Graduate Member Scheme on behalf of the Institute of Leadership and Management (ILM). This unique scheme is open to all students and provides free studying membership of the ILM for the duration of your studies. Once you are enrolled, staff can advise you on how to register on this scheme.
and skills you will gain through your higher-level studies, we can support you to create networks, gain relevant additional skills, and present yourself as a desirable candidate to potential employers. Glam Edge elements are integrated with your course, with additional support from the Careers & Employability Service, to help you get the most out of your advanced qualification. Our support wont end when you graduate either careers and employability advice is available to all our alumni. You can find out more about how our Careers & Employability Service can help you on page 16. For more information about how Glam Edge could enhance your career development, visit: www.glam.ac.uk/employability
Glam Edge The University has a new initiative that aims to maximise your potential. During your time at Glamorgan, Glam Edge will help you develop specific skills for your workplace development, enabling you to aim higher and take the next step in your career. The initiative has been developed between the Universitys academics, careers advisers, and employers. Alongside the specific knowledge
100 Years of Education Postgraduate, Professional and Research 2013-14 Significant investments and growth In recent years, we have invested 130m across our campuses to offer our students first-class facilities and learning experiences. This exciting development programme has already seen us establish new buildings, invest in industry-standard equipment, and create simulated learning environments. To build on these achievements, we will invest another 28m over the coming year to expand our ATRiuM campus in Cardiff and redevelop parts of the Treforest campus. From the new Postgraduate Centre where you can focus on your studies, to a new Students Union and student accommodation we want our students have every chance of success. Turn to page 12 for details about how we have enhanced our campuses. Excellent student support We understand that further study requires a huge investment of time and money. This is why we are committed to helping you get the most from your studies. Through e-learning technologies, we can help you make time for your study wherever and whenever suits you. You can view course materials and take part in discussions online, or access library resources around the clock. Combined with our flexible study options, we do all we can to help you invest in your future. Turn to page 22 for details. Postgraduate students can face many financial pressures, often juggling fees with existing loans, career, a mortgage or family. Our Student Money Service can offer advice on scholarships and other sources of funding to support your studies. To find out more, turn to page 18. Academic support for our research students is provided by the Graduate Research Office (GRO). From your application through to graduation, they can help with regulations, networking and training opportunities to give your research career the best possible foundation see page 196 for details.
Find out how you can improve your future at the University of Glamorgan. www.glam.ac.uk/postgrad
Materials Testing Laboratory, Treforest Campus
08455 194 787
LRC, Treforest Campus
ATRiuM Campus
Hypobaric Chamber, Glyntaff Campus
Outstanding research Research at Glamorgan is going from strength to strength, with many groups leading the way in fields such as sustainable energy, digital mapping and genetics. The University achieved an excellent outcome in the latest Research Assessment Exercise (RAE2008). Over 70% of submitted research activity was judged of a quality recognised internationally for its originality, significance and rigour, with 10% of
this research recognised as worldleading. These results demonstrate the high quality of research conducted by academic staff across a range of disciplines. You can study for a Masters by Research, Masters of Philosophy (MPhil) or Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in one of our research units, many of which are interdisciplinary. To find out more, turn to our dedicated Research section starting on page 194.
Why wait? If you cant make it to an Open Evening, you can go on virtual tours of our facilities and developments online. www.glam.ac.uk/360
A great location
Countryside, citylife weve got it all
Glamorgan students benefit hugely from our location. With excellent transport links and campuses in distinctly different locations, weve got it all.
The University has a campus in Cardiff, Wales capital city, and two more campuses in nearby Pontypridd. All our campuses are easily accessed by road and rail. Just off the M4 and with train stations on the doorstep, our students can commute from all over South Wales and beyond. This means that good quality postgraduate study doesnt have to put extra pressure on your financial resources. You can see for yourself by watching our online video www.glam.ac.uk/location or turn to page 224 for details. Cardiff Our ATRiuM campus was built for the Cardiff School of Creative and Cultural Industries. This innovative campus is right at the heart of Cardiffs established arts scene and burgeoning creative industries. Students at this campus still have access to all the facilities at Treforest, as well as some specially negotiated deals in the city. Cardiff has something for everyone great nightlife, history, culture, top sporting venues and fantastic shopping. Cardiff is a great place to live and study. Its friendly and easy to get around, and remains one of the most desirable student cities in the UK.
ATRiuM Campus, Cardiff
Come and find out for yourself The best way to find out if the University is right for you is to come to an Open Evening. You can take a look around, speak to tutors and get advice on funding. See inside the front cover for details.
10
08455 194 787
Pontypridd Just 10 miles from Cardiff, youll find our campuses in Pontypridd. Its ideal if you want somewhere quiet to concentrate on your studies. Away from the bustle of the city, you will find friendly campuses and green open spaces. The Treforest campus is home to students from the Faculties of Business and Society, and Advanced Technology. Students in the Faculty of Health, Sport and Science are based at the Glyntaff campus. These campuses are just a short walk from each other and our students say they love the community atmosphere. Trains run regularly between Treforest and Cardiff, and the University has its own station just a few minutes walk from campus.
South Wales If you want some rest and relaxation after studying, why not take advantage of our location. You have to try hard to get bored around here no matter what youre into, youre likely to find it. Some of the most stunning countryside in the UK is within easy reach, including awardwinning beaches and the Brecon Beacons National Park. The local area is rich in heritage, with national museums, galleries and castles to explore. If you love the outdoors, canoeing, rock climbing, water-skiing and surfing are available in amazing locations all over South Wales.
^ Ty Crawshay, Treforest Campus
Did you know? We are investing a further 28m in our campus developments turn to page 12 to find out more.
Gower Peninsular
Take a look around You can watch our location video online: www.glam.ac.uk/location
Cardiff Bay
11
Investing in your future

The best universities need to move with the times and Glamorgan is no different. To give our students every chance of success, we make sure our facilities are the best they can possibly be.
We have been busy over the last few years, with a 130m investment programme to provide a first-class learning environment across our three campuses. This reflects the Universitys forward-thinking outlook and improves the quality of your student experience. At the Glyntaff campus, health, sport and science students enjoy purposebuilt laboratories filled with industrystandard equipment. Glamorgan Sport Park is our new coaching and performance centre just a few miles from Glyntaff. Its the first sports facility in Wales to be rated BREEAMExcellent, and is used by students and professional sports teams. Our Treforest campus has a new training facility for Aerospace students, complete with a flight simulator and a full-size commercial aircraft. To support our leading research, our sport science facilities have new laboratories and high-tech teaching facilities, making them among the best in the UK. To ensure our students get the best inside and outside the classroom we have built new Halls of Residence, which have been recognised by BREEAM as Waless most sustainable multi-residential development. Plus, the new Postgraduate Centre is a place where you can go to work, meet with fellow postgraduates, or just get a coffee and take a break. To build on these achievements, we are investing a further 28m to expand our ATRiuM campus in Cardiff and enhance facilities at Treforest. Work is underway to refurbish the Learning Resources Centre at Treforest and create a new home for Student Services. Weve also redesigned our largest lecture theatre so it can seat over 300 students and is fitted with the latest technology. Developments in Cardiff will see new spaces for animation, broadcasting and the performing arts, right at the heart of the city. And thats not all! We have created realistic simulation training facilities for forensic and health sciences, law and accounting, and developed a specific training space for lighting, sound and staged events students.
Artists impression of Treforest Campus
Why wait? You can go on virtual tours of our facilities and these developments on our website simply visit: www.glam.ac.uk/360 12 08455 194 787
Centenary celebrations
In 2013, the University of Glamorgan will celebrate its centenary year marking 100 years of education.
The University started life in 1913 as the South Wales and Monmouthshire School of Mines. In its first year, around 40 students signed up for courses, mostly funded by their employers, the coal mine owners. Of these students, 12 were killed during World War I. International links are part of our foundations there were three students from China enrolled at the School when it opened in 1913. Later, the School was used as a model to establish the Indian School of Mines at Dhanbad, the coal capital of India. In the 1950s, the institution became the Glamorgan College of Technology, which later became Glamorgan Polytechnic and then the Polytechnic of Wales. In 1992, the University of Glamorgan was born and is now home to 23,000 students.
1913-2013
100 MLYNEDD O ADDYSG
100 years on, as an established institution of higher learning, we are committed to providing professionally relevant courses, a high-quality student experience, and access to the latest technologies and industry-standard equipment. Our research activities are going from strength to strength, and we continue to invest in our campuses and facilities. If you choose one of our courses, you will join the University at this important time. We are very proud of our 100-year history and we are keen to share the celebrations with our oldest graduates and our newest students.
100 YEARS OF EDUCATION
To find out more about our centenary celebrations, visit: www.glam.ac.uk
Class of 1949 on practical training at Wattstown Colliery, Rhondda
13
Glamorgan life
Work, rest and play
The University of Glamorgan has lots to offer when you want a break from your studies -- whether you fancy coffee and a snack, need to let off steam in the gym, or just unwind in the bar with friends.
Students Union, Treforest Campus
Students Union Glamorgans Students Union is much more than a place to party. This student-led organisation is independent from the University and plays an important role in the life of all our students. It provides a wide range of services and opportunities for all, including representation, advice and welfare support. Since September 2010, Glamorgan students have enjoyed a brand-new Union building at Treforest. This modern facility has Wi-Fi connectivity throughout and is home to support services, events, clubs, societies and community projects as well as shops, bars, a nightclub and eateries.
This main building at Treforest is for all students at the University, but we have ensured there are Students Union facilities across all three campuses as part of our developments. SU@ATRiuM offers support and representation, a shop for everyday essentials, a social area with a bar and cafe, plus an exciting programme of events. Support staff are on hand at the Glyntaff campus too, plus youll find a student shop and exclusive social places where you can take a break or exchange ideas with your fellow students. Go online for the latest on whats happening at our new Students Union: www.glamsu.com
14
08455 194 787
Glamorgan Sport Glamorgan Sport covers all sport and recreation activities at the University, offering an impressive range of sport courses, facilities, sports clubs and qualifications. Our facilities are among the best in the UK and host a wide range of activities. Sport Centre The Sport Centre on our Treforest campus is open throughout the year. We have over 20 classes each week during term-time, from squash or pilates to canoeing or climbing. Alternatively, you could join one of our sports teams that participate in the BUCS programme on Wednesday afternoons. If you fancy something a little less energetic, you can always take time out in the sauna and steam rooms.
The Centre has achieved Quest accreditation for the third successive year this is the UK Quality Scheme for Sport and Leisure, and is the only sport chartermark recognised by all four UK Sports Councils. Facilities are open throughout terms and holidays, with a sports injury clinic open twiceweekly during term-time. For students at our ATRiuM campus, we have also arranged exclusive deals with nearby health and fitness clubs. You and your partner can get reduced rate membership in superb health and fitness facilities near our ATRiuM campus.
Glamorgan Sport Park As part of our commitment to excellence, we have invested 3.7m in Glamorgan Sport Park, a new, purpose-built facility just three miles from the Treforest campus. In addition to strength and conditioning facilities and an analysis suite, there are 30 acres of playing fields, with a pavilion, five floodlit pitches and two all-weather pitches, one of which is a FIFA-approved, fullsize rubber crumb pitch. Our facilities are so good that many professional teams regularly use them for training. The University was also included within Londons 2012 Pre-Games Training Camp Guide. For more information about Glamorgan Sport, visit www.glam.ac.uk/sport.
You can find restaurants and cafes on each University campus, serving everything from breakfasts to light salads and lunchtime meals all at student-friendly prices. www.glam.ac.uk/life
Boxercise class, Sport Centre
Tyn-y-Wern playing fields, Treforest
15
Student support
Services for your every need
While you are at Glamorgan, you can access a wide range of support services to help you balance the demands of study with daily life, manage your finances, or make the most of your new qualification.
Careers & Employability Service The Careers & Employability Service has a team of experienced advisers to help with all aspects of your career. They will help you plan your career development and offer advice on how to make the most of your new qualification. Services range from helping with CVs and application forms to one-to-one guidance, plus there is a wealth of careers information available online. The Careers & Employability Service is an integral part of the Glam Edge initiative, working with academics across the University to aid your career development and maximise your potential. See page 7 for more information. We have excellent links with leading UK and international employers, as well as smaller local and national companies, so we can help you find a way to advance in your chosen profession. Our staff are also able to help alumni with career matters after they have graduated. To find out more, visit www.glam.ac.uk/careers. Accommodation University accommodation is based on our Treforest campus it offers a supportive, community atmosphere in which to live and study. We have just completed a 20m project to build student residences of an impressive standard. Available since September 2011, our students have outstanding accommodation options, including premium bedrooms and self-contained studio flats. We try to place postgraduate and final year students together, though this may not always be guaranteed. If youd like to look around our accommodation, visit www.glam.ac.uk/accommodation. If you will study at our ATRiuM campus in Cardiff, the University has rooms available in privately run Halls of Residence in the city centre. For more information and costs, please visit www.glam.ac.uk/accommodation. If you prefer to rent privately and live off campus in Cardiff or Treforest, Accommodation Services can help. Private sector accommodation listings are available online at www.glamorganstudentpad.co.uk. This site details registered properties that comply with the local authoritys standard and safety regulations. You can register to receive updates on the latest properties.
16
08455 194 787
Micro Flat, Mountain Halls, Treforest Campus
Student Services We understand the needs of postgraduate students and our Student Services department can offer you help and support through a range of services. Our Student Money Service can help you manage your finances while you invest in your education. They offer advice on funding opportunities and any additional support you may be entitled to. Turn to page 18 or for more information visit: www.glam.ac.uk/money The Disability and Dyslexia Service provides a confidential and professional service, where students with a disability can discuss their individual requirements. The Service offers support, advice and guidance that enables study on an equal basis. If you have a disability, you may be eligible for additional funding in the form of the Disabled Students Allowances. Please visit our website for further information: www.glam.ac.uk/disability
We provide a wide range of services through our nurse-led Health Service based at the Treforest campus, and a Health Clinic at our ATRiuM campus. In addition to a professional and confidential Counselling Service, we have a Mental Wellbeing Service that offers emotional and practical support, and advocacy to students experiencing mental or emotional distress. You can find out more about these support services on the following web pages: www.glam.ac.uk/health www.glam.ac.uk/counselling www.glam.ac.uk/mentalwellbeing International students can benefit from our International Student Support Service on a range of welfare-related issues (see page 21). We also offer Chaplaincy Services that are open and inclusive, providing pastoral support to all students, regardless of whether or not you belong to a faith community. For more information on all our services, visit www.glam.ac.uk/life.
Childcare Services The Universitys Playcentre provides full and part-time care for children between three months and five years of age. Registered by the Care and Social Services Inspectorate Wales, it gives priority places to children of Glamorgan students and staff. Our qualified and experienced staff offer a safe environment with a consistency of care, providing each child with experiences to help them develop physically, emotionally, intellectually and socially. Facilities at the Playcentre include an activity and sensory room, a snuggly bugs room, a busy bees room, a little explorers room, a pre-school room and a large outdoor area. During holidays, the Centre also operates a playcare scheme for 4 to 12-year-olds within the conservatory, which is also registered by the Care and Social Services Inspectorate Wales. A drop-in after school club operates throughout the school term for children aged between three and seven (dependent on spaces). Childcare fees are available on request at the Playcentre. Visit our website to find out more and take a tour of the Centre: www.glam.ac.uk/playcentre
I have received excellent support from University staff. They were approachable and I wasnt made to feel different. I got the advice and encouragement I needed to get my work done. My time at Glamorgan has been great its made me who I am today. Susan Laing, MSc Criminology and Criminal Justice
17
Student money
Fees, funding and scholarships
Finance and funding are important factors when choosing further study. At the University of Glamorgan, we offer specialist support and advice to help you make sense of it all.
Taught course tuition fees Postgraduate tuition fees for 2013-14 are yet to be confirmed at time of print. In 2012-13, the University charged UK and EU students 3,950 to study a full-time Masters course. Fees for part-time study are charged on a modular basis. Please visit our website for details of the latest fee information, before you apply: www.glam.ac.uk/money Some postgraduate awards and professional courses are charged at a non-standard fee. Details of these courses can also be found on the Universitys website: www.glam.ac.uk/money Alongside our fees, we will also offer a range of generous scholarships to help with the cost of study. Please remember to check our website for the latest information, or come to one of our Open Evenings to find out more. See inside the front cover for dates and how to book your place. Managing fee payments For UK and EU students, fees are usually payable when you enrol. To make the process easier, you can make this payment online. However, we understand that a large, one-off payment is not always possible and it can be a barrier to study. This is why you can spread the cost by paying in direct debit instalments at no extra charge. For more details about paying your tuition fees, visit www.glam.ac.uk/money. Research tuition fees Full details of tuition fees for research degree programmes are on our website, along with other fees specific to research students: www.glam.ac.uk/research
18
08455 194 787
Postgraduate funding There are many ways to fund postgraduate study, from bursaries and scholarships to bank loans or grants from charitable trusts. We have comprehensive information on our website: www.glam.ac.uk/money However, here is a brief summary of the main types of funding you need to consider. Bursaries and scholarships The University of Glamorgan provides a limited number of awards, bursaries and scholarships. Please check our website regularly for the latest details of available support for the 2013-14 academic year and application deadlines. Professional and career development loan schemes If you are training for a professional qualification, most banks offer a professional studies loan scheme. You may also negotiate a loan with your bank. A bank is more likely to offer a loan to students on professional and vocational courses. You can find more information about professional and career development loans on the Education and Training pages of www.direct.gov.uk.
Charities, trusts and foundations Many charities, trusts and foundations award partial funding for postgraduate study they rarely award total funding, but such funds can help towards fees and maintenance costs. However, with record numbers of applications for these small pools of money, you will need a strong case to make a successful application. The large number of trusts and charities means that they may be a source of additional funds if you are prepared to put in a little research and effort first. Trusts and charity foundations vary greatly. Some have restrictions such as catchment area or nationality, while others will only give awards for certain categories of need. Disabled Students Allowances (DSAs) If you incur extra costs on your course because you have a disability, you may be eligible for Disabled Students Allowances (DSAs). DSAs assist with additional costs you might have to pay while studying as a direct result of your disability, mental health condition or specific learning difficulty. At present, these are nonmeans tested.
Contact us For further guidance on funding options for postgraduate students, please come to an Open Evening or make an appointment with an adviser in the Universitys Student Money Service: money@glam.ac.uk Research funding Research Councils cover funding in different subject areas: arts, engineering, sciences, and social sciences. Competition for the different awards is intense and you should be aware that obtaining funding from a Research Council may prove difficult. Applications for Research Council grants are generally not made individually, but through the Faculty where you intend to study. Your Faculty will be able to advise you whether there is a possibility of such funding. For advice and details on research studentship opportunities and deadlines, please contact the Graduate Research Office: gro@glam.ac.uk
19
International study at Glamorgan

A home from home
The University has an established international reputation. Each year, around 3,200 overseas students come to Glamorgan from more than 60 countries.
As an international student, you may need additional support through your application process and during your course. The information below is a brief introduction to the services we offer our international students. For more detailed information, please refer to our International Student Guide or the international section of our website: www.glam.ac.uk/international Enquiries and applications Specially trained staff in our International Office can help you with any questions you may have about the University and its courses. We have a wide network of representatives in many countries who can also assist you. Representative details can be found on our website: www.glam.ac.uk/international/ countries The University recognises a range of entry qualifications from around the world. We can advise you on the equivalence of your qualifications and recommend a suitable study plan. Different courses have different entry requirements. You can find these on individual course pages in this prospectus, or on our website: www.glam.ac.uk/international/ courses You will also need a good command of English and prove you have the equivalent of IELTS 6.5 or TOEFL IBT 88. If you do not meet our required English language level, we can arrange for you to undertake a 5,10 or 20-week English Language Skills course at the Universitys Centre for International English. Applicants who have undergraduate diplomas rather than degrees and whose Englishlanguage ability is not of the required level, may wish to consider the International Pre-Masters Programme. Applications for postgraduate study are made directly to the University. You can apply through: The International Office The Universitys international recruitment representatives Online: www.glam.ac.uk/apply All applications must contain the following: A fully completed application form Certificates and transcripts of relevant qualifications Two letters of reference Evidence of English language ability (IELTS or TOEFL) A personal statement Once you have received your offer, our staff will advise you on how to book accommodation, make a fee payment and make a visa application. Fees and scholarships The University is currently reviewing its postgraduate tuition fees and scholarships for 2013-14 entry. Information on these will be available on our website in late 2012: www.glam.ac.uk/international
Further information Download our International Student Guide:

www.glam.ac.uk/international
20
08455 194 787
International Student Support Service Our International Student Advisers are dedicated to the welfare of international students. They will make sure you have all the help and support you need before you arrive and during your studies at Glamorgan. Throughout your course, International Student Support Service staff can help you with any non-academic, welfare-related issues such as visa applications, employment regulations, adapting to a new culture and University regulations. To make your travel arrangements to the University as easy as possible, we organise Arrival Services from some airports for when you arrive in the UK.
To help you settle in and make new friends before your course starts, we also organise international welcome activities. These are a great chance to learn more about University life before starting your studies. We organise events throughout the year, like Open House Club. Open House welcomes everyone to come and meet new friends and relax. Its a safe social space where you can play games, chat, share food and take part in activities. You could even join the Glamorgan Students International Society for more events and trips in the UK. You can find more information about the International Student Support Service on our website: www.glam.ac.uk/intsupport
Working in the UK International students studying postgraduate courses can work up to 20 hours per week during term-time and any number of hours during vacations. The Universitys Careers & Employability Service and the Students Union Employment Service may be able to help you find casual or part-time work while you are studying. More information about working in the UK during your studies can be found on our website: www.glam.ac.uk/ukworking
People in the University of Glamorgan are nice and friendly. It has been an outstanding experience educationally, as well as personally. Living and studying far away from your country, parents and friends is not always easy. But it gives you an all-round growth professionally and personally, and you experience a different kind of life altogether. Mujahid Ali Khan, Faculty of Advanced Technology
Treforest Campus
Trip to Abergavenny Museum
21
Learning support
Helping you get the most from your study
With 100 years experience in education, we have evolved into a university with an outstanding reputation for teaching and learning.
Learning Resources Centre The Universitys Library and Media Services are located in the Learning Resources Centre (LRC) at the ATRiuM, Glyntaff and Treforest campuses. As part of our campus investments, refurbishments to the Treforest LRC will be completed in the 2013-14 academic year, creating a modern learning environment that includes new open-plan learning spaces. Many of the Librarys services and resources are available through our web pages, including access to e-journals, e-databases, e-books, and e-newspapers. Our Information Librarians can help you find quality information and develop the information-handling skills necessary for study at postgraduate level. Other services and facilities include: Thousands of journals and books available electronically and in print Laptop loan and wireless internet access Open-access PCs Long opening hours and self-service facilities A help and enquiry service 800 individual and group study places Online library account for renewals and reservations Photocopying, printing and scanning Specialist media equipment and facilities (availability varies depending on course/campus location) Help for students with a disability or dyslexia Academic study skills support You can find more about the Learning Resources Centre at www.glam.ac.uk/lrc. Information Systems This department supports the Universitys learning, teaching and research by providing up-to-date and effective computing and communication services. There are over 2,000 computers in open access and teaching labs that you can book at all three campuses, and most areas of the University have wireless networking for real flexibility. To help you study when it best suits you, we have long opening hours during term-time, plus 24-hour openaccess labs. We also offer a dedicated customer support service to assist you six days a week during term-time, be it face-to-face, on the telephone or by e-mail. For details of our IT facilities, visit www.glam.ac.uk/it-services.
The access to and the facilities available at the Learning Resources Centre are extremely impressive and the staff were very supportive. David Roberts, MSc Health Care Management
22
08455 194 787
LRC, ATRiuM Campus
e-learning As a Glamorgan student, you will get to use the latest learning technologies. Our approach means you can access the resources you need anytime, anywhere. Glamorgan is a recognised expert in this field and one of the first universities to make it a key part of all our teaching. Blackboard is a virtual learning environment and you will experience some of your learning through this system. It adds to the ways you can learn by providing materials in a range of formats, including text, audio, visual, and multimedia.
Education Drop-in Centres Education Drop-in Centres provide study skills guidance for all students through their on-campus Study Skill Information Centres and comprehensive online study resources. Postgraduate students can attend the Study Right workshop programme that offers support on key topics, such as analysing and evaluating resources, developing essay and report writing skills, referencing, and presentations. Alternatively, you can contact the Drop-in Centres to book individual tutorials or to arrange a group workshop that is tailored to meet your requirements. Please note that this support is focused at undergraduate and Masters levels, as PhD students are generally supported by personal supervisors. For details on the support provided by Education Drop-in Centres, visit www.glam.ac.uk/drop-in.
Postgraduate Centre The new Postgraduate Centre in T Crawshay at the Treforest campus is a distinctive environment to support the learning of all our postgraduate students. Whether you are studying a taught course or conducting research, the Postgraduate Centre is where you can go for seminars, discussion groups, self-study or networking. With a cafe bar and full Wi-Fi access, its perfect when you need a break from your work too. Graduate Research Office The Graduate Research Office (GRO) offers specific support to research students at the University. Housed within the Postgraduate Centre on our Treforest campus, a member of the GRO team will always be on hand to offer support, training, advice and guidance on matters specific to research degrees. If you will study elsewhere and cannot always make it to the Postgraduate Centre, there is dedicated satellite GRO provision at Glyntaff and ATRiuM campuses. For more information on how the GRO can support your research career, turn to page 196.
23
Postgraduate study
Making the right choice
At Glamorgan, we take pride in offering courses relevant to the real world not just in content, but in what we offer our students too. We take professional experience seriously and realise that practical life experiences are valuable to postgraduate study.
Whichever course you choose, you will benefit from a greater understanding of the latest thinking in your discipline, develop powers of analysis and independent critical thinking, and gain expertise that you can apply to your work. Whats more, you will enhance your career prospects to get ahead in an increasingly competitive employment market. Taught courses On a taught course, you will study specific course materials. Our taught courses include Master of Science (MSc), Master of Arts (MA) and Master of Law (LLM). We also provide a range of specialist courses that lead to Postgraduate Certificates and Diplomas, or professional qualifications. Some courses will make you exempt from professional examinations and can ultimately lead to membership of professional bodies you will find details of these on course pages. The University also offers specialist undergraduate courses that have been specifically designed for postregistered professionals (see page 98 for details). Our Masters courses are modular, so you will benefit from a flexible approach to your studies. You can also choose from a wide range of modules that complement your main subject area. Courses will usually take 12 months to complete full-time and between two and three years parttime. Study is usually a mixture of lectures and seminars, followed by a dissertation or a project. Some courses are delivered in blocks, where you will attend University for an entire week, or at weekends every few months. Other couses are distance learning and are delivered entirely online. In this prospectus, our taught courses have been grouped into subject areas that appear A-Z. If you cannot find what you are looking for, please turn to the course index on page 226. Each course notes the Faculty and campus at which you will study. You can find more information about each of our Faculties starting at page 212. For more information on entry requirements and how to apply, please see individual course entries and page 220. More information For advice on specific courses, please contact our Enquiries & Admissions Unit on 08455 194 787 or attend one of our Open Evenings you can book your place online: www.glam.ac.uk/postgrad
New year, new start You dont have to wait to get started on your career development. We offer two start dates each academic year, with many courses starting in February as well as September. Check course entries for details.
24
08455 194 787
Research programmes Research programmes involve the in-depth study of a specific area. You will report on your research by writing it up in the form of a thesis or dissertation. After submission you will also be assessed through an oral examination (viva voce). You can study full-time or part-time. If you choose to study part-time, you may be able to work in collaboration with your employer, with supervision provided at work and at the University. You decide on your research topic and the outline of your research proposal in consultation with a superviser who has expertise in the field. You will be responsible for the initiative, techniques and execution of the programme, with a supervisory team that offers training in research methodology and help with development and progress.
The Faculty Research Programmes Committee will monitor your progress on a regular basis. You can find out more about the varied and exciting research activity at Glamorgan from page 194 onwards. For details on how to apply and entry requirements, please see page 221. There are several types of research programmes on offer, as detailed on the next few pages: Masters by Research (MA/MSc) This is a Masters award that is similar in length and credit weighting to a taught Masters award, but includes an independent project or research work and a taught element of research skills. You will also have to complete an oral examination (viva voce). The course lasts 12-18 months full-time and 18-36 months part-time.
MPhil and PhD MPhil students must submit a thesis or portfolio that demonstrates critical investigation and analysis of a topic. For a PhD, you need to submit a substantial thesis that demonstrates an independent and original contribution to knowledge in your chosen field. You can also register for an MPhil/PhD where you may be able to transfer to a PhD after a year if you can demonstrate that your work has the potential to reach the required standard for study at this level. For both, you will also have to complete an oral examination (viva voce). Full-time study for MPhil/PhD students takes 33-60 months, or 36-72 months part-time. For the MPhil, fulltime study takes 18-36 months and part-time study takes 30-48 months.
Open Evening, Treforest Campus
25
For more advice on postgraduate study options, contact us on 08455 194 787 or come to an Open Evening. www.glam.ac.uk/postgrad
^ Ty Crawshay, Treforest Campus
PhD by Portfolio You will need to submit an approved portfolio of material relating to a maximum of three projects, together with an overview. The projects may be work-related and derived from empirical or conceptual investigation. The overview must show the relationship between the projects. The portfolio should demonstrate an independent and original contribution to knowledge at least equivalent to that expected in a PhD thesis. You will also have to complete an oral examination (viva voce). Part-time study takes 12-60 months. Professional Doctorates Professional Doctorates are programmes designed for researchorientated individuals working in senior positions in private, public, non-profit, and health organisations. Part-time study takes 45-72 months. PgC Research At Glamorgan, we offer our research students a Postgraduate Certificate in Research. This award formally recognises the specific skills needed to conduct postgraduate research and demonstrates our commitment to fostering research talent. For more information, contact gro@glam.ac.uk.
More information For information about research opportunities, contact the Graduate Research Office or the Research Group Leader. You can find details next to the relevant research interest, starting on page 198. You can find details of how to apply and entry requirements on page 221. General information about research programmes is available from the Secretary of Research Programmes Sub-Group in the Graduate Research Office, or e-mail gro@glam.ac.uk.
Cyfleoedd cyfrwng Cymraeg Er mwyn ymrwymo i Chynllun Iaith Gymraeg, maer Brifysgol yn monitro ac yn cynyddu ei gwaith drwy gyfrwng y Gymraeg. Darperir cyfleoedd i chi ddefnyddio a datblygu eich sgiliau iaith Gymraeg yn gymdeithasol ac fel rhan och hastudiaethau. Yn Ysgol y Diwydiannau Creadigol a Diwylliannol Caerdydd, gellir astudio cyfran helaeth or MA Sgriptio ar MA Drama drwy gyfrwng y Gymraeg. Gellir astudior ddau gwrs yn rhan amser. Gall myfyrwyr drafod y posibilrwydd o gyflwyno eu traethodau drwy gyfrwng y Gymraeg gydau ddarlithwyr, a bydd pwynt cyswllt ym mhob Cyfadran i fyfyrwyr syn medrur Gymraeg. I wybod mwy, ewch i www.glam.ac.uk/ cymraegmorgannwg. Welsh language provision In line with its Welsh Language Scheme, the University is committed to monitor and increase its use of the Welsh language. There are many opportunities for you to use and develop your Welsh language skills either socially or as part of your studies. You can discuss the possibility of submitting work through the medium of Welsh and each Faculty has a designated Welsh-medium representative for Welsh-speaking students. To find out more about Welsh language provision, visit www.glam.ac.uk/ cymraegmorgannwg.
26
08455 194 787
Engaging with business

Glamorgan Commercial Services
University of Glamorgan Commercial Services (UGCS) provides access to the Universitys expertise for training, consultancy and knowledge transfer on a local, national and international basis.
UGCS engages with a diverse range of organisations across all sectors in Wales, the UK and globally. Where possible, our approach is to work in partnership with clients to put together programmes that address their needs. Our current client base includes Arriva Trains Wales, Nemo Loans/Principality, Care Council for Wales, Dr Cymru, National Assembly for Wales, Royal Mint, Wales & West Utilities, Gyrus ACMI, Powys County Council, PB Gelatins, Cassidian, Melin Homes, and CELSA Manufacturing UK Ltd. Training UGCS offers an extensive range of high-quality accredited and nonaccredited training. We ensure that all of our trainers are experts in their field and the standard of their teaching is regularly monitored to adhere to the high standards that clients rightly expect. As a costeffective and convenient option, many of our courses are delivered incompany and are tailored to meet the needs of each organisation or group. Our ever-expanding portfolio includes ILM Leadership, Management, Coaching and Mentoring, Action Learning and Service Improvement qualifications, our CIPS Graduate Diploma Programme, and Project Management qualifications such as PRINCE2, MSP, and Agile Project Management qualifications. For further details on our training courses and qualifications, visit www.ugcs.co.uk. Consultancy The University of Glamorgan has an impressive history of helping companies optimise their business performance. Our services include the development of new technology, and many of which address the Welsh Governments strategic priority areas. We also work with organisations to solve particular production problems, or support new businesses to design and implement strategic plans. Superb research, development and testing facilities are also on hand, which ensures a wide range of support to make each project a success. Knowledge transfer The University of Glamorgan has a large portfolio of collaborative research and knowledge transfer projects with a range of organisations across all sectors in Wales, the UK and internationally. These projects provide access to the Universitys resources, knowledge and expertise to benefit the cultural and economic wellbeing of Wales and the UK. Opportunities include collaborative research, knowledge transfer partnerships (KTP), intellectual property and licences, joint ventures and company start-ups, staff secondments, and testing and analysis services. Contact us For more information, or if you would like to discuss opportunities in further detail, call University of Glamorgan Commercial Services on 08455 192 284, e-mail ugcsenq@glam.ac.uk, or visit www.ugcs.co.uk.
UGCS has taken account of our needs, challenged our thinking and developed a programme that has been enormously powerful and developmental. I can recommend the approach, delivery and style of the University team who have worked with us. The programme offered a significant development and networking opportunity for participants. The feedback has been very positive and we have already seen some changed management and leadership practices. HR Director, Arriva Trains Wales
27
Accounting and Finance

ACCA (Association of Chartered Certified Accountants) Accounting Forensic Audit and Accounting Islamic Banking and Finance Management and Development of International Financial Systems 29 30 31 32 33

28 08455 194 787
ACCA (Association of Chartered Certified Accountants)

About the course The Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA) course is designed to give you the technical skills and ability required to pass its professional examinations. The ACCA is the largest accountancy body in the world, with over half a million students and members. The University of Glamorgan has been awarded Gold Status as a learning partner by the ACCA. This award of ACCA Gold approval recognises that the University has met challenging performance targets that cover our ACCA course delivery, as well as our overall management. ACCA Gold approval is further recognition of the quality of accounting tuition at the University of Glamorgan. The Division of Accounting and Finance is staffed by professionally qualified accountants and specialists. They possess a wealth of experience in teaching accounting at all levels, including preparation for the examinations of professional accounting bodies. Course content Year one Financial Accounting Management Accounting Accountant in Business Corporate and Business Law Year two Performance Measurement Taxation Financial Management Corporate and Business Law Year three Financial Reporting Audit and Assurance Governance, Risk and Ethics Business Analysis Year four Corporate Reporting Advanced Performance Management Advanced Taxation How you will study This part-time course requires study for one afternoon and evening per week. Course length varies between one and four years, dependent upon any exemptions you may have from previous studies. A key feature of studying the ACCA at Glamorgan is that the course is taught in bite-sized blocks rather than studying the subject for a whole day or whole week at a time. This gives you the opportunity to acquire knowledge in small pieces and consolidate this in your own time, before moving on to further study material. For each year of the course, you will study one or two modules for the December examinations and two modules for the June examinations. Career potential The ACCA professional qualification is recognised throughout industry, commerce and the accountancy profession, and is the basis for a career in many finance-related areas. Our past students have developed very successful careers and are now finance directors, financial controllers, production accountants and finance analysts. Entry requirements (please read page 220) The minimum entry requirements for the ACCA qualification are two A-levels and three GCSEs (including English and Mathematics) or equivalent. Holders of higher qualifications may receive exemptions from some of the ACCA examinations. Holders of recognised business and/or accounting degrees will be considered for exemptions from some or all of the papers in the fundamentals level, providing they have previously studied and been assessed in comparable subject material. To check exemptions, please contact the ACCA directly on +44 (0)141 582 2000 or check online at www.accaglobal.com. Certified Accounting Technicians (CAT): Students who have completed the diploma stage of the AAT qualification or Level C of the CAT qualification, will receive exemption from three papers. Course length Part-time 1-4 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus Accreditation The University has been awarded Gold Status as a learning partner by the ACCA.

29
MSc Accounting
About the course This MSc will enable you to understand how and why companies report on their financial performance and position in the way they do. You will also look at the economic, social and environmental factors that influence an organisation's social responsibilities, and how they integrate with a company's strategic decision-making processes. In addition, you will examine the core principles of audit, assurance and corporate governance. This course focuses on developing skills and knowledge that are vital in business, with an emphasis on accounting and assurance. During the course you will develop a strong understanding of how financial information is used for decisionmaking purposes, and how the outcomes are effectively communicated and evaluated. Your study will involve analysing real financial situations faced by business organisations. Your ability to effectively interpret and make decisions based on accounting and financial information will be enhanced. Students are encouraged to become confident in using accounting knowledge, as well as learning how to make decisions in an accounting and financial environment. As such, you will gain a well-rounded knowledge of theory and practice. You will be taught by academic staff with extensive practical and academic knowledge. Professional experience on our staff ranges from work in smaller organisations to the 'Big Four' accounting and professional services firms. The School is an accredited ACCA Gold Provider. Course content Contemporary Issues in Accounting: In-depth, case study investigations into topical issues and events regarding accounting, audit, tax and finance. Corporate Governance: The systems by which companies are directed and controlled, including the relative merits of codes and legislation. Research Methods: An appreciation of the academic research process and the underlying elements and principles, developing the skills to critically evaluate and conduct postgraduate research. Strategic Management Accounting: A critical perspective and appreciation of contemporary theories and developments in management accounting. Corporate Financial Reporting: A critical perspective and appreciation of contemporary theories and developments in corporate financial reporting, including issues faced by accounting regulators and practitioners. Audit, Assurance and Professional Ethics: An appreciation of the knowledge, skills, and professional judgement needed in the audit engagement. Dissertation: A significant piece of research into an appropriate area of study. How you will study The course is delivered full-time through a combination of lectures, tutorials, computer workshops, case study analysis and discussion groups. Students are exposed to real-life situations and given the skills and opportunities to find practical solutions. Assessment methods include examinations and coursework-based assignments. Career potential It is our experience that a correlation exists between higher qualifications and successful career development. Evidence suggests that many students will achieve a significant improvement in employability and/or salary and career progression, having achieved a specialist Masters degree such as this. Our course provides a balanced and a broad understanding of the role of accounting and finance in organisations, to prepare you for careers at managerial level in accounting practice, financial institutions and consultancy services. Employment opportunities are numerous, including firms of accountants, in the finance departments of commercial organisations, and the public and not-for-profit sectors. Entry requirements (please read page 220) An undergraduate accounting degree (or business with strong accounting content) from a UK university, 2:2 Honours or higher. Holders of recognised professional accounting qualifications may be entitled to exemptions and entry to the Fast Track programme. Equivalent accredited international or professional qualifications may also be acceptable. Students wishing to take ACCA examinations alongside the MSc will also need to be ACCAregistered students. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus

30
08455 194 787
MSc Forensic Audit and Accounting

About the course Forensic accounting and the related discipline of forensic audit are fast developing areas in the commercial world. The major professional accounting firms now have departments offering forensic accounting and audit services, and the demand for expertise in this area is growing exponentially. As a result, there is a need for people with specialist skills who can undertake fraud investigations, valuations, assist in dispute resolution, prepare expert reports, and conduct fraud and forensic analysis. Additionally, you will evaluate the principles of good corporate governance and the integrity of management, and understand the role of computer forensic techniques in an investigatory and legal context. Course content Forensic Audit and Accounting: basic principles of forensic accounting, introducing some theoretical concepts allied to investigation. Computer Forensics and Crime Investigations: introduction to techniques and practices, applied to practical problems. Contemporary Issues in Forensic Audit and Accounting: in-depth, case study-based investigation into issues and events in fraud and audit. Corporate Governance: The systems by which companies are directed and controlled, and their implication for fraud prevention and abuses of power. Expert Witnesses and their Role in Dispute Resolution: The role of an expert, dispute resolution methods, and legal and procedural requirements for experts. Computer Law: The legal and regulatory framework of information systems, and the application of law on computer crime and misuse. Research Methods: An appreciation of the academic research process and the underlying elements and principles, developing the skills to critically evaluate and conduct postgraduate research. Dissertation: A significant piece of research into an appropriate area of study. How you will study The course is delivered full-time through a combination of lectures, tutorials, computer workshops, case study analysis and discussion groups. Students are exposed to real-world situations and given the skills and opportunities to find practical solutions. Assessment methods include examinations and coursework-based assignments. Career potential Employment opportunities are numerous, from specialist firms of forensic accountants to specialist departments within accountancy firms. There are many opportunities in the public and regulatory sectors, as well as employment prospects in commercial organisations, as part of investigatory, internal audit, and compliance departments. Recent graduates from this course are employed in the forensic accounting department of a Big Four accountancy firm, and as a fraud investigator for a national public sector auditor.
Entry requirements (please read page 220) An undergraduate accounting, audit or finance degree from a UK university, class 2:2 Honours or higher. Alternatively, an undergraduate business degree from a UK university with an appropriate level of financial content, class 2:2 Honours or higher. Equivalent accredited international or professional qualifications are acceptable. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus
31
MSc Islamic Banking and Finance

About the course Islamic banking and finance is one of the fastest growing sectors in the financial marketplace and there is a huge demand for experts in this field. With a rapid growth rate of 20-25% per year over the last decade, and almost 400 Islamic banks trading in over 75 countries, this is an ideal time to study and develop your knowledge of Islamic banking and its practices. Much of this expansion has been driven by new wealth in the Middle East and the need for Muslims, who represent a fifth of the worlds population, to find financial products acceptable to Islam. As this growth continues, more and more countries are passing laws that allow the smooth operation of Islamic banking and finance within their own financial systems. As a result, managers in any company that operates or trades in these areas, need the knowledge and skills to handle the implications for Western practices effectively. Course content There is emphasis on developing your skills to pursue a career in Islamic banking and finance. You will also explore how these areas fit into the wider context of national and international finance. Core areas of the course focus on the theories and practices of Islamic banking and the critical issues within it, such as its corporate governance and accounting standards. This will include an in-depth, comparative analysis of Islamic and traditional banks, and implications for the performance of all organisations that operate and trade in this growing sector. Alongside this, you will explore areas such as innovations in Islamic banking and the link between financial systems development and economic growth. Study of the use and value of research in a financial context will culminate in a dissertation that examines a banking or finance issue of your choice. How you will study There is a varied lecture and seminar programme, with case studies and guest speakers from a variety of backgrounds. Assessment is through coursework-based assignments. Career potential Because of the shortage of expertise in the field of Islamic banking, completion of this course will put you in an elite position to work in Islamic and traditional banks, central banks and other financial fields. Entry requirements (please read page 220) An Honours degree of class 2:2 or above, or an equivalent qualification, or, in exceptional circumstances, three or more years of significant managerial experience. Course length Full-time 1 year Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus
I am enjoying studying at the University of Glamorgan because I like the teaching style here. After I graduate, I plan to complete a PhD in Islamic Banking or Accounting. Muftah Sghayer, MSc Islamic Banking and Finance
32
08455 194 787
Start in February or September
MSc Management and Development of International Financial Systems

About the course Over the past decade, international financial institutions have experienced upheaval and change. Globalisation and the integration of financial markets have had many implications for the efficient operation of banks. This programme takes a strategic perspective of international banking and financial systems to cultivate a comprehensive understanding of the operations of financial markets, as well as domestic and international financial institutions. This Masters programme is demanding but rewarding. It combines academic rigour with a policy orientation. The varied backgrounds of our teaching team and their range of research and consultancy activities ensure an appropriate blend of academic and practical perspectives. The course also invites input from practitioners in national and international roles at major financial institutions. Course content Stage one Corporate Finance Research Methods in Accounting and Finance Comparative Study of Financial Systems in Emerging and Developing Countries Stage two Multinational Operations in Finance and Banking Banks and Stock Market Regulations International Issues in Management or Corporate Governance in Banking Stage three Dissertation: Management Research Project How you will study The whole degree requires one year of full-time study. There are two terms of taught study. A range of educational methods is used, including lectures, group discussions, case study workshops, individual investigative projects, field trips, and a variety of audio and visual methods. Separate induction and dissertation preparation sessions will also be held. Career potential This course will give you the knowledge and skills for a successful career in various organisations, including multinational banks, central banks, development banks, and financial management in multinational companies and other financial sectors. Entry requirements (please read page 220) An Honours degree of class 2:2 or above, or an equivalent qualification. Course length Full-time 1 year Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus

33
The course offers a great combination of finance and managerial skills, which will help me in my professional life. S. Saeyda Jahan, MSc Management and Development of International Financial Systems
Art and Design

Arts Practice (Fine Art), (Arts, Health and Wellbeing) Animation Computer Animation Visual Effects Graphic Communication 35 37 38 39 41
Art and Design
Vicarious Fridge Sali Edmunds, MA Art Practice
34
08455 194 787
MA Arts Practice (Fine Art), (Arts, Health and Wellbeing)

About the course Our MA Arts Practice has two strands of enquiry; Fine Art, and Arts, Health and Wellbeing. This offers the opportunity either to explore your art practice, or to take an outwardfacing approach and work in partnership with others. Studying on this course will help develop your skills to evaluate, critique and implement methodologies, as well as the ability to articulate sound arguments that are relevant to your practice. Our fine art graduates are advanced practitioners who go on to develop challenging bodies of work at national and international levels, having gained a solid grounding in the professional and critical skills required to progress in the field. Graduates who explore the role of the arts in realising health and wellbeing, focus on the value of the arts in community engagement and its effect on the environment. They make a significant contribution to the promotion and development of arts in health in Wales, and further afield. Course content The course runs over two calendar years if you choose part-time study, or one calendar year for full-time study: Part one (Full-time)/Year one (Parttime: October to June) Critical Studies in the Arts (20 credits): Learn about systems of enquiry, and how to understand and engage with objects and issues that affect your domain. Arts Practice 1 (40 credits): Develop skills in your chosen discipline, challenging genre and context to develop an original body of work in either a studio context or placement. Part two (Full-time)/Year two (Parttime: October to September) Arts Praxis (40 credits): Refine and build upon your line of enquiry and develop new skills in a studio context or placement, to produce a body of work that demonstrates complexity of understanding. Professional Practice in the Arts (20 credits): Explore entrepreneurial, marketing and management aspects of contemporary practice within a framework of social, political, economic and cultural responsibility. Major Arts Project (60 credits): Complete a detailed project demonstrating praxis; an area of research and practice relevant to your concerns, using research methods appropriate for an arts scholar and an appropriate means of presentation. How you will study The course is delivered using specialist facilities in our postgraduate studios, which are available seven days a week. The course makes use of lectures, guest speakers, workshops, demonstrations and tutorials, field trips and visits. Contact time will include weekly workshops or seminars, and regular group and individual tutorials. In addition, you will be expected to develop your area of practice independently. Career potential Graduates of this MA Arts Practice can progress to careers in academia, arts administration, artists in residence, arts education, arts and disability, community arts, commissioned works, gallery administration and curatorship, health sector management, public art, studio practice, social services, and youth work. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A good undergraduate degree in a related discipline such as art or design, or a significant body of practical work and/or written work in the field of the arts that demonstrates competencies equivalent to a Bachelors degree. Applicants with appropriate qualifications in related fields such as teaching, art training, arts administration, occupational therapy, arts therapies, health sector management, arts and disability, social services, community work, youth work, or a period of professional employment in the field, will also be considered. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus
Art and Design
The course is well structured and pushes you both creatively and theoretically. It has been an intensive year, but rewarding as well. You are encouraged to work in unfamiliar ways and question everything. Perhaps the most useful aspects of the course have been group critiques and visiting lecturers. My confidence has improved and my technical ability as an artist has improved hugely. Vanda Delgado, MA Art Practice
35
Leon Dexter, Toke Jepsen and Sam Wright (MA Animation 2010-11)
Art and Design

Sarah Davies (MA Animation 2010-11), Little Samurai, Winner of Best UK Graduate Animation at Ffresh 2012
36
08455 194 787
MA Animation
About the course In a burgeoning global market, animation now finds a home in many different industries, from film and film effects to computer games, mobile devices, the internet and interactive publishing, each presenting challenges and opportunities for a developing workforce. These factors are creating a new economy driven by ideas, greater levels of skill and growing technical awareness. This MA Animation course is for those who want to develop groundbreaking themes and techniques, whether you have a traditional background in animation and want to pursue personal development, or if you wish to transfer animation-related skills. Unique in its content and direction, this postgraduate award takes account of the changing nature of the discipline and its related markets. Our strong commercial links challenge you to excel in the wider national and international marketplace, developing animated themes based around music, television, theatre and computer programming. Course content Our approach is one of flexibility to allow a single film outcome or development of a chosen field, such as concept art, pre-production materials, computer modelling, focused animation exercises etc. This takes the form of three, 60-credit modules: Production One: Creative concepts, pre-production techniques and research/report methods that are calculated to develop your individual response to the course and study areas. Production Two: Develops your chosen path aesthetically, technically and philosophically, within the creative industries. Production Three: Finalises outcomes and formats of project work, including a written critical report that analyses your journey. You will also choose from one of three common modules: Creative and Cultural Entrepreneurship Research and Practice in the Creative and Cultural Industries Research Paradigms You will also have the option to undertake a Learning Through Employment project if you are already in the workplace. How you will study You will study in a professional and friendly creative environment. All staff are industry trained and active in research and/or consultancy. Our well-equipped studios include stateof-the-art facilities with industrystandard software packages. You will have studio and workshop tutorials that are supported by lectures, seminars, integrated case study analysis, discussion groups and multimedia presentations. There is also a programme of industry-related guest lectures delivered by experienced visiting speakers. Career potential MA Animation at Glamorgan is a platform for you to pursue your career goals by revising, updating or originating new skills. We aim to produce flexible, highly skilled animators who can make a significant contribution to the field. Our graduates have advanced practical, intellectual and entrepreneurial skills, which puts them in an ideal position to exploit the demand for high-level creative professionals in the everexpanding media sectors, including the communication industries. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A good Honours degree in a relevant discipline or appropriate professional qualification; or an HND/HNC and relevant experience; or equivalent international qualifications. Those without such qualifications will be considered on an individual basis, where prior experience will be taken into account. All applicants will be invited to a portfolio-based interview, which should include a showreel of recent work. During the interview, applicants will be expected to outline and discuss the project proposal for the Independent Study module and/or major project. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 216) Cardiff School of Creative and Cultural Industries, ATRiuM Campus
Art and Design
Since and during my time at Glamorgan, I have worked on programmes for BBC, ITV, Channel 4 and S4C. Glamorgan has been a great help in allowing me to establish industry contacts. I now have much more creative drive and ambition I think this is mainly due to the honest, creative assistance from lecturers. Gareth Lloyd, MA Animation
37
MA Computer Animation
About the course The Universitys animation courses have been established at the forefront of higher education computer animation provision in the UK. Building on our success at undergraduate level, this postgraduate award has been designed to develop 3D CGI animation skills in modelling, texturing, rigging, lighting, dynamics, and animation. The course will mirror industry practice, including teamwork and production pipelines, in collaboration with other courses such as MA Visual Effects. Our staff have up to 20 years experience in animation education, and all members of animation staff have joined education from working in the industry. Course content You will study the following modules, the majority of which have been developed with specific reference to The Core Skills of VFX industry guidelines, established by Skillset: Acquisition for VFX CGI Foundation Still Image CGI Foundation Animation Computer Animation Production Research Methods, or Creative and Cultural Entrepreneurship (optional module) Rigging and Creature Effects (optional module) Digital Sculpture (optional module) Effects Animation (optional module) CGI Lighting and Look Development (optional module) You will also choose from one of three common modules: Creative and Cultural Entrepreneurship Research and Practice in the Creative and Cultural Industries Research Paradigms If you are already in employment, you can gain credits by completing a Learning Through Employment project. How you will study All our animation courses are taught through a combination of lectures, seminars, workshops, tutorials, critiques and presentations. Your progress is assessed through submitted project responses and a supporting portfolio of production resources. Course content is supported by a programme of guest lectures from respected industry practitioners. To provide additional context for the workplace, this course has strong collaborative links with 2D VFX (MA Visual Effects) and sound design (MA/MSc Music Engineering and Production). Career potential Our animation programmes directly reflect industry requirements, as best shown by the success of our graduates who are employed worldwide at prestigious studios such as Sony Pictures Imageworks (USA), Pdi/Dreamworks (USA), Animal Logic (Australia), Core (Canada), Framestore CFC (UK), Double Negative (UK), Cinesite (UK), Aardman CG (UK), EA Games, Sony (Playstation) Entertainments, Crytek, Ninja Theory, Rare Microsoft Games Ltd, Rockstar North, Lionhead Studios, Blitz Games, to name but a few. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A good Honours degree in a relevant discipline or appropriate professional qualification; or an HND/HNC and relevant experience; or equivalent international qualifications. Those without such qualifications will be considered on an individual basis, where prior experience will be taken into account. Part-time students are usually required to be practising professionals. All applicants will be invited to a portfolio-based interview, which should include a showreel of recent work. International students: If it is not possible to attend the portfolio interview, alternative communication methods such as video-conferencing or Skype will be used. A CD or DVD, or a link to your personal website, will also be required to view your work. You will be expected to have English to IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. For students not at this level, a range of intensive English courses recognised by UKBA are available at the University of Glamorgan. These must be completed before you start the course. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 216) Cardiff School of Creative and Cultural Industries, ATRiuM Campus
Art and Design

38
08455 194 787
MA Visual Effects
About the course This innovative course aims to provide the British visual effects industry with graduates who are not only highly skilled, but also possess the practical, analytical, technological and problem-solving skills to meet the complex and changing role of the visual effects artist. Students are required to work at the level of professionalism and quality required of them in the UKs VFX industry and will engage with specialist industry professionals as guest lecturers on a regular basis. Course content Our course content was developed jointly with Skillset and industry to ensure you develop the teamwork skills required in an industry that is increasingly diverse and specialised. Modules include: Acquisition for VFX CGI Foundation Still Image Foundation in VFX Compositing The Matte VFX Paint and Rig Removal 3D Matchmoving Matte Painting and Environments Rigging and Creative Effects Digital Sculpture CGI Foundation Animation Effects Animation CGI Lighting and Look Development You will also choose from one of three common modules: Creative and Cultural Entrepreneurship Research and Practice in the Creative and Cultural Industries Research Paradigms You will also have the option to undertake a Learning Through Employment project if you are already in the workplace. How you will study You will study in a professional and friendly creative environment. All staff are active in research, consultancy, or employed within the visual effects industry. There is also a programme of industry-related guest lectures delivered by experienced visiting speakers. Our well-equipped studios include state-of-the-art facilities with industry-standard software packages. Studio and workshop tutorials are supplemented by visiting visual effects artist and practitioner lectures, seminars, discussion groups and presentations. Career potential The UK contributes a substantial amount of iconic and award-winning VFX work to the production of worldwide blockbusters. This course aims to create a new landscape of VFX tuition, ensuring the industrys voice is embedded at the heart of the curriculum to provide you with the skills that the UKs leading visual effects companies require, as well as engaging with smaller broadcast VFX work. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A good Honours degree in a relevant discipline or appropriate professional qualification; or an HND/HNC and relevant experience; or equivalent international qualifications. Those without such qualifications will be considered on an individual basis, where prior experience will be taken into account. All applicants will be invited to a portfolio-based interview, which should include a showreel of recent work. During the interview, applicants will be expected to outline and discuss the project proposal for the Independent Study module and/or major project. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 216) Cardiff School of Creative and Cultural Industries, ATRiuM Campus
Art and Design
Ive been involved with Visual Effects and Motion Graphics at the University of Glamorgan for a number of years, employing students for a variety of compositing posts. Graduates have worked on broadcast and feature projects, and have often returned for further work at Dinamo Productions and now at Red Wire Media. Each year, Ive had the pleasure of seeing the course and new students progress as the industry has changed in Cardiff, using new programmes and techniques that suit the demands of the projects. There is a real sense of collaboration when looking forward to the skills we expect students to be able to master. Jon Rennie, Red Wire Media
39
Lauren Johnson (MA Graphic Communication), An Investigation into Postmodern Typography and Layout
Art and Design

40 08455 194 787
MA Graphic Communication
About the course This unique and innovative award examines all aspects of contemporary graphic communication. It is an ideal opportunity to develop your skills and interests by exploring the creative issues and technical aspects of graphic design. For designers working in industry, it offers a platform for career development by revising, developing and updating your skills. This practical element is strengthened by an enhanced critical understanding of contemporary professional design debates, issues and trends, plus a greater understanding of research methodologies and how to apply them effectively. Course content You will study the following modules: Graphic Communication Principles Graphic Communication Applications Design Masters Project Professional Design Practice Graphic Communication Independent Study Graphic Communication Major Project or Learning Through Employment Research Project Additionally, international students can choose a Design History and Context module to engage with historic and contemporary global design issues. You will also choose from one of three common modules: Creative and Cultural Entrepreneurship Research and Practice in the Creative and Cultural Industries Research Paradigms You will also have the option to undertake a Learning Through Employment project if you are already in the workplace. How you will study At Glamorgan, we pride ourselves on providing a creative, friendly and professional environment. Our wellequipped studios include state-ofthe-art Macintosh computers and PC facilities, with industry-standard software packages. Studio and workshop tutorials are supplemented by lectures, seminars, integrated casestudy analysis, discussion groups and multimedia presentations. Staff are active in research and/or consultancy, and are often joined by a range of visiting designers and practitioners. Career potential During the course, you will develop the practical, analytical, technological and problem-solving skills needed to meet the complex and changing role of the graphic designer. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A good Honours degree in a relevant discipline, or an appropriate professional qualification, or HND/HNC and appropriate professional experience. UK applicants will be interviewed with their portfolio. Part-time students are usually required to be practising professionals. Equivalent accredited international qualifications are acceptable. International students need to supply a CD or DVD of their work, or a link to their personal website, to evidence their ability. Commitment to study will be considered. Where possible, video-conferencing, Skype or other communication will be used to contact you. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 216) Cardiff School of Creative and Cultural Industries, ATRiuM Campus
Art and Design
My background is in design I worked for a national newspaper for several years as a graphic designer before starting my course. I wanted to widen my skills and get up to speed with new technology. The MA course at Glamorgan had an excellent reputation and Cardiff is a great city to study in there are plenty of opportunities here. I cant fault the facilities at ATRiuM. Weve got the very best and latest technology, and that makes a big difference. The ATRiuM campus provides you with everything you need to be a successful student. Id recommend it, without a doubt. Ive enjoyed the whole experience so far and Im looking forward to the rest of the course. Andrew Cunningham, MA Graphic Communication
41
Built Environment
Asset Management and Development Building Information Modelling and Sustainability Construction Project Management Environmental Management Safety, Health and Environmental Management Sustainable Business Risk Management Sustainable Business Risk Management (Distance Learning) Total Quality 43 44 45 47 48 49 50 51
Related course Renewable Energy and Resource Management 95 Related research Engineering Research Centre Sustainability and Built Environment Research Group
Built Environment
199 201
42
08455 194 787
MSc Asset Management and Development

About the course This MSc course is for those with a background or qualification in built environment disciplines, who wish to develop their skills in property asset management and development. It has been accredited by the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS). The content is designed to develop your knowledge and practical skills, preparing you for management and development roles in the surveying sector. This course will be of particular benefit if you are interested in entering the regeneration profession, while also providing the core skills needed by general practitioners. You will get involved in case studies and field trips that may include an international visit (for the past three years to Shanghai, China), though you will be expected to make a financial contribution towards the cost of any international trip. Specifically, the programme of study will equip you with desirable skills in the field of asset management, with a focus on the technical and crossprofessional skills demanded by industry. Structured in accordance with the key competencies identified by RICS, this course combines theory with best practice to prepare you for the workplace. Course content Applied Research Methods Urban Analysis Project Management and Techniques Commercial Valuation Theory and Practice Property Asset Management Commercial Property Law: Practice and Procedures Sustainable Development Dissertation How you will study You will be taught by research-active staff in a problem-based learning environment, with additional contributions from visiting research fellows. The course is conducted and managed in thematic blocks, in which you will learn how best to address the complex and strategic issues encountered by construction and property professions in the built environment. Each block lasts eight weeks. Full-time students take two modules each block, while part-time students take one module each block. Some modules are continuously assessed, while others use coursework and examination. Assessment methods also vary and include written projects, coursework, project work and presentations. The course culminates with a dissertation, which requires a substantial individual research project that is based in industry. Career potential On completion of this course, you will be able to progress to a career in commercial property valuation or planning and development, with particular expertise in regeneration. There is a current skill shortage in Wales in the area of asset (real estate) development and valuation, with the Welsh Governments Built Environment Strategy recognising the need for more qualified personnel, particularly in relation to regeneration. There are also numerous opportunities globally for graduates from this course. Entry requirements (please read page 220) An Honours degree of class 2:2 or above in a built environment discipline, or relevant experience and an Honours degree at class 2:2 or above in a related discipline, including, for example, law, economics, finance or human geography; or relevant experience and an appropriate professional qualification such as RICS, RIBA, CIOB, MICE and MIStructE. The course welcomes international applicants and requires an English language level of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Course length Full-time 1 year* Part-time 3 years or 2 years with fast-track option Faculty and location (see page 212) Advanced Technology Treforest Campus
*Courses starting in February will take 16 months to complete
Built Environment
Accreditation
43
MSc Building Information Modelling and Sustainability

About the course This course will equip you for the rapidly developing area of building information modelling (BIM). If you work in the construction sector, this course will help you develop new skills and adapt your professional abilities to meet government requirements for BIM in publicly procured projects. The award will also stress the importance of sustainability, in line with the current environmental agenda. It will address the use of the Code for Sustainable Homes and the Building Research Establishments Environmental Assessment Method (BREEAM) within BIM technologies, along with the RICS Property Life Cycle, Passivhaus, and CEEQUAL (Civil Engineering Environmental Quality Assessment and Awards Scheme). The governments chief construction adviser has indicated that BIM will become compulsory on publicly procured projects in the UK from 2016. In future, there will be a demand for bidders and contractors on public building projects who can deliver and manage projects in this framework. On a global scale, this follows the international trend for large clients and government agencies that endorse the use of BIM. Course content Applied Research Methods Environmental Management Project Management and Techniques 3D Building Information Modelling Beyond the Three Dimensions: Using different software packages to produce 4D, 5D, 6D, 7D and 8D designs Sustainable by Design and BIM Applications (Project): Including BREEAM, Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED), the Code for Sustainable Homes, CEEQUAL, and Passivhaus Dissertation How you will study If you study full-time, you will need to attend the University two days a week (usually Monday and Wednesday). For part-time students, the commitment is one day a week (usually either Monday or Wednesday). Tuition combines traditional lectures and tutorials with problem-based learning, through workshops and site visits. Some modules are continuously assessed, while others use coursework and examination. Assessment methods also vary and include written projects, coursework, project work and presentations. The course culminates with a dissertation, which requires a substantial research project based in industry. Part-time students have the option of a fast-track route by completing their dissertation over the summer at the end of their second year. Career potential There is a growing demand for BIM users nationally and internationally. This course will enable you to specialise in the use of BIM technology and the implementation of sustainable practice and process, which is a core requirement in the modern construction industry. Entry requirements (please read page 220) An Honours degree at class 2:2 or above in a discipline relevant to built environment such as architecture, building surveying, civil engineering, commercial management, construction management, project management or quantity surveying; or an Honours degree at class 2:2 or above in a non-construction subject with a minimum of five years relevant experience in the construction environment; or relevant experience and an appropriate professional qualification such as RICS, RIBA, CIOB, MICE and MIStructE. The course welcomes international applicants and requires an English level of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 3 years or 2 years with fast-track option Faculty and location (see page 212) Advanced Technology Treforest Campus
Built Environment
44
08455 194 787
MSc Construction Project Management

About the course If you are engaged in a constructionrelated profession or you want a career in construction project management, this award will develop the skills and knowledge you need to be successful. It is accredited by the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS). Our MSc is practice-based and research-focused. The practice element adopts a problem-solving approach to complex and strategic issues that often arise on construction projects. You will get involved in case studies and field trips that may include an international visit (for the past three years to Shanghai, China), though you will be expected to make a financial contribution towards the cost of any international trip. The research focus is supplied through research-active staff who are directly involved in course development and delivery, along with contributions from visiting research fellows, guest lecturers and professionals. Course content You will study the following modules: Project Management 1 (Theory and Practice) Project Management 2 (Planning and Control) Financial Management for Construction and Real Estate Applied Research Methods Asset and Facilities Management Construction Laws and Practice MSc Dissertation How you will study The course is delivered in three major blocks to offer an intensive but flexible learning pattern, with two start points each year February and September. Tuition combines traditional lectures and tutorials with problem-based learning, through workshops and site visits. Some modules are continuously assessed, while others use coursework and examination. Assessment methods also vary and include written reports and coursework, project work and presentations. Most submissions will be your individual work, but some may involve teamwork assessment. The MSc element requires completion of a substantial dissertation based on your individual research. Part-time students have the option of a fast-track route by completing their dissertation over the summer at the end of their second year. Career potential There is continued demand for construction project managers nationally and internationally. Our graduates have a very strong record in gaining employment and/or promotion. Graduates have found employment with development, construction and building companies, or government organisations and agencies, as well as commercial, management and consultancy firms. Entry requirements (please read page 220) An Honours degree at class 2:2 or above in a discipline relevant to built environment such as architecture, building surveying, civil engineering, commercial management, construction management, project management or quantity surveying. Alternatively, an Honours degree at class 2:2 or above in a non-construction subject with a minimum five years relevant experience in the construction environment; or relevant experience and an appropriate professional qualification such as RICS, RIBA, CIOB, MICE or MIStructE. The course welcomes international applicants and requires an English language level of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Course length Full-time 1 year* Part-time 3 years or 2 years with fast-track option Faculty and location (see page 212) Advanced Technology Treforest Campus
Built Environment
Accreditation
The course provides strong links between academic theory and management practice. I think it is an ideal course for people like me who wish to find a career in industrial management after graduation. Zhang Yuan Yuan, MSc Construction Project Management
45
Built Environment
46 08455 194 787
MSc Environmental Management

About the course There is a growing need for specialist qualified professionals as environmental management becomes more important to all types of business throughout the world. This postgraduate course has been designed for people who want a career in environmental management and for professionals who already have experience in this area. Our Masters award will equip you with the knowledge and ability to identify, assess and manage environmental issues in an organisation using environmental management principles. You will develop an appreciation of the importance of environmental legislation, pollution control and impact assessment associated with the functions of your organisation. When you graduate, you can apply for membership of professional organisations such as the Institution of Environmental Management and Assessment (IEMA). Course content You will complete six modules and an MSc dissertation: Business Law Research Methods and Professional Development Business and Risk Management Environmental Management Carbon Management and Environmental Control Project Management and Techniques How you will study The course is delivered in three major blocks to offer an intensive but flexible learning pattern, with two start points each year February and September. For each module, you will usually complete two assignments based on case studies or workplace scenarios, plus an examination. There will be group work, recommended reading and tutorials each week. Your final dissertation will be based in industry. Career potential Graduates of this MSc possess the personal, intellectual, technical, business and legal skills to manage environmental issues in a range of organisations and are likely to occupy senior positions. Employment prospects are excellent and graduates have secured careers in a range of private, government and voluntary organisations, such as the Environment Agency, the Health Protection Agency and a variety of manufacturing organisations. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A good Honours degree in a relevant subject, or appropriate professional qualification, or an HNC/HND with adequate managerial experience. The course welcomes international applicants and requires an English language level of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Course length Full-time 1 year* Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 212) Advanced Technology Treforest Campus
Built Environment
47
MSc Safety, Health and Environmental Management

About the course With safety, health and environmental issues becoming increasingly important, there is a growing demand for professionals with the right skills. This Masters award produces such health and safety practitioners, who can identify, assess and solve health, safety and environmental problems by applying the principles of good management. This course has been developed using the expertise of staff in the Division, which has been recognised by the Chartered Quality Institute (CQI) as a Centre of Excellence for Quality in Education. You will develop your knowledge of technical subject areas through an extension into managing health and safety, while giving due consideration to the sustainable economic development of business and the environment. Course content You will complete six modules and a dissertation: Business Law Research Methods and Professional Development Business and Risk Management Environmental Management Workplace Evaluation and Control Health and Safety Management How you will study The course is delivered in three major blocks to offer an intensive but flexible learning pattern, with two start points each year February and September. For each module, you will usually complete two assignments based on case studies or workplace scenarios, plus an examination. There will be group work, recommended reading and tutorials each week. Your final dissertation will be based in industry. If you successfully complete the Postgraduate Diploma (PgD) element of the course, you can apply for Graduate Membership of the Institution of Occupational Safety and Health (IOSH). You will then be required to undertake a period of Initial Professional Development (IPD) before becoming a Chartered Member of the Institution. This is an essential qualification for safety practitioners who need to manage safety and integrate the demands of corporate development and legislation. Career potential Career prospects are excellent, particularly as employers value the skills and experience you will gain on this course. Opportunities exist in a variety of organisations, including environmental protection, and occupational safety and health in the private and public sectors. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A good Honours degree in a relevant subject; or an appropriate professional qualification; or an HNC/HND with adequate managerial experience. The course welcomes international applicants and requires an English language level of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Course length Full-time 1 year* Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 212) Advanced Technology Treforest Campus
Built Environment
The course is versatile, covering a wide range of subjects from business law to research development. Its interesting and really challenging if you want to broaden your knowledge, take it. It will live up to your expectation. Students come from a range of backgrounds. We had a lawyer, a few mechanical and civil engineers, quality managers, RAF staff, an environmentalist and a dental nurse. Binodbikash Simkhada, MSc Safety, Health and Environmental Management
48
08455 194 787
MSc Sustainable Business Risk Management

About the course All business sectors are realising the need to manage sustainable business risk areas. As a result, there is an increasing demand for professionals who can integrate and manage business risks through legal compliance and the application of internationally recognised standards. This MSc is unique because it integrates subject areas to reflect how they are becoming inter-related in the workplace. It combines a practical, problem-solving approach to managing and integrating complex strategic risk issues across organisations. You will benefit most from this course if you are an existing or prospective manager with a role in this area, or if you wish to enter this field. This Masters award has been developed under European Union SOCRATES Academic Development funding and offers provision through TAMK University of Applied Sciences (Finland), Groupe ESAIP (France) and the University of Glamorgan (Wales). Course content You will complete three compulsory modules and a dissertation: Professional Development and Research Methods Business and Risk Management Project Management and Techniques Plus, choose three modules from the following options: Quality Techniques and Analysis Health and Safety Management Carbon Management and Environmental Control Security Management Environmental Management Business Law How you will study The course is delivered in three major blocks to offer an intensive but flexible learning pattern, with two start points each year February and September. The course culminates with a dissertation research conference that will feature an exhibition of your work. Career potential By the time you graduate, you will be fully conversant with all aspects of modern risk management. You will have developed skills in resources, people and financial management, as well as information security and project management. Graduates are likely to occupy senior management positions in a range of business organisations. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A good Honours degree in a relevant subject; or an appropriate professional qualification; or an HNC/HND with adequate managerial experience. The course welcomes international applicants and requires an English language level of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Course length Full-time 1 year* Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 212) Advanced Technology Treforest Campus
Built Environment
In partnership with
49
MSc Sustainable Business Risk Management (Distance learning)

About the course Following the global credit crunch, financial business risk has been high on the agenda. Additionally, pressure on corporate governance and new legislation to enforce corporate manslaughter has put businesses under the microscope. Business sectors have now realised the strategic implications of this, along with the need to manage areas of sustainable business risk such as health and safety, corporate environmental performance and quality management. To meet this need, there is an increasing demand for professionals who can integrate and manage business risks through legal compliance, as well as the application of internationally recognised standards such as ISO14000. This MSc is unique as it integrates subject areas to reflect how they are becoming inter-related in many organisations. You will benefit most from this course if you are an existing or prospective manager with a role or portfolio in this area, or if you wish to enter this field. The course combines a practical, problem-solving approach to managing and integrating complex strategic risk issues across organisations. By the time you graduate, you will be fully conversant with all modern aspects of risk management. You will have developed skills in resources, people and financial management through this distance-learning format. Although at a distance, you will not be alone there are many times when you will be asked to work with others and show your flair and initiative. Course content You will complete the following modules and a dissertation: Research and Professional Development Environmental Management Health and Safety Management Business and Risk Management Project Management and Techniques Quality Techniques and Analysis How you will study Following an induction, you will study each module in 10-week blocks, with different tasks each week. The course is delivered entirely online, using a combination of videos, blogs, wikis, e-books, PDF files, online reading lists, podcasts, discussion forums, audio files, bespoke multimedia and animated resources. This course is delivered via the internet, so provided you have access, you can study anywhere in the world. Career potential This MSc award is intended to progress intellectual development through independent research, and the application of appropriate models and theories to business risk management. Graduates are likely to occupy senior management positions in a wide range of business organisations. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A good Honours degree in a relevant subject; or an appropriate professional qualification; or an HNC/HND with adequate managerial experience. The course welcomes international applicants and requires an English language level of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Technical requirements PC or Mac with broadband internet connection. Processor 500Mhz (minimum), 512MB RAM, 5GB hard disk, 24-speed CD-Rom (DVD-Rom recommended), VGA video at 1024768. Course length Part-time 3 years (Full-time 1 year face-to-face delivery option available, see page 49) Faculty and location (see page 212) Advanced Technology Online distance learning
Built Environment
50
08455 194 787
MSc Total Quality

About the course This MSc award covers the complete spectrum of total quality, from systems and tools to the development and motivation of people across an organisation. It is unique in the way it integrates subject areas to reflect how they are inter-related in the workplace, plus you will get to apply appropriate models and theories to quality management. You will benefit most from this course if you are an existing or prospective quality manager, or if you are responsible for managing and developing quality systems in the service and manufacturing industries, or the public sector. Our Built Environment Division is recognised by the Chartered Quality Institute (CQI) as a Centre of Excellence for Quality in Education and we have a strategic alliance with the Welsh Quality Centre (WQC). Course content You will complete six modules and a dissertation: Business Law Research Methods and Professional Development Business and Risk Management Quality Techniques and Analysis Project Management and Techniques Environmental Management How you will study The course is delivered in three major blocks to offer an intensive but flexible learning pattern, with two start points each year February and September. You will usually complete two assignments based on case studies or workplace scenarios for each module, plus an examination. Each week, there will be group work, recommended reading and tutorials. Your final dissertation will be based in industry. Career potential Graduates of this course are likely to occupy senior management positions. If you successfully complete the course and have suitable experience, you will be able to apply for full membership of the CQI. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A good Honours degree in a relevant subject; or an appropriate professional qualification; or an HNC/HND with adequate managerial experience. The course welcomes international applicants and requires an English language level of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Course length Full-time 1 year* Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 212) Advanced Technology Treforest Campus
Built Environment
Strategic partnership Welsh Quality Centre (WQC)
51
Computing
Computing and Information Systems Computer Forensics Computer Science Computer Systems Security Geographical Information Systems (GIS) Mobile Computing Mobile Telecommunications Management Related research Data Integrity and Combinatorics Research Group Game and Artificial Intelligence Paradigms (GAIP) GIS Research Centre Hypermedia Research Group Information Security Group Integrated Communications Research Centre (ICRC) 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
198 199 200 200 200 200
Computing
52
The Mac Laboratory, Treforest Campus
08455 194 787
MSc Computing and Information Systems

About the course If you plan to move into the computing and information systems field, or if computing plays an increasing part in your role, this postgraduate qualification is ideal training. It is designed for people who have little or no previous experience of computing or information technology, though you may have some related experience or skills that you wish to build upon. We place emphasis on the effective use, design and development of software for information systems. You will become skilled in programming and learn how to design and implement information systems. Our graduates have relevant, up-to-date knowledge, along with the professional and technical skills needed to develop, manage and employ information systems applications in a range of organisations. To enhance your employability, the skills and knowledge gained on this course are directly relevant to industry. Course content Principles of Computing Security Management Professional Skills Development Advanced Research Methods Project Management ICT Systems Development Software Development Research Project: An investigation of your choice, related to the course MSc Project: The development and evaluation of a significant application or task of your choice, related to the course How you will study The course is delivered in four major blocks to offer an intensive but focused learning pattern, with two start points each year February and September. Full-time students will typically spend 12 hours in classes each week. If you choose to study part-time, this is reduced to around six hours each week. You will also need to work independently on reading, coursework assignments, and other computer-related activities. Several modules are assessed entirely through coursework and some involve coursework and an examination. You will also work on a significant research project and major project of your own choice, where strong independent thinking, critical analysis and project management skills will be important. Career potential Graduates have a very strong record in gaining employment. You could develop a career as an analyst programmer, database developer, network administrator or in ICT management. This MSc is also suitable if you are interested in continued professional development. Entry requirements (please read page 220) This course is designed for graduates with a minimum 2:2 Honours degree or equivalent. Applicants must have very good IT skills. It is not suitable for people who have a degree in computing. The course welcomes international applicants and requires an English language level of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Course length Full-time 1 year* Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 212) Advanced Technology Treforest Campus
*Courses starting in February normally take 19 months to complete
Computing
53
MSc Computer Forensics

About the course The rapid expansion of the use of digital technology has been followed by a similar increase in computerbased crime. This increased criminal activity has led to a demand for qualified computer forensic analysts, who can investigate digital technology-based crime and uncover evidence that helps build a case against suspects. Forensic computer analysts may be involved in a range of investigations, such as online fraud, digital espionage, counterterrorism, possession of illegal imagery, and information theft. A typical investigation would involve securing the digital technology, followed by the application of forensic methods and specialist computer programmes in pursuit of evidence. Tasks include recovering data from digital media, analysis of records to establish the location of a device, uncovering data trails between suspects, careful documentation of the investigation, presenting findings to clients and acting as an expert witness in court. Some investigations may involve stressful or disturbing cases. This course is designed to prepare graduates for a career in computer forensics, and to provide an opportunity for existing professionals to keep up-to-date with the latest developments in criminal activity and investigative methods in such a fastmoving field. It allows for the development of crime investigation skills and an awareness of wider security issues, all underpinned by an academic framework. You will be taught by an internationally recognised team from the Facultys Information Security Research Group, and external speakers contribute to delivering the latest expertise and developments. Course content Computer Forensics and Crime Investigation Forensics Techniques and Data Recovery Computer Law Professional Skills Development Advanced Research Methods Project Management Security Management Research Project: An investigation of your choice, related to the course MSc Project: The development and evaluation of a significant application or task of your choice, related to the course How you will study The course is delivered in four major blocks to offer an intensive but focused learning pattern, with two start points every year February and September. Full-time students will typically spend 12 hours in classes each week. If you choose to study part-time, this is reduced to around six hours each week. You will study through lectures, tutorials, practical sessions, seminars and projects. You will need to spend a significant amount of time working independently, reading and preparing for assessments. While the style of coursework may vary, research-style papers or essays of around 4,000 words in length are typical. You will also work on a significant research project and a major project of your choice, where strong independent thinking, critical analysis and project management skills will be important. Career potential Graduates will be well-equipped for employment in this rapidly expanding and specialised branch of digital investigation, including working for the police, security services, commercial sector, or organisations that specialise in computer security. You will have had the opportunity to develop problem-solving skills, excellent IT skills, a systematic approach to work, an awareness of security standards and legislation, communication skills, presentation skills, workload management, and a capacity for objectivity. Skills developed strongly relate to the role of a forensic computer analyst and an information security analyst. Entry requirements (please read page 220) This course is designed for graduates with a minimum 2:2 Honours degree or equivalent. Applicants should normally be computing, engineering or IT graduates, but applicants with a degree in an area relating to the course will be considered. Applicants must have very good IT skills. The course welcomes international applicants and requires an English language level of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Course length Full-time 1 year* Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 212) Advanced Technology Treforest Campus
Computing
54
08455 194 787
MSc Computer Science

About the course Computer science is the study of theoretical foundations and practical techniques for implementation in computer systems. Despite its short history, computer science has made major contributions to science and society that have transformed the way we live our lives. There are many sub-fields of computer science and this course provides an opportunity to study a range of these to an advanced level, including algorithms and data structures, computational science and artificial intelligence. These areas draw on a strong research record within the department and opportunities exist to continue your studies to PhD level. You will be taught by an internationally recognised team from the Facultys Game and Artificial Intelligence Paradigms Research Unit. Course content Advanced Data Structures and Algorithms Real-time Computer Graphics Neural Networks Expert Systems Advanced Search Paradigms Professional Skills Development Advanced Research Methods Project Management Research Project: an investigation of your choice, related to the course MSc Project: the development and evaluation of a significant application or task of your choice, related to the course How you will study The course is delivered in four major blocks to offer an intensive but focused learning pattern, with two start points each year February and September. Full-time students will typically spend 12 hours in classes each week. If you choose to study part-time, this is reduced to around six hours each week. You will study through lectures, tutorials, practical sessions, seminars and projects. You need to spend a significant amount of time working independently, reading and preparing for assessment, which is primarily by coursework. You will work on a significant research project and major project of your choice, where strong independent thinking, critical analysis and project management skills will be important. Career potential This computer science award embraces fundamental theoretical and practical issues. The skills developed on this course strongly relate to the role of a software developer in a range of specialised areas. For example, business analytics for optimisation is one of the key areas highlighted by e-skills, and this course provides an opportunity to develop knowledge and skills at the forefront of this field, in addition to practical programming elements. With training to Masters level now the recognised professional level of competence, graduates will be better placed to pursue careers in industry, or continue their interest in computer science through research at PhD level. Students who complete this award will be educated to a professional standard in a range of fields related to computer science, and will have improved transferable skills such as problem solving, communication, working with others, effective use of IT facilities and information retrieval, as well as planning learning and improving performance as the foundation for lifelong learning. Entry requirements (please read page 220) This course is designed for graduates with a minimum 2:2 Honours degree or equivalent in a computing subject or strongly related field. Applicants should be proficient programmers. The course welcomes international applicants and requires an English language level of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Course length Full-time 1 year* Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 212) Advanced Technology Treforest Campus
Computing
55
MSc Computer Systems Security

About the course As the use of information systems is now widespread in the lives of individuals, business and society, the security of computer systems is increasingly important. The significance of information security and the demand for relevant skills has been emphasised recently by high-profile incidents concerning the privacy of personal data and security of financial information. This specialist MSc award focuses on the technical aspects of computer systems security and systems administration, particularly penetration testing. It is accredited by the Tiger Scheme and will give you exemption from some of its professional examinations. How you will study The course is delivered in four major blocks to offer an intensive but focused learning pattern, with two start points each year February and September. Full-time students will typically spend 12 hours in classes each week. If you choose to study part-time, this is reduced to around six hours each week. You will study through lectures, tutorials, practical sessions, seminars and projects. You will need to spend a significant amount of time working independently, reading and preparing for assessments. Assessment is primarily by coursework, varying from a researchstyle paper or essay to programming assignments. You will also work on a significant research project and a major project of your own choice, where strong independent thinking, critical analysis and project management skills will be important. Career potential Career opportunities are excellent the demand for specialists in this area continues to rise as companies become increasingly dependent on computers and the internet. On graduation, you will be equipped for careers that require in-depth knowledge of technical security issues. Potential roles include systems administrator, security penetration tester or information security consultant, and skills gained strongly relate to the roles of information security analyst and IT security coordinator. With education to Masters level now the recognised professional level of competence, graduates will be better placed to pursue careers in industry, or continue their interest in computer science through research at PhD level. Entry requirements (please read page 220) This course is designed for graduates with a minimum 2:2 Honours degree or equivalent. Candidates should have a computing background with very good IT skills, or extensive experience of the relevant sector. The course welcomes international applicants and requires an English language level of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Course length Full-time 1 year* Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 212) Advanced Technology Treforest Campus
Computing
Course content Network Security Practical Windows Security Practical UNIX Security Vulnerability Development Professional Skills Development Advanced Research Methods Project Management Research Project: An investigation of your choice, related to the course MSc Project: The development and evaluation of a significant application or task, related to the course
Accreditation Tiger Scheme
56
08455 194 787
MSc Geographical Information Systems (GIS)

About the course Geographical Information Systems (GIS) is a well-established technology applied in many areas of government, industry and commerce. This postgraduate award concentrates on the use of GIS to investigate geographical problems and communicate information. Taught by an internationally recognised team in the Facultys GIS Research Centre, you will gain a theoretical background to GIS, cover the necessary technical material for major aspects of GIS design, and gain practical experience of GIS tools. You will also develop the organisational skills to manage GIS within departments and organisations. Activities undertaken in the workplace in relation to GIS vary considerably, but typically involve the collection, storage, manipulation, analysis and presentation of geographical information. These activities may require data collection exercises in the field, maintaining structures needed for the manipulation of data, and developing systems to present information in the most appropriate way, which may include linking different sources of data. The ways in which GIS can be applied also vary significantly, but include producing estimates for service demand (eg, schools), identifying regions of commercial interest based on existing patterns, modelling the impact of disasters on the surrounding region (eg, floods and disease), and determining the number of police officers required for a location all based on trends within geographical information. This will be accomplished through training in a mixture of proprietary GIS packages and open source software. Course content GIS Applications ArcGIS Principles and Practice Web-based GIS and 3D Mapping Remote Sensing Professional Skills Development Advanced Research Methods Project Management Research Project: An investigation of your choice, related to the course MSc Project: The development and evaluation of a significant application or task of your choice, related to the course How you will study The course is delivered in four major blocks to offer an intensive but flexible learning pattern, with two start points each year February and September. You will study through lectures, tutorials, practical sessions, seminars and projects. Full-time students will typically spend 12 hours in classes each week. If you choose to study part-time, this is reduced to around six hours each week. You need to spend a significant amount of time working independently, reading and preparing for assessment. This is primarily by coursework, which varies from research-style papers or essays to programming assignments. You will also work on a significant research project and major project of your choice, where strong independent thinking, critical analysis and project management skills will be important. Career potential By graduation, you will be wellequipped for a career in this rapidly expanding branch of information technology. GIS application areas include city and urban planning, health and medical research, vehicle navigation, emergency response systems, environmental monitoring, utilities maintenance, and market analysis. Entry requirements (please read page 220) This course is designed for graduates with a minimum 2:2 Honours degree or equivalent, with very strong IT skills. The course welcomes international applicants and requires an English language level of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Computing
Course length Full-time 1 year* Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 212) Advanced Technology Treforest Campus
57
MSc Mobile Computing

About the course The world of telecommunications is going through a fundamental transition. Over the next five years, service and application planes will become the main area for innovation. Virtually every forecast by market researchers predicts a rapid expansion of new services, with hundreds of millions of customers. This MSc course is a unique opportunity to learn the concepts of service and application creation in a carrier-grade Next Generation Fixed/Mobile development environment. You will enhance your ability to develop and provide appropriate applications to users of the new mobile and wireless world, so information security will be a key theme. The course is hosted by the Integrated Communications Research Centre, which hosts the unique IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) service creation facility. This course is supported by Orange, who provide two paid placements for the industrybased project. Students on this course may have the opportunity to conduct their projects with partner companies (subject to availability). In recent years, students have completed projects with major industry leaders such as Orange Labs UK, Panasonic, and Glamex Security Ltd. Course content Professional Skills Development Advanced Research Methods Project Management Mobile Communication Technologies Software Development Advanced Data Structures and Algorithms Mobile Application Development Research Project: An investigation of your choice, related to the course MSc Project: The development and evaluation of a significant application or task of your choice, related to the course How you will study The course is delivered in four major blocks to offer an intensive but focused learning pattern, with two start points every year February and September. You will study through lectures, tutorials, practical sessions, seminars and projects. Full-time students will typically spend 12 hours in classes each week. If you choose to study part-time, this is reduced to around six hours each week. You will be assessed through written assignments, examinations and/or project work. There will also be guest lectures from industry leaders such as Orange, Microsoft and Ubiquity Software Corporation. The course is supported by a state-of-the-art mobile computing lab, equipped with cutting-edge wireless network and mobile devices. This lab is sponsored by Orange and is linked to Orange Labs in Bristol via a high-speed VPN connection. As part of the France Telecom(FT)/Orange sponsorship of the course, the two best students may complete their projects as a fourmonth paid placement in the FT UK research lab. This may provide fasttrack employment potential. Career potential By the time you graduate, you will be able to develop exciting applications for the new generation of mobile systems and networks, with full awareness and understanding of security principles. This course is heavily sponsored by industry market leaders, which gives you greater potential for fast-track employment. Career opportunities include such roles as software tester (mobile computing solutions), solution architect (mobile solutions), mobile developer, and software developer, or you can continue your interest through research at PhD level. Entry requirements (please read page 220) This course is designed for graduates with a minimum 2:2 Honours degree or equivalent in a computing or engineering subject. Applicants should be proficient programmers. The course welcomes international applicants and requires an English language level of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Course length Full-time 1 year* Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 212) Advanced Technology Treforest Campus
Computing
Supported by
Lecturers are aware of new trends and they train their students to meet the new industry requirements. The Universitys collaboration with Orange has opened a new avenue for students to work with Orange on their dissertation and gain hands-on experience sitting at the operators core network. Alhad Kuwadekar, MSc Mobile Computing
58
08455 194 787
MSc Mobile Telecommunications Management

About the course With over 250 licensed companies offering national or international services, the UK has Europes most competitive telecommunications service market. There is huge worldwide growth in this industry and the trend is set to continue. This MSc is one of the first of its kind worldwide and is suitable for graduates from a range of disciplines such as computing, engineering and business. On this postgraduate award, you will develop the knowledge and skills to manage mobile telecommunications technologies, their business and technical operations. With an emphasis on the effective and secure management of mobile computing and communication technologies, you will study the essentials of the telecoms industry. This course is supported by Orange, who provide two paid placements where you will complete a real project. There is great potential to secure employment following graduation. Students on this course may have the opportunity to conduct their projects with partner companies (subject to availability). In recent years, students have completed projects with major industry leaders such as Orange Labs UK, Panasonic, and Glamex Security Ltd. Course content Professional Skills Development Advanced Research Methods Project Management Security Management Mobile Communication Technologies Computer Law Mobile Telecommunication Management Research Project: An investigation of your choice, related to the course MSc Project: The development and evaluation of a significant application or task of your choice, related to the course How you will study The course is delivered in four major blocks to offer an intensive but focused learning pattern, with two start points every year February and September. Full-time students will typically spend 12 hours in classes each week. If you choose to study part-time, this is reduced to around six hours each week. Typically, you will be assessed through written assignments, examinations and/or project work. The MSc award involves completion of a research-style paper and major project of your own choice, which requires independent thinking, critical analysis and project management skills. Career potential Graduates may seek employment in the ever-growing telecommunications industry, in technology management or information security management. Some career opportunities include telecommunications manager, telecommunications consultant and project manager in telecommunications. Entry requirements (please read page 220) This course is designed for graduates with a minimum 2:2 Honours degree or equivalent in a computing, engineering or business management discipline. The course welcomes international applicants and requires an English language level of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Course length Full-time 1 year* Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 212) Advanced Technology Treforest Campus
Computing
Supported by
I have chosen the University of Glamorgan because it offers such a unique course in this field, which will have a great demand in the growing telecom industry. Glamorgan offers a quality education and I am enjoying my time at the University. The University staff are very helpful and provide students with every possible facility. Muhammad Azhar Javed, MSc Mobile Telecommunications Management
59
Counselling and Psychotherapy

Systemic Psychotherapy Systemic Counselling MSc / PgD / PgC Systemic Counselling Dip / BSc (Hons) 61 62 63

60 08455 194 787
MSc Systemic Psychotherapy

About the course This is a qualifying award that leads to eligibility for registration as a psychotherapist with the UK Council for Psychotherapy (UKCP). Family systems perspectives on theory and practice have been developing rapidly across a wide range of professional disciplines and practice contexts. If you work with adults, children, couples, or in the family healthcare field, this is your opportunity to further your knowledge and develop the skills to practise therapeutically at a specialised and advanced level, using systemic theoretical frameworks. This award integrates taught clinical practice, theory, personal development and research. It forms years three to four of The Family Institutes psychotherapy training programme and builds on the Institutes long experience of teaching psychotherapy. The Family Institute is an integral part of the Faculty of Health, Sport and Science, and is recognised as a centre of excellence for the training of psychotherapists and counsellors. This course is designed to meet the United Kingdom Council for Psychotherapy (UKCP), UK Association for Family Therapy, Universities Psychotherapies and Counselling Association (UPCA), and European training standards, via the European Family Therapy Association (EFTA). Course content Year one Systemic Approaches to Clinical Practice Systemic Psychotherapy in Context Integrating Systemic Theory, Practice and Research Year two Theories of Change Communication and Interactive Approaches to Psychotherapy Second-order Cybernetics and Complex Systemic Organisation How you will study Curriculum hours of study are designed to meet national Association for Family Therapy (AFT) and European Family Therapy Association (EFTA) standards. Live supervised practice is based at the Institutes clinic at the University. Years one and two entail 40 taught days in a pattern of fortnightly, twoday blocks, with a full week to start each year. You will be assessed through lecturer/ supervisor assessment, selfassessment, and summative and formative assignments. Emphasis is on reflective practice. You must pass both theory and practice components of each module. Career potential Following successful completion, graduates are eligible for registration as a psychotherapist with the UKCP. As a result, you can seek employment in statutory agencies such as the NHS, social care, voluntary agencies or work in a private practice. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Candidates usually hold one of the following: Qualification in one of the caring professions or equivalent (AFT Guidelines) Qualified for a minimum of three years Undergraduate degree Family therapy intermediate-level qualification (University of Glamorgan PgD Systemic Practice and Family Therapy or equivalent) Have been working with families and applying systemic approaches for the duration of the course Early application is advised as places are limited and interviews for selection will be held in April/May 2013. Course length Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus
I have had a good experience of studying other courses at Glamorgan. I enjoyed the practical aspect of this course. I also enjoyed spending time at the Family Clinic within the University. Tracy Brain, MSc Systemic Psychotherapy, Health Visitor
61
MSc / PgD / PgC Systemic Counselling

About the course This programme provides an interactive approach that is focused on holistic thinking and grounded in systems theory. It is designed to equip counsellors to tackle challenges in health and social care practice, as well as in a wider, multidisciplinary context. These awards provide theory and skills development in how to apply a systemic approach to working with individual adults and children, couples and families, as well as the supervision of counselling practice. They are ideal if you want to enhance your existing expertise, gain new skills for career development or change, or to address CPD aspects of professional qualifications. Alongside these frameworks, you will benefit from a detailed analysis of models and practices in supervision, including an understanding of wider systemic issues that affect practice. This programme is part of a suite of courses run by the Family Institute at the University of Glamorgan. The Family Institute is an integral part of the Faculty of Health, Sport and Science, and is recognised as a centre of excellence for the training of psychotherapists and counsellors. Course content You will study the following modules: Foundation in Family Therapy and Systemic Practice Using Systemic Practice in the Work Setting Research Methods Counselling Supervision and Consultation How you will study This award integrates practice-based evidence with evidence-based practice, and offers excellent training in research methods. You will study through a mixture of lectures, group discussion via action learning, and independent study. Assessment involves directed study assignments, analysis of practice in supervision, and a video or audio review. Career potential There is an increase in demand for counsellors and a corresponding need for supervision and continuing professional development. The demands on counsellors to practise to the highest ethical, theoretical and practical standards increase as we move towards statutory regulation. In this context, our focus on evidencebased practice, and the practitioners relationship to the scientistpractitioner model, will influence how you locate your practice within wider networks of research and the exchange of good practice; not only as a practitioner but also as a superviser. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Applicants must be practising as a counsellor and must fulfil British Association of Counselling and Psychotherapy (BACP) qualification criteria or be BACP-accredited, or demonstrate equivalent qualification and experience. This course is also open to those with a psychology degree who are seeking credits towards Chartered Counselling Psychology Registration via a portfolio route. Equivalent international qualifications are acceptable. Those without such qualifications are considered on an individual basis and prior experience may be taken into account. Course length Part-time 1-3 years Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus
The course allowed me to find my own way around the myriad of counselling and psychotherapy approaches, and to appreciate the theoretical support of such approaches. Ann Jones, BSc Systemic Counselling
62
08455 194 787
Dip / BSc (Hons) Systemic Counselling

About the course This programme is part of a suite of courses run by The Family Institute at the University of Glamorgan. The Family Institute is an integral part of the Faculty of Health, Sport and Science, and is recognised as a centre of excellence for the training of psychotherapists and counsellors. This course offers an innovative learning experience and a route to qualification and registration as a professional counsellor. Learning on this course will facilitate engagement with clients, and how to identify and explore patterns of belief and behaviour in their roles and relationships. You will study the relevance of wider networks with your clients such as family, professionals and communities, and consider their problems in the context of their lives and living. You will be encouraged to become more self-aware, valuing the difference and diversity of ideas through several schools of thought, moving towards your own integrated approach to counselling and psychotherapy. You will view this integration using a systemic approach to learning and the practice of counselling. Course content Stage one: Diploma in Counselling Studies Introduction to Counselling Communication Skills and Counselling Process Ethics, Self-awareness and Personal Development Stage two: BSc Counselling Studies Communication and Therapeutic Practice Reflective Practice and Models of Counselling and Psychotherapy Stage three: BSc (Hons) Systemic Counselling Reflective Practice and Models of Counselling and Psychotherapy 2 First-person Inquiry and Therapeutic Practice in Counselling How you will study We use a relational approach to learning, which means that each student will have an opportunity to work closely with their co-learners, including lecturers, to develop their practice. We emphasise that joining our programmes of study means that you become part of a close community of learning and practice. We use a mix of teaching approaches, methods and techniques, with an emphasis on conversation. These include reading and research, group work, reflective exercises, observations, authentic learning events, skills workshops and lectures, in an intimate practiceworking environment. Assessment and self-assessment involves methods such as written assignments, case studies, case presentations, journals and evaluation of practice. Counselling practice assessment takes place during course contact hours, as well as during practice placements in stages two and three. Career potential Counselling is a vital element of frontline, primary care services in health, education and social care settings. As a result, there are growing career opportunities in varied contexts. We adopt an integrated and coherent approach to training, which will enable you to take your place as a professional in the wider, multidisciplinary arena of health, education and social care, and will equip you with skills that can be transferred to other practices in these fields. Entry requirements (please read page 220) We welcome applicants who can demonstrate their interest in this area and the potential to reflect on their own life experience. Applicants need no previous specific counselling training or experience. We also welcome those who want to develop their existing skills in counselling or related fields. Applicants should be able to fulfil all course objectives and achieve the required standard to be ready academically and experientially to begin study at Level 5 (HE). You need to provide evidence you can meet the demands of the scheme. This is achieved through a detailed application to the course, a group exercise and an individual interview. Course length Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus

63
Criminology
Criminology and Criminal Justice, (Substance Misuse), (Youth Offender Management) Related research Centre for Criminology Centre for Social Policy 65 202 203
Criminology
Overall, a wonderfully varied, useful and informative MSc to study. Having completed the MSc, I now work for South Wales Police as Division As Substance Misuse and Mental Health Officer. My goal was to work for the police. However, I have been able to exceed my goal by actually working in the field of drugs and alcohol misuse, which was a specific module on the course. Samara Kemp, MSc Criminology and Criminal Justice
64
08455 194 787
MSc / PgD / PgC Criminology and Criminal Justice Criminology and Criminal Justice (Substance Misuse) Criminology and Criminal Justice (Youth and Offender Management)
About the course These Masters degrees in Criminology and Criminal Justice provide an understanding of issues relating to crime and the criminal justice system, enhancing your career in this and related fields. Tuition draws upon the expertise of research staff in the Universitys wellestablished Centre for Criminology. You will examine a range of crimes and criminal behaviour, the context of crime and responses to it. In addition to core areas of study, you can choose modules and/or pathways to suit your career development. You will explore a matter of interest to you through a dissertation, also gaining a thorough grounding in qualitative and quantitative research methods invaluable skills for any profession that includes planning, analysis and evaluation. On the Substance Misuse pathway, you will study a range of criminological modules and a module on drug interventions. This specialist module provides an insight into the nature and extent of substance misuse and responses to it, including prevention, treatment, harm reduction and enforcement. The 20,000-word dissertation will be related to substance misuse. This could range from investigating trends in the use of psychoactive substances, to identifying the most effective treatment and recovery programmes. The Youth and Offender Management pathway provides an in-depth understanding of the contexts in which child and adult offenders come into contact with the criminal justice system. The work of relevant agencies and systems that engage with those at risk of offending are also considered. There is a compulsory specialist module in Youth Justice and Offender Management, and the 20,000-word dissertation must be on a topic related to this. Course content Criminological Theory Criminal Justice Theory and Practice Approaches to Criminological Research Criminological Research in Practice Dissertation Optional modules include: Violence and Homicide Policing in a Global Age Drug Interventions (specified for Substance Misuse pathway) Youth Justice and Offender Management (specified for Youth and Offender Management pathway) How you will study You will learn through lectures, seminars and tutorials. Certificate (PgC) and Diploma (PgD) stages are taught in group sessions. Assessment methods include essays, critiques, written examinations, multiple choice tests, and oral and poster presentations. The MSc award requires a dissertation of around 20,000 words on an individual piece of research, which may be workrelated. Career potential A Masters degree in this field provides the knowledge and skills to pursue careers in the Criminal Justice System (eg, the police, courts, prison, probation services and youth offending services), government organisations (eg, Home Office, Ministry of Justice, Welsh Government, local authorities), and voluntary agencies (eg, offender rehabilitation, victim support, community safety, drug treatment services). It is also an excellent basis for further research at MPhil and PhD levels. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree in a social science or related discipline. Applicants with established professional experience will be considered on an individual basis via the Accreditation of Prior Learning (APL)/Accreditation of Prior Experiential Learning (APEL) mechanism (University regulations will apply). Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (please see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus
Criminology
65
Drama
Drama Related research Theatre and Media Drama Research Group 67 206
Drama
ATRiuM campus theatre
Rehearsal, A Bloody Good Friday
Asha Cecil, Abbey Edwards, Rhys Hettidge, Its Not You, Its Your Uniform (top image also)
66
08455 194 787
MA Drama
About the course This postgraduate award offers you the benefit of working with other creative and like-minded individuals on core elements in the field of drama. It considers the contemporary practice of drama in a variety of contexts, with excellent support and supervision. Though the emphasis is on theatre, those with appropriate experience and aspirations will have opportunities to work through other media. This course is aimed at graduates, or those already working at a postgraduate level. Whether you wish to pursue a career in education or as a drama practitioner, this award will help you fulfil your potential. Course content Course content and structure aim to reflect the contemporary professional world, which calls for flexible, innovative practitioners who are willing and able to work across the full range of theatre and media. These roles might range from mainstream professional organisations to applied and community contexts. You will study the following modules: Professional Practices in Drama Reflective Practice 1 Reflective Practice 2 Dissertation on Drama, or Major Production, or Learning Through Employment Research Project You will also choose from one of three common modules: Creative and Cultural Entrepreneurship Research and Practice in the Creative and Cultural Industries Research Paradigms You will also have the option to undertake a Learning Through Employment project if you are already in the workplace. Module content is broad and flexible, which enables you to take full advantage of the spectrum of staff expertise in the Faculty. There is also an opportunity to study related modules from other postgraduate awards such as MA Scriptwriting and MA Film Producing. How you will study You will study through practical workshops, lectures, seminars, and individual supervision by an appointed tutor. You will be assessed through individual assignments, group work and examinations, as well as the completion of a dissertation or major production. To extend your critical understanding of professional contexts, there are visits to companies and professional productions of all kinds. You can also contribute to projects, seminar programmes, public productions, conferences and symposia that are part of life in the Faculty. Many of these involve professional organisations and some receive support from partners such as Skillset, BAFTA, professional theatre companies or broadcasters. Career potential This course provides an advanced professional development opportunity for those working or wishing to work in contexts where drama is used. These include individual professional practitioners, teachers and educators, and applied drama specialists in a variety of contexts, as well as those who want to employ drama skills in the film and television industries. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Admission to this programme is by application, interview and demonstration of appropriate practical experience. You will usually be expected to hold a good Honours degree (2:1 or above). This degree does not need to be in a dramarelated subject, but all applicants will be expected to have a documented, advanced interest in key aspects of the broad field of drama. Professional practitioners without a degree may be in a position to apply via the Accreditation of Prior Experiential Learning (APEL) route. Such applications will be considered on a case-by-case basis. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2 years
Drama
Faculty and location (see page 216) Cardiff School of Creative and Cultural Industries, ATRiuM Campus
The MA Drama course is fabulous. It gives you the opportunity to learn what you want, the way you want. The reflective practice element of the course has been absolutely invaluable. It allows you to look at yourself and your previous practice critically, and explore and develop aspects of it. Ive been a professional actress for ten years, and my undergraduate degree is in acting. This course has really helped me to reflect on my career and where I want to go. Einir Sion, MA Drama
Darperir cyfleoedd cyfrwng Cymraeg ar y cwrs hwn.
67
Engineering
Aeronautical Engineering Aircraft Maintenance Systems Civil and Structural Engineering Civil Engineering and Environmental Management Computer Systems Engineering Electronic Mobile Communications Electronic Product Design Electronics and Information Technology Embedded Systems Design Energy Systems Engineering Mechanical Engineering Mobile and Satellite Communications Professional Engineering Sustainable Power Technology 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 Related research Applied Mathematics and Statistics Research Group Centre for Automotive and Power System Engineering Engineering Research Centre Integrated Communications Research Centre (ICRC) Medical Imaging and Electronics Research Group Sustainability and Built Environment Research Group Sustainable Environment Research Centre (SERC) 198 198 199 200 201 201 210
Engineering
68
08455 194 787
MSc Aeronautical Engineering

About the course Aeronautical engineering graduates are highly valued and in great demand. This MSc Aeronautical Engineering programme is ideal for graduates seeking employment in the aeronautical sector and for practising aerospace engineers who want to extend and update their skills. The University has recently built an Aerospace Centre on the Treforest campus, which includes a BAE Jetstream aircraft, laboratory equipment, a gas turbine engine, wind tunnel upgrade and a flight simulator, as well as state-of-the-art engineering analysis software. Progression to management is key to the careers of postgraduate engineers, so you will develop relevant managerial skills during this course, as well as an awareness of the wider issues that affect the aeronautical industry, such as the environment and safety. We have comprehensive links with industry through our Industrial Panel, which contains representatives from major companies, including BAMC, Storm, GE, Nordam Europe, TES and BA Avionics. Course content You will study the following modules: Aircraft Materials Aircraft Propulsion Finite Element Analysis Computational Fluid Dynamics Aircraft Structures Condition Monitoring Safety, Health and Environment Integrated Project Planning and Management Dissertation How you will study The course is delivered in three major blocks to offer an intensive but flexible learning pattern, with two start points each year February and September. Modules involve lectures, tutorials and practical laboratory work, with continually assessed coursework or a mixture of coursework and exams. The dissertation allows you to research a specific aeronautical engineering topic to illustrate your depth of knowledge, critical awareness and problem-solving skills. The dissertation has three elements of assessment: a thesis, a poster presentation, and a viva voce exam. Career potential Employment prospects are strong in this dynamic and diverse industry. Those with an MSc Aeronautical Engineering degree enhance their career opportunities in commercial and military aircraft engineering, the air transportation industry, teaching or research. The highly technical nature of this course also equips you for careers in many related, technology-intensive fields. Graduates are likely to progress to senior positions in the aeronautical engineering industry and related sectors. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree in aeronautical or aerospace engineering, although other applicants with a relevant engineering degree will be considered. The course welcomes international applicants and requires an English language level of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Course length Full-time 1 year* Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 212) Advanced Technology Treforest Campus
Engineering
Accreditation Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)
Royal Aeronautical Society (RAeS)
69
MSc Aircraft Maintenance Systems

About the course By studying this MSc, graduates and experienced aviation industry personnel will improve their knowledge of the complex disciplines involved in aircraft maintenance management. It has been specifically designed for EASA-licensed aircraft engineers and individuals with a BSc (Hons) Aircraft Maintenance Engineering degree, who want to advance to the management of aircraft maintenance facilities. By graduation, you will have the skills to manage and monitor all aircraft, support equipment and component maintenance. You will also be able to plan, co-ordinate and schedule aircraft maintenance procedures, develop process improvements for aircraft installation and maintenance activities, and ensure that aircraft maintenance is performed in compliance with regulations and industry standards. This is an exciting award that will equip you with the skills and knowledge to progress your career in a dynamic and buoyant industry. You will learn many transferable and management skills and be able to guide and train team members in proper maintenance activities. Course content You will study modules in areas that include: Integrated Project Planning and Management Safety, Health and Environment Research Methodology Human Factors Non-destructive Testing Condition Monitoring Maintenance Planning and Quality Dissertation How you will study The course is delivered in three major blocks to offer an intensive but flexible learning pattern, with two start points each year February and September. Modules involve lectures, tutorials and practical laboratory work, with continually assessed coursework or a mixture of coursework and exams. The dissertation allows you to research a specific aircraft maintenance topic to illustrate your depth of knowledge, critical awareness and problem-solving skills. Career potential Aerospace engineering is a key area where demand exceeds supply. As a highly skilled professional in aircraft maintenance engineering, you will be well placed to gain employment in this challenging industry. The aircraft industry is truly international, so there is demand not only in the UK, but throughout the world. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree in a related engineering discipline, eg, aircraft maintenance engineering, aeronautical engineering, mechanical engineering or electrical engineering. Applicants may also be an EASAlicensed engineer with five years relevant industrial experience. The course welcomes international applicants and requires an English language level of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Course length Full-time 1 year* Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 212) Advanced Technology Treforest Campus
Engineering
70
08455 194 787
MSc Civil and Structural Engineering

About the course Our MSc Civil and Structural Engineering degree is your opportunity to establish or consolidate your career as a civil or structural design engineer. This award is accredited for the Further Learning Programme (formerly Matching Sections) at Chartered Engineer (CEng) level by the Institution of Civil Engineers (ICE), the Institution of Structural Engineers (IStructE), and the Chartered Institution of Highways and Transportation (CIHT). The award has been embedded for Chartered Engineer (CEng) level by the Institution of Civil Engineers (ICE). Having the ICE CEng requirements embedded in this MSc means that, especially for those working in the sector, we are able to identify individual requirements for a tailormade route towards CEng status early on, and accelerate the remaining steps by working with the employer in the process. This is a unique feature for an MSc award, and significantly reduces the period required to achieve Chartered Engineer status. To provide the latest specialist knowledge and technical competence, all design-related modules are taught in accordance with the new structural Eurocodes. As well as developing your analytical and problem-solving skills, tuition covers project planning and contract management training, which are crucial to the success of any civil and structural engineering work. More importantly, the award is strongly underpinned by relevant research into the use of novel and sustainable environmentally friendly materials, such as carbon fibre and Portland cement substitutes. This will ensure your relevance as a civil engineer at a global level. Course content You will study the following modules: Advanced Civil Engineering Materials Integrative Project Planning and Management Geo-environmental Engineering Advanced Structural Analysis and Seismic Design Advanced Structural Design Dissertation Plus, one or two modules from the following options: Design of Composite, Masonry and Timber Structures Further Finite Element Analysis Further Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) Non-destructive Testing How you will study The course is delivered in three major blocks to offer an intensive but flexible learning pattern, with two start points each year February and September. You will learn through lectures, tutorials and seminars, as well as guest lectures and seminars with prominent industry experts. You will complete a research project using our excellent laboratory facilities and a dissertation on a chosen topic of interest. Some modules are assessed through coursework, others by a combination of design projects and a formal examination. If you want to continue working in industry, you can apply to study individual modules as short courses on a day-release or block-delivery basis. Career potential On completion of this course, you will have improved your technical knowledge of structures and sustainability, and enhanced your awareness of current research to remain relevant in a fast-changing world. Ultimately, you will have enhanced your career prospects. You can develop a career as a structural engineer, technical or research and development manager, with leading international consultancies, contractors, national and local consulting companies, as well as international research and government organisations. Entry requirements (please read page 220) An Honours degree, normally a JBMaccredited BEng (Hons) degree of class 2:2 or above; or a BSc (Hons) degree of class 2:1 or above in civil or structural engineering (or equivalent professional or recognised overseas qualifications); or sufficient and relevant industrial work experience. Applicants with a JBM-accredited IEng degree will be treated on an individual basis, but must have attained competences in the core mechanics subject areas of civil/structural engineering at undergraduate level. The course welcomes international applicants and requires an English language level of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Course length Full-time 1 year* Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 212) Advanced Technology Treforest Campus
Engineering
Accreditation The Institution of Structural Engineers
The Chartered Institution of Highways & Transportation
Institution of Civil Engineers
Joint Board of Moderators
71
MSc Civil Engineering and Environmental Management

About the course Environmental management in civil engineering projects is of increasing importance throughout the world. For this reason, demand is growing for qualified environmental managers with a civil engineering background. This unique, interdisciplinary MSc award is the ideal qualification if you want to establish or consolidate a career in this field. Our course is accredited for the Further Learning Programme (formerly Matching Sections) at Chartered Engineer (CEng) level by the Institution of Civil Engineers (ICE), the Institution of Structural Engineers (IStructE), and the Chartered Institution of Highways and Transportation (CIHT). This is a unique feature for an MSc award and significantly reduces the period required to achieve Chartered Engineer status. Our postgraduate tuition will broaden your knowledge and develop the critical skills and management expertise needed to manage civil engineering projects and implement environmentally sustainable solutions. You will also explore theoretical, analytical and practical matters in depth. A distinctive feature of this course is its strength in relevant research, namely sustainability, the use of natural, industrial and agricultural waste streams at an international level, low-carbon technologies and carbon credits trading. Course content You will study the following modules: Advanced Civil Engineering Materials Integrative Project Planning and Management Geo-environmental Engineering Safety, Health and Environmental Risk in Engineering Appropriate Development Technologies and Sustainability Dissertation Plus, one of the following modules: Environmental Management ArcGIS Principles and Practice How you will study The course is delivered in three major blocks to offer an intensive but flexible learning pattern, with two start points each year February and September. You will learn through lectures, tutorials and seminars, as well as guest lectures and seminars that feature prominent experts. You will need to complete a research project using our excellent laboratory facilities and a dissertation on a chosen topic of interest. Some modules are assessed through coursework, others by a combination of design projects and a formal examination. If you want to continue working in industry, you can apply to study individual modules as short courses on a day-release or block-delivery basis. Career potential Whether you are a graduate or a professional with industrial experience, this MSc award offers excellent opportunities for career progression. You can develop a career as a civil engineer, engineering project manager, or work in the environmental management sector or health and safety, with leading international consultancies, contractors, or national and local civil engineering companies. Alternatively, you can work as a technical or research and development manager in research, regulatory authorities, local government and/or nongovernmental organisations (NGOs). Entry requirements (please read page 220) A good Honours degree, normally a JBM-accredited BEng Honours degree of class 2:2 or above; or a BSc Honours degree of class 2:1 or above (or equivalent professional or recognised overseas qualifications) in civil, environmental or structural engineering; or sufficient and relevant industrial work experience. Applicants with a JBM-accredited IEng degree will be treated on an individual basis, but must have attained competences in geoenvironmental subject areas at undergraduate level. The course welcomes international applicants and requires an English language level of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Course length Full-time 1 year* Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 212) Advanced Technology Treforest Campus
Engineering
Accreditation The Institution of Structural Engineers
The Chartered Institution of Highways & Transportation
Institution of Civil Engineers
Joint Board of Moderators
72
08455 194 787
MSc Computer Systems Engineering

About the course Modern electronics and computer systems companies need engineers who can respond quickly to changes in technology and who have specialist knowledge of computerbased and embedded systems. These systems are at the heart of many engineering devices, so this postgraduate course concentrates on the commercially important and rapidly expanding area of computer systems engineering. This course is ideal if you are a graduate planning a career in computer systems engineering, or if you work in the engineering industry and want to develop your professional knowledge and skills. You will investigate how embedded systems are designed and implemented in hardware and software, and gain expertise in C and Java programming, mobile application development, embedded systems design, computer networking and DSP. The course includes a 15-week project, which you can conduct in industry* and could lead to job opportunities when you graduate. You will also work on industrial case studies and get involved in live miniprojects. If you want to be a parttime student and continue working in a related industry, you may be able to link your major project to an aspect of your companys work. Course content Modules include: Product Management and Integrating Case Studies Embedded System Design Embedded Hardware Operating Systems Applied Digital Signal Processing Network Security Web-based Application Development Major Project How you will study The course is delivered in two major blocks to offer an intensive but flexible learning pattern, with two start points each year February and September. There are six taught modules and a 15-week major project. If you study part-time, you will complete three modules each year and usually work on your project in the third year. You will learn how to use the latest design tools and software. Career potential On graduation, you will be highly sought-after by employers who will value your logical, technical and methodical skills. Careers are available in the industrial and technology sectors, in electronics and embedded hardware design companies, and in the computer systems engineering sector. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree in an appropriate discipline (engineering or computing); or an HNC plus five years in industry; or an HND plus three years in industry. If you do not have these qualifications, we will consider your case individually. The course welcomes international applicants and requires an English language level of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Course length Full-time 1 year** Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 212) Advanced Technology Treforest Campus
Engineering
*Subject to a suitable placement being obtained by the student and an appropriate project being agreed between the company and the University **Courses starting in February normally take 16 months to complete
73
MSc Electronic Mobile Communications

About the course Managing new technology and ensuring high levels of product quality are essential skills if modern electronic companies want to compete in world markets. There is a demand for engineers who can respond quickly to changes in technology and who have knowledge of modern electronic communication design, electronics design, and digital signal processing. If you want a career in electronics design for communications, or if you work in the engineering industry and want to develop your knowledge and skills, this postgraduate qualification is ideal. You will mix engineering and electronics in a communications environment to enhance your knowledge, skills and abilities in communications engineering. The course is challenging and rewarding, and because it has been developed through consultation with industry, you will gain the right skills for the modern workplace. The course includes a 15-week project, which you may conduct in industry* and could lead to job opportunities when you graduate. You can also complete industrial case studies and be involved in live mini-projects. If you are a part-time student working in the electronics industry, you may be able to relate your major project to an aspect of your companys work. Course content Modules include: Electronics Systems Design Product Management and ICS Applied Digital Signal Processing Wireless and Personal Communications Digital Communications Systems Satellite Communications Major Project How you will study The course is delivered in two major blocks to offer an intensive but flexible learning pattern, with two start points each year February and September. There is a 15-week major project in addition to the modules listed above. If you study part-time, you will complete three modules each year. You will learn how to use the latest computer-aided engineering tools and techniques for the design, manufacture and testing of electronic communication systems. Career potential Career opportunities in this field are varied and exciting. They include design and operational positions in mobile communications system engineering, as well as management positions. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree in an appropriate discipline (engineering or computing); or an HNC plus five years in industry; or an HND plus three years in industry. If you do not have these qualifications, we will consider your case individually. The course welcomes international applicants and requires an English language level of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Course length Full-time 1 year** Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 212) Advanced Technology Treforest Campus
Engineering
74
08455 194 787
MSc Electronic Product Design

About the course Demand for highly skilled, imaginative product design engineers continues to rise, and career opportunities are varied, challenging and rewarding. This postgraduate qualification is ideal if you want a future in electronics design or manufacturing, or if you work in the engineering industry and wish to develop your knowledge and skills. It provides a theoretical and practical investigation of the design, development and production of complex, modern electronic systems. You will benefit from a blend of technical depth and an overall awareness, giving you the skills for commercial success in todays highly competitive markets. The programme of study covers all aspects of the electronic product development process, and you will specialise in embedded systems design using VHDL. You will develop an advanced knowledge of modern design methodologies and gain extensive experience of state-of-theart software design tools. The course incorporates a 15-week project, which you may conduct in industry* and could lead to job opportunities on graduation. You will also complete industrial case studies and be involved in live mini-projects. If you study part-time while working in the electronics industry, you may be able to relate your major project to an aspect of your companys work. Course content Modules include: Electronics Systems Design Product Management and Integrating Case Studies Embedded System Design Digital System Design Using VHDL ASIC Technology and Test Systems Applied Digital Signal Processing Major Project How you will study The course is delivered in two major blocks to offer an intensive but flexible learning pattern, with two start points each year February and September. There is a 15-week major project in addition to the modules listed above. If you study part-time, you will complete three modules each year. Typically, each module will be assessed through 50% coursework and 50% tests in class. Career potential By graduation, you will have the skills and knowledge to set up your own business, or to work in industry with consultancies or research and development organisations. Many global electronics design companies are actively seeking candidates with the skills developed on this award. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree in an appropriate discipline (engineering or computing); or an HNC plus five years in industry; or an HND plus three years in industry. If you do not have these qualifications, we will consider your case individually. The course welcomes international applicants and requires an English language level of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Course length Full-time 1 year** Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 212) Advanced Technology Treforest Campus
Engineering
The lecturers have excellent experience in industry and in teaching. The modules we have are equal to todays designing industries. The University of Glamorgan has excellent laboratories and highly skilled professors. The library is very well resourced. Abhishek Panthangi, MSc Electronic Product Design
75
Renewable Systems Laboratory, Treforest Campus
Engineering
Laser Harp (student project)
(as right)
Electronics Laboratory, Treforest Campus
76
08455 194 787
MSc Electronics and Information Technology

About the course Electronics and information technology are vital for global industries to function, and career opportunities continue to increase in the sector. This course will develop your ability to manage new technologies and ensure high levels of product quality, so it is ideal if you want a career in the electronics or IT industry, or if you already work in the engineering industry and want to enhance your potential. With this flexible Masters programme, you can tailor your qualification to suit your individual needs and build on your existing studies and experience. The course includes a 15-week project, which you may conduct in industry* and could lead to job opportunities when you graduate. You will work on industrial case studies and be involved in live mini-projects. If you study part-time and continue working in the electronics industry, you may be able to relate your major project to an aspect of your companys work. Course content Modules include: Product Management and ICS Digital Communication System Satellite Communication Wireless and Personal Communication Applied Digital Signal Processing Major Project You will select the rest of your study programme in discussion with the Scheme Manager. At least three of the modules selected must be from the area of electronics. How you will study The course is delivered in three major blocks to offer an intensive but flexible learning pattern, with two start points each year February and September. There are six taught modules and a 15-week major project. If you study part-time, you will complete three modules in year one and three in year two. Typically, each module will be assessed through 50% coursework and 50% tests in class. Career potential On graduation from this course, there are many exciting engineering and management careers open to you. These range from design and development of the latest electronic products, to the application of information technology to support industrial applications, as well as managerial roles. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree in an appropriate discipline (engineering or computing); or an HNC plus five years in industry; or an HND plus three years in industry. If you do not have these qualifications, we will consider your case individually. The course welcomes international applicants and requires an English language level of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Course length Full-time 1 year** Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 212) Advanced Technology Treforest Campus
Engineering
77
MSc Embedded Systems Design

About the course This award concentrates on the commercially important and rapidly expanding area of embedded digital systems. It is the ideal choice if you plan a career in embedded systems engineering, or for professional development if you already work in the engineering industry. Embedded systems are at the heart of many engineering devices and you will investigate how they are designed and implemented in hardware and software. You will learn how to understand and apply circuit and system simulation techniques, with an emphasis on products that incorporate embedded technology. You will also understand the design of embedded systems, including microcontroller architectures and real-time embedded hardware operating systems. The course involves a 15-week project, which you may conduct in industry* and could lead to job opportunities. You can also complete industrial case studies and be involved in live mini-projects. If you are a part-time student working in the electronics industry, you may be able to relate your major project to an aspect of your companys work. Course content Modules include: Electronics Systems Design Product Management and Integrating Case Studies Embedded System Design Embedded Hardware Operating Systems Digital System Design Using VHDL ASIC Technology and Test Systems Major Project How you will study The course is delivered in three major blocks to offer an intensive but flexible learning pattern, with two start points each year February and September. You will learn to use the latest computer-aided engineering tools and techniques for the design, manufacture and testing of electronic products. There are six taught modules and a 15-week major project. If you study part-time, you will complete three modules per year. Career potential Many industries need specialists in embedded systems design and by the time you graduate, your skills and knowledge will be highly desired by employers. Careers are available in industrial and technology sectors such as embedded systems hardware or software development, telecommunication implementations, instrumentation, general real-time device applications, and signal processing development. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree in an appropriate discipline (engineering or computing); or an HNC plus five years in industry; or an HND plus three years in industry. If you do not have these qualifications, we will consider your case individually. The course welcomes international applicants and requires an English language level of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Course length Full-time 1 year** Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 212) Advanced Technology Treforest Campus
Engineering
I came to Glamorgan because the University has a good reputation for electronics and was recommended to me by many people. You are encouraged to take on as much as you feel confident with, so you have freedom to choose your own project and something that really interests you. There are also a lot of research opportunities here the further you go the more interesting things become. Daniel Farr, MSc Embedded Systems Design
78
08455 194 787
MSc Energy Systems Engineering

About the course The global energy industry faces growing demand to discover ways to extract, process and use energy sources more efficiently, and to develop cleaner technology. Development of environmentally friendly energy systems requires professionals with a new mix of technological skills that encompass traditional fossil fuels and renewable energy. Our MSc award offers this balance, so you will learn how to provide effective and sustainable solutions to meet energy needs in different industries. As well as traditional thermal engineering disciplines, you will study renewable energy and environmental topics, giving you a rounded appreciation of the industry. You will gain in-depth knowledge of core subject areas in energy systems engineering, as well as relevant financial, economic and regulatory issues. The course benefits from a strong research record and from industrial links established by our staff in industrial combustion and energy systems. Course content Industrial Heating Processes Computational Fluid Dynamics Heat Transfer and Combustion Research Methods for Engineers Safety, Health and Environmental Management Applied Thermodynamics Sustainable Energy Technology And one of the following: Integrative Project Planning and Management Business and Risk Management Independent Study for Engineers How you will study The course is delivered in three major blocks that offer an intensive but flexible learning pattern. Modules are assessed by coursework, laboratory assignments, group projects, poster presentation and examination. You will also submit a written dissertation with an oral examination (viva voce). Career potential This qualification offers excellent opportunities for career progression. It will enable you to be part of a vibrant industry with excellent training and career development. Energy industries offer exciting prospects to suitably trained, highly skilled and qualified engineers, scientists and technologists. The variety of jobs is broad, with opportunities to work across the globe. 173,000 people are employed directly in the UK energy industry, with more working to support it. For example, an estimated 207,000 people work in support of UK continental shelf production (2010 figures). With rapid technological advances, the need to attract talented graduates is great. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree in an appropriate engineering or sciencerelated subject. The course welcomes international applicants and requires an English language level of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Course length Full-time 1 year* Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 212) Advanced Technology Treforest Campus
Engineering
Energy Institute
79
MSc Mechanical Engineering

About the course There is strong demand for highquality engineers with a postgraduate qualification and a good range of mechanical engineering skills. This MSc Mechanical Engineering has been designed to help you achieve Chartered Engineer status and will develop the technical and nontechnical skills needed to succeed in this industry. The range of modules will enhance the depth of your knowledge, while developing the skills to manage people and projects. You will use state-of-the-art engineering analysis software, and employ appropriate analytical and computer-based techniques. Additionally, you will gain an awareness of wider issues such as environmental management and safety. Completion of a dissertation allows you to research a specific topic based on real issues that organisations face. Course content You will study the following modules: Condition Monitoring Finite Element Analysis Computational Fluid Dynamics Heat Transfer and Combustion Fatigue and Fracture Safety, Health and Environment Integrated Project Planning and Management Dissertation How you will study The course is delivered in three major blocks to offer an intensive but flexible learning pattern, with two starting points each year February and September. Modules are taught through lectures, tutorials and practical laboratory work, and are continually assessed by coursework or a mixture of coursework and exams. The dissertation has three assessment elements: a thesis, a poster presentation and an oral examination (viva voce). Staff are active in research and/or consultancy, which brings relevant case studies and context to the subjects you will study. Career potential Mechanical engineers work in areas as diverse as design, research and development, environmental engineering, numerical analysis, computer modelling, use of materials, and control systems. In such a competitive industry, this MSc will improve your career prospects and graduates are likely to progress to occupy senior positions in the engineering industry and related sectors. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree in mechanical engineering, though related engineering disciplines may be considered. The course welcomes international applicants and requires an English language level of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Course length Full-time 1 year* Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 212) Advanced Technology Treforest Campus
Engineering
80
08455 194 787
MSc Mobile and Satellite Communications

About the course An astonishing global revolution has taken place in mobile and satellite communications, the full impact of which is difficult to exaggerate. The resulting growth in mobile and satellite communications industries has created a high demand for graduates with expertise in the key areas of digital, mobile and satellite communications and networking. This MSc award produces highly competent graduates who can fill key positions and play a leading role in shaping the rapidly-evolving telecommunications field. By graduation, you will be wellequipped to develop new applications with full awareness of the issues facing the next generation of communication systems. Your study will include advances in antennas and propagation, digital transmission, satellite communications, mobile communications, and wireless applications. All this has been enriched by new modules in satellite networking and product management. You will also learn how to use the latest computer-aided engineering tools and techniques for the design, manufacture and testing of electronic products. Course content Modules include: Satellite Communications Satellite Networking Digital Communications Systems Wireless and Personal Communications Applied Digital Signal Processing Product Management and Integrating Case Studies Major Project How you will study The course is delivered in two major blocks to offer an intensive but flexible learning pattern, with two start points each year February and September. There are six taught modules and a 15-week major project. If you study part-time, you will complete three modules each year and a project in year three. This block-mode delivery means that modules are available to students who want to continue in full-time employment or as individual short courses. Typically, each module will be assessed through 50% coursework and 50% tests in class. Career potential Advances in technology such as the increased use of Wi-Fi, are creating exciting career opportunities for graduates with the right skills. Graduates of this Masters award can enter the telecommunications industry in many different roles, conduct research or work towards a PhD. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree in an engineering subject, computing, physics or mathematics. If you do not have these qualifications, we will consider your case individually. The course welcomes international applicants and requires an English language level of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Course length Full-time 1 year* Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 212) Advanced Technology Treforest Campus
Engineering
The lectures were excellent, with extra sessions in labs equipped with stateof-the-art facilities. After the successful completion of my MSc, I was offered a grant by the University to pursue a PhD in Satellite Communications. I am sure the knowledge and skills I have gained will help me to contribute towards research and development activities in the communications field. Sahena Begum, MSc Mobile and Satellite Communications
81
MSc Professional Engineering

About the course This MSc is for professionals with an accredited BEng Honours degree, who are in relevant employment and want to become a Chartered Engineer. Completion of this course confers the academic requirements to satisfy the UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competencies (UK-SPEC). This postgraduate degree is part of the Engineering Councils Engineering Gateways initiative. This scheme provides flexible pathways to professional qualification for working engineers who cannot commit to fulltime study. It is an opportunity to develop your career and obtain an academic qualification, plus studying in the workplace ensures that course content is directly relevant. Course content Professional Development Audit Learning Contract Existing and Emerging Technologies Engineering Analysis Project Management for Engineers Technical Communication Skills Professional Responsibilities Dissertation How you will study The course is delivered primarily through work-based learning. You will be assigned a University mentor, who will guide you through each module using work-related projects. At the beginning of the course, a Professional Development Audit is conducted to determine which professional competencies you have evidenced through previous projects, and which still need to be addressed. Once these outstanding professional competencies have been identified, a learning contract is developed and agreed by you, your employer and the University. This contract is submitted to the relevant professional body for approval. Following approval, you will take a series of modules that address the professional competencies you wish to achieve. On completion of this taught element, you will also complete a dissertation. Career potential On graduating from this course you will be prepared for Professional Review for Chartered Status, and be well placed to progress in your chosen engineering career. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Applicants should have an accredited BEng Honours degree and be in relevant employment. Suitable applicants will be invited for interview. Course length The time taken to complete this course will vary depending on your experience on entry. However, the average time taken to complete this course is about three and a half years. Faculty and location (see page 212) Advanced Technology Treforest Campus Engineering Gateways Scheme
Engineering
The following professional engineering institutions are involved in the Engineering Gateways scheme: Institute of Mechanical Engineers Royal Aeronautical Society Institution of Engineering and Technology British Computer Society Chartered Institution of Building Services Engineers Energy Institute Institution of Civil Engineers Institute of Chemical Engineers Institute of Engineering Designers Institute of Marine Engineering, Science and Technology Institute of Measurement and Control Institute of Physics and Engineering in Medicine Society of Operational Engineers
82
08455 194 787
MSc Sustainable Power Technology

About the course The global trend to produce electricity using cleaner, sustainable technologies will lead to a strong demand for engineers with skills in these new technologies, both in UK and overseas markets. There is a particularly significant need for engineers with expertise in new vehicle technologies, including hydrogen and electric vehicle propulsion systems. The use of lowpower lighting in domestic and commercial environments is also becoming extremely important. The Universitys Faculty of Advanced Technology has established a reputation for leading-edge research and consultancy in this field, which directly informs the teaching on this course. This Masters award is ideal for students with a strong background in the areas of electrical, electronic and mechatronic engineering. It is an ideal opportunity to gain expertise in specialist areas such as low-power lighting design and hybrid vehicle power train design. These new and exciting areas mean you will study at the forefront of this technology. The course includes a significant practical element, so you can reinforce the theory delivered in formal lectures through a range of practical assignments. Course content You will study the following modules: Sustainable Energy Technology Hybrid Vehicle Technologies Renewable Power Generation Technologies Sustainable Lighting Design and Technology Health, Safety and Environmental Legislation for Engineers Postgraduate Project Management and Research Methods MSc Project How you will study The course is delivered in two major blocks to offer an intensive but flexible learning pattern, with two start points each year February and September. There is also a compulsory dissertation, usually undertaken after successful completion of the taught modules. Career potential Your studies will develop the knowledge and skills required for a career in the rapidly evolving areas of clean vehicle technologies, and renewable power generation and distribution. It is expected that graduates will be equipped for employment in a range of companies that employ renewable technologies. These would include areas of clean electricity generation and distribution, hybrid vehicle power train and battery technologies, low-power lighting, and renewable energy technologies such as wind turbines. Entry requirements (please read page 220) An Honours degree in an appropriate engineering discipline; or an HNC plus five years relevant experience in industry; or an HND plus three years relevant experience in industry will be accepted. Candidates with an Honours degree in other disciplines will be considered on an individual basis. The course welcomes international applicants and requires an English language level of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Course length Full-time 1 year* Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 212) Advanced Technology Treforest Campus
Engineering
83
English and Creative Writing

English Literature, Culture and Society Writing TESOL Related research Centre for Gender Studies in Wales English Research Group Research Centre for Literature, Arts and Science (RCLAS) 85 86 88 89
202 204 205

84 08455 194 787
MA by Research English
About the MA The MA by Research in English is your opportunity to conduct in-depth research on a topic of your choice from the field of modern literary studies. While conducting your research under the close supervision of a member of staff, you will study Approaches to Critical Theory. This core taught module will develop the skills, methodologies and theoretical concepts you need to study literature at postgraduate level. Areas of research Dissertation supervision is available in the following broad areas: Romanticism 19th Century Literature 20th Century and Contemporary Literature Womens Writing of the 19th and 20th Centuries Feminist Theory Welsh Womens Writing Welsh Writing in English Gothic Studies Science and Literature Religious Poetry How you will work You will complete two modules, Approaches to Critical Theory and Dissertation Preparation, which will provide you with intellectual and practical support for your studies. Your dissertation should be 25,00030,000 words in length, inclusive of footnotes and bibliography. Career potential Graduates can progress to a range of professions, including teaching, public administration and publishing. The award also teaches students how to work independently and you will develop highly desirable research and communication skills. An award of this kind would help to support further MPhil/PhD research. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:1 Honours degree in English, or a related degree that has included the detailed study of English literary texts, eg, cultural studies, combined studies, humanities, theatre studies, or womens studies, or a joint degree including English. Applicants without an undergraduate degree may be considered on prior experiential learning on an individual basis, via the Accreditation of Prior Learning (APL)/Accreditation of Prior Experiential Learning (APEL) mechanism (University regulations will apply). Applicants for whom English is not their first language are required to have an IELTS score of 8.0. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus

85
MA / PgD / PgC Literature, Culture and Society

About the course This is an MA in modern literary studies from the late 18th century to the present. Our modules explore the rich interconnections between literature, social history and other cultural forms. As well as training you in the fundamentals of advanced literary-critical research, undertaking this award can help you refine many transferable skills that will help mark you out in todays increasingly competitive workplace and in job interviews. The Gothic Sublime: Studies in Modernity Murderers and Degenerates: Discourses of Urban Perversity at the fin de siecle Independent Study How you will study You will learn in small seminar groups under the tutors guidance, with plenty of opportunities to participate in discussions and lead sessions. Students may have the opportunity to meet and talk with visiting speakers from other universities, and/or participate in relevant study visits. The Approaches to Critical Theory module is taught collectively by the MA teaching team in fortnightly, two-hour seminars during your first term of study. The Dissertation Preparation module is taught in a mixture of group and individual sessions, during the final spring term of your study programme. All optional modules are taught in weekly, two-hour seminars over the 12 weeks of the term. Each module is continuously assessed, which involves writing essays or undertaking research-oriented projects. The MA award is dependent on your submission of a dissertation between 15,000 and 20,000 words, which is a substantial piece of research under the close supervision of a member of staff who has research interests in your chosen area of study. Career potential During this course, you will gain a wide range of skills and attributes demanded by most professional employers. Common career paths from an English-based postgraduate course such as this include a range of research posts, media and journalism, teaching, marketing and advertising. This award also offers an excellent basis for further literary-critical research at MPhil and PhD level. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A good Honours degree (2:1 or above) in English literature, or a related degree that has included the detailed study of English language literary texts, eg, cultural studies, combined studies, humanities, theatre studies, or womens studies, or a joint degree including English. Applicants for whom English is not their first language are required to have an IELTS score of 8.0. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus
You will gain crucial experience under the guidance of knowledgeable and friendly tutors, and be able to synthesise, organise and present complex ideas to a range of informed and less-informed audiences. The course draws on existing staff expertise in the department, with a particular emphasis on 20th century and contemporary literature, Welsh writing in English, womens writing, Gothic studies, and critical/creative writing. Course content You will study two compulsory modules, Approaches to Critical Theory and Dissertation Preparation, each lasting for the duration of a term. In addition, you will choose four modules from a list of options. Options include: Becoming Modern: Early 20th Century British Writing Hybrid Texts Writing as Revision: Post-war Womens Fiction Contemporary British Poetries Transformations of the Gothic: Victorian Gothic Fiction Science and the Gothic 1800-2000 Gothic Histories: Womens Gothic Historical Fictions Work Project in Literature (special independent study option available to practising teachers of English)
I found the whole experience of studying at Glamorgan deeply enjoyable; it was well structured and encouraged the best from me. My lecturers were professional, experienced and enthusiastic. The modules offered represented a wide range of topics and there was something for anyone with an interest in studying literature. Peter Vokes, MA Literature, Culture and Society Peter is now working towards his PhD at Glamorgan and is an Arts and Humanities Research Council (AHRC) Studentship holder
86
08455 194 787
LRC, Treforest Campus
87
MPhil Writing
About the course This unique, flexible learning scheme offers the chance to develop your book-length manuscript under the expert guidance of University tutors and prize-winning writers. The Masters in Writing at Glamorgan is tutored by significant published, often prize-wining writers, and past students have produced over 40 books. Our graduates include an impressive list of published and award-winning novelists, poetry and short story writers, published internationally by Oxford, Headline, Canongate, and Flamingo. Continuing links with these successful alumni are a feature of the course. Guest speakers at Masters residencies have included writers Helen Dunmore and Les Murray, as well as agents, magazine editors and publishers. Course content The course involves a critical writing study and a writing project, supported by a journal of learning and self-assessment. Your writing project will be a book-length manuscript and may be a novel, short stories or poetry. The critical study of around 10,000 words may be on any writer, movement, genre or theme relevant to your creative project, as agreed with the Director of Studies. You will get academic guidance during the University residencies. How you will study There will be a cohort of eight students in each year. You will need to spend about 18 hours studying and writing per week, and will be assigned a personal supervisor who will stay in close and regular touch with you, guiding and directing your progress by e-mail, post or telephone. To broaden this one-to-one contact, each year, you need to attend three, two-day writing residencies at the University (Friday and Saturday). These sessions include workshops, tutorials for your critical study, personal tutorials with writing and academic staff, and visits by publishers and editors. At the end of the first year, all students attend five days of intensive ^ Newydd, the workshops at Ty National Writing Centre in North Wales, with space to write, talk and ^ Peninsula. For overseas enjoy the Llyn students who cannot attend the weekend residencies, a slightly different pattern of study is available in which students attend the five-day residency twice. Previous students have been based in the UK, the USA and continental Europe. You can submit both elements of your work up to four years from your enrolment date. Career potential Graduates can become published writers in their chosen medium or find work as critics or journalists. The MPhil also offers a valuable qualification for those wishing to enhance their career prospects in publishing, editing and teaching, or proceed to PhD study. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Usually a good Honours degree of class 2:1 or above in an arts subject. However, we consider it more important that you can demonstrate the practical and imaginative potential to complete a book with a portfolio of work, backed up by a clear scheme of research. Entry to this programme is strictly limited due to matching individuals with supervisors, so early application is advisable. Applications are considered between January and Easter each year, though in rare cases a place may still be available after that date. Applicants for whom English is not their first language are required to have an IELTS score of 8.0. Course length Part-time two years, including three Friday and Saturday residencies and a one-week residency each year. Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus
The MPhil was a fantastic experience. Id urge anybody who is offered the chance to enrol on the course: grab the opportunity with both hands. The structure, the rolling 10, or 12-week deadlines, the workshops, the support from tutors and fellow students all were invaluable. Pocket Notebook was forged on the Glamorgan campus and the MPhil changed my life. Mike Thomas, MPhil Writing, author of Pocket Notebook
88
08455 194 787
PgC TESOL (Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages)

About the course This Postgraduate Certificate (PgC) in TESOL is an intensive course consisting of four weeks of independent study and a four-week course. It provides the academic knowledge and practical skills to teach English to speakers of other languages. If you are a graduate interested in this field, but have little or no teaching experience, this course is designed for you. In the first part of the course, you will be required to undertake four weeks self-study of grammar, phonology and teaching methodologies. During the four-week block delivery part of the course, you will undertake teaching observations and peer teaching tasks, as well as six hours of live teaching to international students. The PgC TESOL is a vocational, entrylevel qualification that is available to graduates of any discipline. On successful completion of this course, you can pursue graduate TESOL teaching posts worldwide. The academic content also prepares you for further TESOL studies, with Diploma and MA qualifications available following a minimum of two years teaching experience. Course content Systems of Language (20 credits): This module develops your knowledge of the grammatical and phonological systems that make up the English language. You study these systems in the context of English as a second language. Teaching English (40 credits): You will be required to plan and deliver six hours of English lessons to international students. Various teaching methodologies and approaches are applied in the planning stage and all lessons are critically evaluated after delivery. You will also complete a case study. How you will study All students are required to undertake four weeks of self-directed study prior to the taught element of the course. You will be given materials to study grammatical and phonological systems of the English language and will be assessed by two tests. You will also be required to undertake reading on teaching methodologies and approaches. In the remaining four weeks of the course, you are required to attend daily sessions at the University. You will be taught by experienced English as a Foreign Language (EFL) lecturers, undertake observations and peerteaching tasks, and complete six hours of live teaching practice, on which you will be assessed. Each teaching practice will require a lesson plan, one hour of teaching and a critical reflection (90%), and a case study on an international student (10%). Career potential The PgC TESOL provides valuable knowledge and practical experience for you to embark on a career teaching English to speakers of other languages, with a high degree of ability and confidence. This award is also an excellent basis for teacher training, testing, course administration, further academic study in linguistics and applied linguistics, and other positions in education. In an increasingly competitive job market, it is widely accepted that graduates need a mix of practical skills and academic knowledge to stand out from the crowd. During this course, you will gain a wide range of transferable skills often required by most professional employers. These include public speaking and presentation skills, mentoring others and the ability to work independently. Entry requirements (please read page 220) An undergraduate degree in any subject area. Applicants whose first language is not English must show evidence of IELTS level 7.5 or equivalent. Applicants will be invited for interview. Course length Four weeks of independent study, followed by a four-week taught course. Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus

89
Environment and Science

Conservation and Geographical Information Systems (GIS) Disaster Management for Environmental Hazards Environmental Conservation Management Renewable Energy and Resource Management Related research Biological Sciences Research Group Geographical Information Systems (GIS) Research Centre Geography and Health Sustainable Environment Research Centre (SERC) 91 92 94 95
208 200 210 210
Anaerobic Digestion, Hydrogen Research Unit
Castelo de Bode hydroelectric power station, Tomar
90
08455 194 787
MSc Conservation and Geographical Information Systems (GIS)

About the course Geographical Information Systems (GIS) has emerged as an important analysis tool for natural conservation management worldwide. Increasingly, government agencies and industrial environmental companies want employees with technical understanding of GIS and an advanced knowledge of conservation issues and techniques. Course content draws heavily on staff research interests, including remote sensing and forestry management, land-use change and the application of object-based image analysis to conservation issues. There is a strong emphasis on studying international conservation issues such as deforestation, wildlife conservation and natural resource management. Other areas include the use of GIS for internet and mobile applications, and remote sensing in forestry management. An MSc project will enhance the knowledge and skills you gained during the taught modules and develop your field of expertise. You will gain theoretical and practical experience of the latest, industrystandard GIS and remote sensing software in dedicated computer labs. Software includes all ESRI, Leica and Definiens products. Emerging technologies such as Airborne and Terrestrial Lidar scanning are studied, with particular emphasis on their use in forestry management. Course content You will complete a dissertation and the following taught modules: Conservation Biology Principles of GIS Environmental Modelling for Conservation Web-based GIS Terrestrial Conservation One module from the following options: Remote Sensing and Natural Resource Management Tropical Environmental Field Ecology Freshwater Conservation How you will study You will learn through lectures and tutorials, with particular emphasis on fieldwork and practicals. Assessment is a combination of practical write-up, continuous assessment and examinations. You will work on your dissertation between June and October. The tropical fieldwork module (additional payment required) has visited countries such as Indonesia, Honduras and Cuba. Here, you will spend up to three weeks in various tropical environments to develop your analytical techniques and it is possible to become a certified scuba diver. Career potential This course aims to secure your employment in the emerging conservation and GIS market. Graduates will be attractive to a number of job markets, as the award has an equal balance of conservation and GIS. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree or equivalent. The course assumes that students will have some basic GIS skills before starting the course. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus Accreditation

91
MSc Disaster Management for Environmental Hazards

About the course Every year, millions of people are affected by environmental hazards. Disasters are complex events with multifaceted causes. Disaster management needs professionals with comprehensive, multidisciplinary training, who can deal with complexity and change. This course is designed to provide you with the knowledge, technical and vocational skills, training, experience and management expertise required to deal with future disasters and emergencies in the UK, the developed and developing world. Personal Preparedness for Disasters Professional Development for Disasters Plus two of the following optional modules: ArcGIS Principles and Practice Remote Sensing Work-based Learning Professional Practice in Disasters How you will study Your study will involve lectures, seminars, practical and laboratory work, fieldwork and communitybased learning, group-based activities and simulations, self-directed study, and distance learning with supporting tutorials. The course includes a mandatory summer school in Finland or the UK, and optional fieldwork overseas, eg, in Italy. Career potential The number and frequency of disasters is rising and disaster risk-reduction strategies are increasingly important. Careers could include disaster and emergency planning, flood planning, disaster management and intervention, humanitarian aid and relief work, logistics, community development and capacity building, hazard and risk assessment, environmental monitoring, teaching, or further academic research. This course could lead to employment in governmental organisations, civil protection agencies, non-governmental organisations, industry, insurance companies and specialist consultancies. It will enhance your employability by developing the core competencies for humanitarian work and managerial positions. It is also suitable for professionals who wish to update their skills or develop careers in these areas. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree in geography, geology, earth science, environmental science, development studies, or a related subject, or an equivalent international qualification. Other applicants will be considered on an individual basis. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2-3 years Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus

92
This is a unique Masters programme that provides a balanced study of environmental hazards and disaster management, pre-event mitigation, disaster risk reduction and disaster relief, along with the development of technical, GIS and interpersonal skills. It will enable graduates to critically assess the effectiveness of existing techniques, evaluate good practice and apply it to new situations. Course content considers a range of hazards, from climate change to terrorism. You will explore the multifaceted nature of disasters and examine the operational, political and socio-cultural issues involved in disaster relief, including aspects of international law and the legal framework. You will assess risks and vulnerabilities, with case studies from the UK and other countries, to contrast developed and developing world situations. Course content In addition to an MSc dissertation project, you will study the following modules: Principles and Concepts in Disasters Management of Coastal and Hydrological Hazards Management of Geological and Technological Hazards
08455 194 787

www.glam.ac.uk/postgrad 93
MSc Environmental Conservation Management

About the course Accredited by the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS) Environment and Resources Professional Group, this award provides an excellent doorway to chartership and a professional career as an environmental conservation manager. The worlds environments have long been threatened by human impact. As pressures on the natural environment intensify, there is a growing need for professionals skilled in conservation and environmental management. They need a wide range of skills, including biodiversity, survey techniques, environmental management and monitoring systems, geographical information systems, and an understanding of relevant ecological principles, legislation and regulatory frameworks, which demands a multidisciplinary approach. This Masters programme brings together the physical, chemical, biological, socio-economic, administrative and legislative aspects of environmental conservation management and land planning, to provide the skills required for an exciting and rewarding career. It combines the science and management of conservation, integrating specialist knowledge and practical skills with IT/communication. Our extensive fieldwork programme will train you in a wide range of environmental survey and assessment techniques. Course content Subjects include: Terrestrial Conservation Principles of Environmental Management Freshwater Conservation Conservation Biology Environmental Modelling for Conservation Environmental Project You also select one option from: Tools for Sustainable Development Tropical Environmental Field Ecology (16-day tropical excursion additional fee applies) You will conduct a substantial research project in an area of your choice, often in co-operation with an environmental management organisation. You can also complete a scientific diving course (for an additional fee). How you will study Full-time students spend around 12 hours per week in lectures and practical sessions. Part-time students attend one day per week, over two years. There are some residential fieldwork excursions, typically to Portugal and Mid Wales (for an additional fee). Approximately twothirds of assessment is by coursework reports of field excursions, case studies, presentations, workshop participation, data analysis etc with examinations for three modules. Career potential Graduates from this course have progressed to careers in the Environment Agency, utility companies, local, national and international conservation organisations, environmental consultancies, and regional and national government. Several others have progressed to PhD study and to academic careers. The most enjoyable aspect of the course was learning additional skills in conservation, including practical conservation and ecological surveying, as well as theoretical conservation management. The research I undertook as part of my dissertation enabled me to explore specific interests and data. This stood me in good stead for my career in conservation management. Robert Jones Parry, MSc Environmental Conservation Management Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree in an environment-related subject, but other applicants will be considered on an individual basis. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus Accreditations

94
08455 194 787
MSc Renewable Energy and Resource Management

About the course This Masters degree addresses current worldwide concerns about climate change, renewable energy supply, the low carbon economy, sustainable management of water and solid resources, and hydrogen as a fuel vector for the future. On this postgraduate award, you will develop cutting-edge knowledge and high-level practical skills that are relevant to many technological, scientific, managerial and regulatory roles related to energy and the environment. You will become familiar with renewable energy technologies, waste management hierarchy and techniques, water and wastewater treatment, and the effects of policy and legislation. You will also train in the computer software, and the analytical and monitoring equipment, used in industry. This course is delivered by members of the Sustainable Environment Research Centre (SERC), a leading and internationally recognised centre for over 30 years. SERC is home to the Wales Centre of Excellence for Anaerobic Digestion and the University of Glamorgan Centre for Renewable Hydrogen Research and Demonstration, the first centre of its type in Wales. Subjects taught on this MSc are underpinned by our high-quality research, which was rated as largely internationally excellent or worldleading in the latest Research Assessment Exercise (RAE2008). This includes research in hydrogen energy, bio-energy, anaerobic digestion, process monitoring and control, combustion processes, and waste and wastewater treatment systems. Course content You will study the following compulsory modules: Renewable Energy 1: Hydro, Tidal, Wave and Bio-Energy Renewable Energy 2: Wind, Solar and Geothermal Solids Resource Management Water and Wastewater Treatment Processes Plus, two of the following options: Hydrogen: Fuel Vector for the Future Energy and Environmental Policy and Legislation Advanced Materials for Energy Applications Anaerobic Treatment Processes Analytical Science and the Environment You will also complete a substantial project, usually in conjunction with industry, energy or environmental consultancy firms, governmental regulatory agencies, local authorities, or within SERC. How you will study Full-time students spend about 12 hours spread over two days each week in lectures, seminars, tutorials and practical sessions, plus research and background reading. We also have an exciting programme of site visits and fieldwork trips. Modules are assessed by a mixture of coursework and examination. The project is assessed by a written dissertation and an oral examination (viva voce). Coursework involves group and individual mini-projects, fieldwork and visit reports, and poster and oral presentations. Part-time students usually attend one day per week, plus visits and fieldwork. Career potential This MSc will provide you with the knowledge base and ability to take advantage of increasing global investment in this sector. Career opportunities exist with local authorities, government regulatory agencies, manufacturing industries, energy and environmental consultancies, water companies, research centres, academia, and national and international nongovernmental organisations. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree in a science or engineering-related subject, but other applicants will be considered on an individual basis. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2 years or more My career prospects have certainly been enhanced and have helped me shape my career. I found the course stimulating and rewarding, and my employers have recognised the benefits of doing such a course. The modules provided practical opportunities to develop and utilise knowledge of the latest academic and industry perspectives. I am now a Project Manager for one of the worlds largest renewable energy development companies. Lee Watt, MSc Renewable Energy and Resource Management, Project Manager, Gamesa Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus

95
Forensic Science
Analytical and Forensic Science Related research Forensic Toxicology and Chemistry Research Group 97 210
Forensic Science
Images of our specialist forensic science laboratories, Glyntaff Campus
96
08455 194 787
MSc Analytical and Forensic Science

About the course On this award, you can study a range of specialist areas in analytical and forensic science. It focuses on cuttingedge research, the latest analytical techniques, and transferable and professional skills, which will prepare you to practise as a professional analytical or forensic scientist. Our tuition offers detailed understanding of DNA analysis and interpretation techniques. There is practical training in the extraction, quantitation, amplification and electrophoresis of DNA, through simulated case-work using our crime scene house and DNA analysis laboratory. You will also gain knowledge of the basis and application of a number of novel analytical and extraction techniques such as chiral chromatography, supercritical fluid chromatography, solid phase microextraction, ion mobility mass spectrometry and derivatisation techniques. There is a particular focus on hair as a matrix for forensic toxicological analysis. You will also be fully trained in experimental design and effective method development. You will learn how to effectively process major and specialist crime scenes through our simulation facilities, and will study novel mapping techniques such as 3D scanning and lidar as applied to crime scene investigation. To improve your prospects, you will also learn about the law as it relates to forensic scientists and their relationship with the police, lawyers and courts, and the role of the expert witness. You will learn how to handle evidence and there will be the opportunity to participate in moot court scenarios. For added benefit, there will be guest lectures from eminent analytical scientists and forensic practitioners, and you will be encouraged to observe courtroom proceedings and visit analytical laboratories. You can even complete a PRINCE2 foundation certificate as part of this course, which will stand you in good stead for the management of major projects in laboratories. Course content You will study the following modules: Advanced DNA Analysis and Interpretation Advanced Separation Science Advanced Analytical and Forensic Toxicology Legal Aspects and the Expert Witness for Forensic Scientists Techniques and Technologies for Forensic Investigation Evaluation, Interpretation and Presentation of Data and Evidence Project Design and Management Major Laboratory Research Project How you will study You will complete 120 credits of taught modules across two years, and an original laboratory research project (60 credits). For this, you will apply and extend your practical skills and knowledge in a key area of analytical or forensic science that interests you. Most modules are studied over a period of six weeks. Four of these are set aside for self-directed and private learning, where you will study a variety of learning materials, including presentations, journal articles and key texts, and prepare for practical projects by researching and developing suitable methods. You will revise, consolidate and expand your knowledge of these subject areas before embarking on a twoweek period of intensive practical work and seminars. The research project is undertaken throughout year two. Career potential There are many exciting employment opportunities in the analytical and forensic science sector. Key recruitment areas are DNA profiling, separation science, and toxicological analysis. In these competitive fields, a postgraduate qualification will really make you stand out from the crowd. An MSc award in Analytical and Forensic Science will demonstrate a high level of achievement and training to employers. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A BSc (Hons) degree of class 2:2 or above in forensic science, forensic chemistry, forensic biology or a related course, including chemistry. Course length Full-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus
Forensic Science
The course has significantly advanced my understanding and use of the latest analytical forensic equipment. It allows a full hands-on approach, starting at an initial crime scene and taking the forensic process step-bystep all the way to presenting evidence in a court room. Tom Houiellebecq, MSc Analytical and Forensic Science
97
Health Sciences
Acute and Critical Care Advanced Clinical Practitioner Cancer Care Care of the Older Person Child Health and Welfare Studies Clinical Endodontics Clinical Practice Community Health Studies, (District Nursing), (Childrens Nursing), (Learning Disability Nursing), (Practice Nursing) Community Mental Health Practice Diabetes Diagnostic Clinical Ultrasound Disaster Healthcare Education (for Health and Social Care Professionals) Endocrinology Independent Prescribing (CPD) Midwifery Occupational Health (Nursing or Technician) Palliative Care Professional Practice Professional Practice and Associate Student Scheme 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 Professional Practice, (Nursing), (Midwifery), (Specialist Community Public Health Nursing) Professional Practice (Pain Management) Professional Practice (Violence Reduction) Public Health Specialist Community Public Health Nursing (Health Visiting), (School Health Nursing) Specialist Community Public Health Nursing (Health Visiting), (School Nursing), (Occupational Health Nursing) Related research Centre for Research and Innovation in Care Sciences (CRICS) Care Sciences Research Group Chiropractic Research Group Genomics Policy Group Health Economics and Policy Research Group Sport, Health and Exercise Sciences Research Group Group for Development in Intellectual Disabilities Welsh Institute for Health and Social Care (WIHSC) 122 123 124 125 126
106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 115 116 117 118 121
127
209 208 209 209 209 210 209 209
Health Sciences
Clinical Simulation Suite, Glyntaff Campus
Physiological Assessment Suite, Glyntaff Campus
98
08455 194 787
BSc (Hons) / PgC Acute and Critical Care

About the course Patients can become acutely or critically ill at any time and the more ill the patient becomes, the more likely they are to be vulnerable, physiologically unstable and require complex care. Acutely or critically ill patients exist throughout many settings in hospitals and beyond, and there is a need to ensure quality of care for all these patients, irrespective of their location. Advances in medicine and technology have also resulted in patient care becoming more complex, diverse and challenging, which has meant an increase in the acuity and dependency of patients needing care. An ageing population and increased expectations from the public will inevitably mean greater demands on acute and critical care units in the future. These units and the staff that provide care need to be fit for purpose and administer a highquality service. This degree is a twoyear programme that will meet the needs of professionals who work with acutely and critically ill patients. It will be suitable if you work in ICU, CCU, HDU, A&E, theatres, medical/surgical assessment units (MAU/SAU), pre-hospital care and general acute wards. Course content Both awards will have the same modules in year one, but they will be assessed at Level 6 for BSc and Level 7 for PgC. Year one: PgC and BSc Applied Physiology of Acute and Critical Illness Care and Management of the Acutely and Critically Ill Legal and Professional Issues in Caring for the Acute and Critically Ill Year two: BSc (Hons) Psychological Consequences of Acute and Critical Illness Practice-based Dissertation How you will study You will study through a mixture of lectures, group work, patient scenarios, interactive tutorials and seminar presentations. Modules are assessed through a practice-based dissertation, multiple-choice questions, viva voce (oral examination), objective structured clinical examinations (OSCE), and written evidence of personal and professional development. Career potential You will develop personally and professionally in your specialist clinical area. The course will also develop a high level of skill in transferring complex theoretical knowledge into comprehensive, patient-centred clinical practice. Entry requirements (please read page 220) For the BSc (Hons) programme, applicants need to be registered with the Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC), and have an HE Diploma. Postgraduate Certificate (PgC) applicants must meet the above criteria and usually possess a relevant Honours degree. Course length BSc (Hons): Part-time 2 years, with attendance at the University one day each week PgC: Part-time 1 year Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus
Health Sciences
I would say that for people working in critical care, this course is essential. I found it hard but very enjoyable and the knowledge I gained was invaluable. The support from tutors was second to none they were outstanding. My confidence has increased in my workplace it is the best course I have done. Angela Burton, BSc (Hons) Critical Care
99
MSc Advanced Clinical Practitioner

About the course Modern healthcare services are dynamic, diverse and challenging. To meet these challenges, healthcare practitioners need advanced clinical skills and sound theoretical knowledge. This MSc is for healthcare professionals who want to extend the scope of their practice regarding consultation, assessment, diagnosis and therapeutic interventions. You will learn advanced clinical examination skills by working with doctors and nurse practitioners in our state-of-the-art clinical simulation suite and in actual clinical practice. There is also the opportunity to undertake an Independent Prescribing module. Theoretical elements include a range of normal and altered physiology and diagnostics. The MSc can be achieved within three years and you will be supported by a medical and professional mentor. Course content Years one and two: Clinical Conditions in Practice Clinical Skills for Practitioners Therapeutics and Diagnostics Year three: Independent Prescribing, or Influences of Practices Dissertation There is a dedicated route for paediatric practitioners. How you will study You will learn through a variety of methods, such as tutorials, lectures, case study presentations, peer presentations and problem-based learning, and attend the University one day a week. Some modules are assessed by objective structured clinical examination (OSCE). Career potential On this award, you will develop a range of clinical skills in greater depth and gain the knowledge to assess, diagnose and treat patients. Study of relevant protocols, policy and research will complement this to allow safe practice at an advanced level. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Applicants must be a registered nurse, midwife, SCPHN, health visitor, physiotherapist or pharmacist, or paramedic educated to at least degree level. Candidates must have a minimum of three years, full-time, post-registration experience (or equivalent part-time) and be in current employment. Accreditation of prior and experiential learning (APEL) will also be considered. Course length Part-time 1-5 years (one day per week) Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus
Health Sciences
I chose this course because of the practical and theoretical elements. The lecturers had fantastic knowledge and were able to support the theory with practice applications. I enjoyed the course and made good friends with nurses and other paramedics. Anthony Morgan, MSc Advanced Clinical Practitioner, Emergency Care Practitioner, Great Western Ambulance Service
100
08455 194 787
BSc (Hons) / BSc Cancer Care (Distance learning)

About the course This award is designed for health professionals with a recordable qualification who work directly or indirectly with patients with a cancer diagnosis. It was approved by the European Oncology Nursing Society (EONS) in 2007 and awarded EONS Excellence in Education Award 2008. Through the use of online clinical forums, you can discuss course and practice-related issues with clinical experts from a range of oncology and palliative care settings. This modular course is delivered on a flexible, distance learning basis. You can obtain a BSc Cancer Care after completing three core modules: The Nature of Cancer, the Impact of Cancer, and Using Research within Cancer Care. You will achieve a BSc (Hons) Cancer Care after successful completion of a further one or two optional modules and a practiceorientated project. Course content BSc: Core modules The Nature of Cancer The Impact of Cancer Using Research within Cancer Care BSc (Hons): Optional modules Therapeutic Management of a Life-limiting Illness Nature and Scope of Palliative Care Care of a Person Receiving Chemotherapy Advancing Practice Project How you will study This is a text-based, distance-learning course that is supported through e-learning. You will receive course materials at the start of each module and get feedback from various study activities. You will be supported by regular contact with your module manager through e-mail, phone, teleconferencing and videoconferencing technologies. Career potential This course will build on your knowledge and understanding of cancer care, developing skills that will aid in pursuing a career in cancer care nursing. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Applicants must be registered with a health professional body, eg, NMC or HPC, be working with individuals with a cancer diagnosis, hold a Diploma or equivalent, and have access to a PC with an internet connection. Course length Part-time 2-6 years Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Online distance learning This course has been approved by the European Oncology Nursing Society and awarded their Excellence in Education Award.
Health Sciences
The BSc Cancer Care has been the perfect course for me as it relates well to my area of practice. I have been able to fit the studying and assignments around my work, and the online tools have been easy to use. The support I have had from my mentor and lecturer has been invaluable. Sue Hopkins, BSc Cancer Care
101
MSc Care of the Older Person (Distance learning)

About the course The care of older adults is often complex and challenging, requiring extensive knowledge and skill to provide effective care. This course is designed for healthcare professionals who wish to expand their knowledge, skills and expertise in this field, or for individuals with an interest in the issues surrounding caring for older people. The course philosophy ensures that care is evidence-based and promotes autonomy and independence of the older person. Course content Implementing the National Science Framework for Older People 1 Implementing the National Science Framework for Older People 2 Research Methods Leading, Managing and Co-ordinating Integral Care Optional modules: Building Partnerships Across New Organisational Boundaries Long-term Care for Older People Intermediate Care for Older People Perspectives in Dementia How you will study This blended learning course is delivered as distance learning primarily, with five optional tutorial groups over the academic year at the University (approximately once a month). The taught element is modular and you will be allocated a personal and supervisory tutor. Assessments involve a variety of approaches, such as written assignments, presentations, case studies and projects. Career potential Older adults occupy up to 64% of hospital beds at any one time. Statistics indicate that the number of older adults in society is growing, which will lead to a growing demand for staff with specialist skills, knowledge and understanding. Attaining this Masters qualification will prepare you to practise with confidence and take forward this developing discipline. You will be able to function at an advanced level, taking the lead and directing care in a multi-agency setting. Entry requirements (please read page 220) 120 credits at Level 6. Applicants must be registered with an appropriate professional organisation and have relevant experience in caring for older people. Knowledge of life science and research is desirable. Applicants can also be considered on individual merit. Course length Part-time 2-6 years Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus / Online distance learning
Health Sciences
102
08455 194 787
MSc / PgD / PgC Child Health and Welfare Studies (Distance learning)
About the course This course is designed for all workers involved in child care and concentrates specifically on the developing child as a citizen. It provides an innovative and dynamic programme of study that will challenge and empower you to explore current practice critically. You will gain an in-depth understanding of the child within society, political drivers, and the philosophical foundations of public service, planning and delivery that shape childhood. What you learn on this course can be applied to any aspect of child health and social care, resulting in a breadth of knowledge that will maximise potential and safeguard childrens rights. This award is particularly relevant to nurses, medical practitioners, social workers, teachers and childrens charities, though any individual employed to work with children will also benefit. This course is delivered online, so you can combine work and study. You will be supported through discussion forums, telephone supervision and blog technologies. Course content Research Methods for Practice The Maturing Child Skills and Knowledge for the Childrens Workforce Critical Reflection for Child Health/Social Workers APEL at Level 6 or 7 Child-oriented Module Policy in Health and Social Care Citizenship and the Child Family Health and Welfare Dissertation How you will study This is an online course that may also involve a weekend workshop at the University. Modules will be assessed using written assignments and online multiple choice questions. There are exit points at Postgraduate Certificate (PgC) and Postgraduate Diploma (PgD) levels. Career potential This course will assist in professional enhancement, allowing graduates to progress to a higher degree. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Applicants will have an Honours degree at class 2:1 or higher, or equivalent qualifications, or accredited prior learning (APL). Students can utilise 20 credits at Levels 6 and 7 towards the Postgraduate Certificate via the accreditation of prior and experiential learning (APEL) mechanism. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 3-5 years Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus / Online distance learning
Health Sciences
I have really enjoyed the course, particularly the flexibility of modules which have focused on my particular speciality, and been relevant to my work environment. I am able to study at my own pace using clear and wellproduced learning materials. The support and encouragement from the course team has also been an invaluable aspect of this course. Sarah Gethin Davies, MSc Child Health and Welfare
103
PgD Clinical Endodontics (Distance learning)

About the course This new course provides extensive teaching of contemporary endodontics for general dental practitioners and hospital dental staff. It is designed to strengthen knowledge and understanding in the field of endodontology, improve clinical skills in all aspects of endodontic diagnosis, treatment planning and clinical treatment, and hopefully lead to increased job satisfaction. Work-based learning is an exciting element of this course. These clinical components are undertaken with the Department of Restorative Dentistry, Morriston Hospital, and Abertawe Bro Morgannwg University Health Board. To encourage an exchange of ideas and experience, students will engage with other dental practitioners such as general dental practitioners, specialist practitioners, hospital staff and consultants. It is also envisaged that this course can be used as a major part of your continuing professional development (CPD). Please refer to the General Dental Council (GDC) for CPD regulations: www.gdc-uk.org Delivered online, this award has been developed through collaboration between the University of Glamorgan and Abertawe Bro Morgannwg University Health Board, and is the only course of its type in Wales. Course content Year one Endodontic Diagnosis and Treatment Planning Endodontic Access, Canal Shaping, Cleaning and Obturation Restoration of the Endodontically Treated Tooth Year two Clinical Case Studies Portfolio Research Methods: Clinical Endodontics How you will study There will be an emphasis on lecture and seminar-driven teaching before progressing to the hands-on, clinical components. Assessment will be written assessments, case reports and viva voce examinations, as well as clinical skills testing. The course is designed around your needs, so you can choose a rate of study that best fits your development needs or career ambitions. For example, may choose to exit the award after the first year with a Postgraduate Certificate (PgC) and return to achieve the Postgraduate Diploma (PgD) at a later date. The maximum timeframe for completion of the Diploma is five years. Career potential Graduates of this course will, with continued practitioner experience, become skilled in endodontic techniques and have opportunities to tailor their practice in becoming a Dentist with Special Interest (DwSI). It is likely that a PgD qualification such as this will enhance your prospect of joining DwSI lists when created by local health boards. It is anticipated that this programme could also be used as accreditation of prior and experiential learning (APEL) towards other postgraduate Masters programmes in endodontology or dentistry. You can also progress to a Masters qualification at University of Glamorgan. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Applicants require Bachelor of Dental Surgery (equivalent international qualifications are acceptable) and current registration with the GDC. They should also be employed in primary dental care or in a junior hospital position. Course length Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus / Online distance learning
Health Sciences
104
08455 194 787
MSc Clinical Practice

About the course This award is suitable for nurses, midwives and health visitors who practise in a capacity that involves a significant degree of autonomy in decision making. This should include some control of resources, although not necessarily at a high level. The curriculum has a distinctive practical focus, and integrates practice-based and University-based learning through the process of co-operative inquiry. Study will focus on your day-to-day practice and examines competence in knowledge application, clinical and interpersonal skills, clinical judgement and decision making, influencing standards, and development of care. Course content You will study the following modules: Using Knowledge Being Reflective Relating to Patients Cultivating Collaborative Relations with Colleagues Promoting Learning Evaluating and Developing Clinical Skills Decision Making and Clinical Judgement Innovation and Change Clinical Management How you will study You must attend the University one day per week, with possible additional sessions outside term-time. You will work within a co-operative inquiry group, which involves spending time in the practice setting and meeting to reflect on that practice. Your practice will be assessed and accredited by self and peer assessment. Evidence of the competence to be presented is determined by negotiation within the group. Career potential Graduation from this clinical Masters degree will enable you to make a significant contribution, directly and indirectly, to the development, delivery and evaluation of nursing or midwifery service provision in your field. Graduates report that their capabilities, confidence and job satisfaction are enhanced thanks to this course. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A BSc (Hons) degree. Equivalent qualifications are also acceptable. You must work in a role that involves direct contact with patients/clients and value the opportunity to examine critically your own practice and that of your peers. Course length Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus
Health Sciences
I thoroughly enjoyed the course, as it allowed me to work with colleagues from other branches of nursing. As a group, we were able to learn from each other in terms of clinical practice, shared experiences and academic discussions. Beverly Hodges, MSc Clinical Practice
105
MSc / PgD / PgC / BSc (Hons) Community Health Studies (District Nursing), (Childrens Nursing), (Learning Disability Nursing), (Practice Nursing)
About the course Community healthcare is undergoing rapid and immense change following structural changes and reorganisation of the National Health Service in Wales. This award is fully funded by the Welsh Government and gives you an understanding of the contemporary primary and community health agenda. The award also meets the specific requirements from the Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC) regarding community nursing competence. The NMC states that to achieve specialist practitioner status, graduates must have achieved prescribed standards, both core and community-specific. When you successfully complete this award, you will receive a specialist practitioner qualification in your chosen pathway. The pathways available are Practice Nursing, Childrens Nursing, District Nursing, or Learning Disability Nursing. Nurses working for the health service in Wales are fully funded by the Welsh Government via the National Leadership and Innovations Agency for Health (NLIAH). Outside Wales, the fees will need to be met by an employer or individual. Course content This programme is structured around the requirements of the NMC (2001) Standards for Specialist Education and Practice. There are two core modules, Fundamentals of Community Practice and Decision Making, (Research Methods and dissertation for the MSc option) and specified modules: Specialist Practitioner (District Nursing) Specialist Practitioner (Childrens Community Nursing) Specialist Practitioner (Practice Nursing) Specialist Practitioner (Learning Disability Nursing) Law, Ethics and Nurse Prescribing (specified for District Nurses, optional for all other pathways) Practice Project (specified for all pathways) You can also choose from a list of optional modules. How you will study The course requires two years part-time study and will consist of 40 academic days per year (September to June, year one requires attendance every Tuesday). A variety of teaching and learning methods are adopted such as taught sessions, tutorials, self-directed study, distance learning and blended learning. In addition to the 40 academic days, you have to complete 40 clinical days. Ideally, you should be working in a community setting, though if you are a direct entrant to a new speciality, placements may be negotiated. While in practice, you will be assigned a sign-off mentor who will assess your clinical competence. If you have undertaken the Fundamentals of Community Practice Module (30 credits) within the last five years, this can be transferred to the award. Career potential Undertaking this course ensures you will graduate with the knowledge, skills, competencies and capacity to provide safe and effective nursing care in community settings. Additionally, having employees with a specialist practitioner qualification is valued by nursing managers, commissioners and the Welsh Government. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Applicants must have a first level registration with the Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC). You must have acquired a credit rating of 120 credits at Level 5 (Diploma). If you have not achieved 120 Level 5 credits, there is a process of accreditation of prior and experiential learning (APEL) you can undertake. In addition to the above criteria, applicants wishing to undertake study at Postgraduate Certificate (PgC) level or above must normally also possess a relevant degree, or APEL applies. Course length Part-time 2 years This course is also offered via distance learning. Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus
Health Sciences
The course is ideal for current community-based practitioners and for nurses wishing to work in the community setting. I was very impressed with the facilities, the information given by the LRC, and the support of the lecturers was first-class. Helen E Lewis, BSc (Hons) Community Health Studies (Practice Nursing)
106
08455 194 787
BSc (Hons) / PgC Community Mental Health Practice

About the course If you work in the field of mental health, this modular, part-time course is your opportunity to gain a specialist practitioner award and to use evidence-based skills to respond to the dynamic and fluid nature of service delivery. Course content has been informed and developed following a rigorous review of the educational needs of community mental health practitioners and will train you to be clinically competent. It is skills-based and flexible, so you can build the right combination of modules for your practice area and career aspirations. Course content Both awards contain core and optional modules at Level 6 and Level 7. Core modules: Assessment and Engagement in Mental Health Practice Policy, Law and Evidence-based Practice Optional modules: Developing Cognitive Behavioural Therapy Skills in Mental Health Practice Inter-professional Approaches to Substance and Alcohol Misuse Care of the Older Person with Mental Health Problems Current Issues in Dementia Practice Psychosocial Interventions in Mental Health Practice Psycho-pharmacology and Medication Management in Mental Health Practice Principles and Practice of Risk Assessment and Management in Mental Health Working with Clients with a Personality Disorder Working with Young People and Children with Mental Health Needs Professional Practice Project Recovery-based Approaches (Level 7 only) Challenges in Dementia Care (Level 7 only) How you will study Modules can be studied on a standalone basis, or as part of another degree-level award offered by the University. Teaching methods include lectures, tutorials, case studies, presentations and experiential learning exercises, including group work. You will be assessed through written assignments, seminar presentations, an examination, a debate and viva voce (oral examination). Accreditation of prior learning (APL) outcomes apply to all modules. Career potential Successful completion of this course will equip you with the skills and knowledge required by managers in contemporary mental health practice. You will also be able to critically assess and evaluate care practices and processes related to your area of work. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Applicants must have 120 credits at Levels 4 and 5 in a relevant health and social care-related subject, and an appropriate registration as a mental health professional. Postgraduate Certificate (PgC) students must meet all of the above and normally possess a relevant degree (accreditation of prior and experiential learning (APEL) applies). Course length Part-time 2-5 years (flexible) Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus
Health Sciences
The modules I took gave an excellent variety of topics. I also enjoyed a supportive approach to the whole process of learning. This made it enjoyable and so I have gained holistically from the whole course. Karen Hamer, BSc (Hons) Community Mental Health Practice, Community Mental Health Team Leader
107
MSc / PgD Diabetes (Distance learning)

About the course This course is designed to prepare leaders to meet the challenge of the global diabetes epidemic. The curriculum is based on the standards for Diabetes Health Professional Education laid down by the International Diabetes Federation. So it meets the highest international standards for diabetes education. There is a clinical focus to provide the knowledge and skills needed to deliver a first-rate diabetes service, using the latest technology to deliver education and enhance diabetes care. Relevant to the workplace, it focuses on the person with diabetes and recognises the contribution of the whole diabetes team, preparing professionals for specialist practice and leadership roles. This course is taught and supported by an innovative and experienced team that has an established international reputation in diabetes and medical education, with experience of delivering teaching online. Graduates of the Postgraduate Diploma (PgD) may progress to the MSc, which prepares healthcare professionals for specialist practice by strengthening research and enquiry skills, and/or advancing practice. Course content Postgradute Diploma (PgD): You will study six modules as follows: Principles of Diabetes Approaches to Care Promoting Self-Care Management of Diabetes Complications 1 Complications 2 MSc: In addition to the modules above, you will study: Research Methodologies and Critical Appraisal Professional Practice, or Independent Prescribing How you will study The course is delivered and assessed online. Each easy-to-use, online module will last six weeks. These use real-life case problems that are linked to forum discussions, a reflective portfolio, group activities and a casebased examination. There is an optional, two-day residential course at the outset that introduces you to the course and methods of learning. The MSc Professional Practice project consists of an online module in research methods that lasts 12 weeks and has the same format as the PgD programme, followed by a choice of one of two modules. The Professional Practice Project module is an opportunity to explore a practice issue in depth through a dissertation. You will be supported by a supervisor to complete this. Alternatively, eligible professionals who can attend the University one day a week can study the Independent Prescribing module to extend their practice. This module is assessed in accordance with professional body requirements. Career potential The course has direct relevance to the demands of working roles and will assist in career enhancement and support specialisation. It provides appropriate post-qualification preparation for nurses, doctors and allied health care professionals working in a variety of settings and is an ideal preparation for specialist practice roles. Similarly, pharmaceutical companies are keen to support their representatives in postgraduate education and this qualification will be perceived favourably in career progression and specialisation. Entry requirements (please read page 220) An Honours degree or equivalent (including international qualifications). Applicants should have a health-related background. Accreditation of prior and experiential learning (APEL) may be negotiated on an individual basis. Applicants wishing to study the MSc level must possess the PgD Diabetes. Course length Part-time one calendar year for the PgD Diabetes (online) and a further year for the MSc Diabetes. Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Online distance learning
Health Sciences
I chose distance learning as it suited my needs, fitting in with my work/life commitments. The course was extremely challenging and an interesting way of learning and sharing experiences with professionals from other countries. Gaynor Jones, MSc Diabetes
108
08455 194 787
MSc / PgD / PgC Diagnostic Clinical Ultrasound (Abdomen and Small Parts), (Obstetrics and Related Gynaecology), (Gynaecology), (Musculoskeletal), (Clinical Echocardiography), (Vascular Ultrasound)
About the course This award is intended for radiographers, midwives, nurses, doctors and other health professionals who would like to practise clinical ultrasound as part of their professional development. Our blend of education and clinical training provides in-depth knowledge of the principles and practice of ultrasound science, the practical application of ultrasound, and how to apply these principles for a diagnostic investigation using ultrasound. The development of clinical competency is integral to the award. You will build your knowledge of ultrasound scanning techniques to perform the appropriate range of investigations using ultrasound. The variety of specified clinical pathways ensures that your learning can be tailored to your requirements and your intended area of clinical practice. You will be taught by expert clinicians and learn in our state-ofthe-art simulation suite that has newly purchased ultrasound equipment. Plans are underway to deliver ultrasound services for patients within the Universitys ultrasound suite. This will provide an exciting opportunity for you to access practical training and supervision in ultrasound in an authentic clinical environment. Course content Postgraduate Certificate (PgC): You need to pass the core module in Fundamentals of Ultrasound Practice Module, in addition to one of the specified clinical pathways. Postgraduate Diploma (PgD): You need to pass two specified clinical pathway modules, or one specified clinical pathway module and one optional module. MSc: You need to complete the core module in Research Methods and a dissertation. How you will study The programme is offered on a parttime, block-release basis in conjunction with compulsory clinical placements. You need to complete two or three modules per year. The award uses a combination of structured curriculum sessions in the University. Clinical training will take place at the University and clinical departments. Career potential This course is an opportunity to develop as an advanced practitioner in ultrasound in your specified area. Requirements of continuing professional development (CPD), and knowledge and skills framework (KSF) are met by flexible and responsive education and training. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A relevant Honours degree. Course length Part-time 1-5 years Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus
Health Sciences
I am enjoying the whole experience and the course has given me the opportunity to meet multidisciplinary professionals from various backgrounds, all contributing to the learning process from their vast fields of experience. The University campus is vibrant and full of activity. Abigail Tachiwona, MSc Diagnostic Clinical Ultrasound
109
MSc Disaster Healthcare (Distance learning)

About the course This distinctive Masters award is aimed at experienced healthcare professionals working in the humanitarian field, or those who aspire to do so. You will study the key areas of theory and practice that are relevant to healthcare in complex humanitarian disasters, from resilience and response to mitigation and recovery. A key element of this course is its strong international and transcultural focus, which is needed to develop and maintain relationships between colleagues in the institutions and countries that underpin the programme. You will study on a parttime, distance learning basis, with an annual, two-week, residential summer school. Course content You will study the following modules: Principles and Concepts in Disasters Personal Preparedness for Disasters Protecting Public Health in Disasters Professional Development for Disasters Promoting Public Health in Disasters Research and Evaluating Disasters Evidence-based Practice in Disasters Professional Practice in Disasters How you will study Most communication with the course team, apart from the summer school and regional tutorials, will be through a virtual e-learning environment (Blackboard), by e-mail or phone. Through this portal, you can also access guidance about assessment, feedback on submitted work, negotiation of placement supervision, regional library facilities, and arrangements for summer school. New applicants will receive direct information about the summer school. Modules will be assessed throughout the course using essays, research proposals and fieldwork study. Field placements scheduled for August/September form a central and compulsory feature of the course structure (additional costs may apply). There is an opportunity for international students to study this award full-time. Please contact the University for details. Career potential National healthcare providers, nongovernmental organisations (NGOs) and inter-government organisations usually employ healthcare professionals undertaking this award. Graduates have taken up key posts with the International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies, the UK Foreign Office and Commonwealth Office, the Department of Health, the armed forces, and with NGOs in Sudan, Iraq, Angola and Afghanistan. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Standard entry requirements for a taught Masters programme apply, plus an appropriate professional healthcare qualification. Usual accreditation of prior and experiential learning (APEL)/accreditation of prior and certificated learning (APCL) requirements also apply. Course length Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus / Online distance learning
Health Sciences
I am a Health Officer in Geneva, Switzerland, for the International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies. Im interested in daily nursing in an international humanitarian framework, but also wanted to link it to academic nursing and research. This course gives you a basic knowledge of humanitarian work and how to do research in disaster settings. The approach is both practical and academic. I had a very positive learning experience with a lot of support and encouragement during my studies. The lecturers were very committed to their work. Hannele Hggman, MSc Disaster Relief Healthcare
110
08455 194 787
MSc / PgD / PgC Education (for Health and Social Care Professionals)
About the course This flexible, part-time programme is designed for lecturers in higher education and clinical professionals who support the learning of others. It will guide you through the Postgraduate Certificate (PgC) Education award the professional teaching qualification for teachers of nurses and midwives, which is required and recognised by the Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC). This course is approved by the Higher Education Academy and affords Fellowship status on completion. The PgC is based on the eight domains of practice outlined by the NMC. For each of these domains, you will explore approaches to the learning of individuals and groups. Assessment is through a portfolio of work-based evidence that includes some academic writing. This is followed by the Postgraduate Diploma (PgD) and MSc stages of the award, which you can tailor to develop your knowledge and practice for a range of contexts. You will have choice and flexibility in your module options and the dissertation. Course content You will study the following modules: Facilitating and Assessing Individual Learning Designing, Facilitating and Assessing Group Learning Research Methods e-moderating/e-learning Learning through Simulation Academic Supervision Theory and Models of Clinical Supervision Educational Effectiveness and Improvement You will also complete a dissertation, the format and topic of which will be negotiated and agreed with your tutor. How you will study You will learn through a variety of study methods such as small-group learning, problem-based learning, project work and individual academic supervision. You may also take part in e-forums and some modules are facilitated through e-learning. You will be assessed through assignments and teaching practice. Completion of your dissertation will be negotiated and supported through an agreed learning contract. Career potential All exit awards support personal and professional development. Having completed this award, a number of graduates have been rewarded with promotion and career development opportunities. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Applicants require a minimum of three years in relevant practice as a registered practitioner, working in a capacity that uses professional registration. Previous degree-level study (not necessarily a BSc/BA) or evidence of degree-level study capability. Usual accreditation of prior and experiential learning (APEL) guidelines apply. Course length Part-time: Varied delivery times, one day per week for PgC exit award. This and other modes of delivery will be experienced, depending on your module choices. Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus
Health Sciences
I have supported experienced nurses from Abertawe Bro Morgannwg University Health Board to undertake the MSc Education over a number of years. In turn, they are enabled to better support others in developing personally and professionally to promote the delivery of quality healthcare. Lynne Jones, Head of Workforce, Education and Research, Abertawe Bro Morgannwg University Health Board
111
MSc / PgD Endocrinology (Distance learning)

About the course Delivered online, this course is practical and clinically focused. Course content and structure are designed to create professionals with greater confidence and understanding of the management of patients with endocrine disorders, through case studies and discussion. You will also develop the skills to access information independently and use it to critically assess, evaluate and disseminate evidence that is related to endocrine care. We aim to help you develop creative, problemsolving approaches to complex clinical situations, and become an important advocate in the delivery of care to people with endocrinologyrelated problems. Course content Postgradute Diploma (PgD): The programme of study is based on the Royal College of Physicians Speciality Training curriculum: Disorders of the Hypothalamus and Pituitary Disorders of the Thyroid Disorders of the Adrenals Disorders of Parathyroids, Calcium and Bone Reproductive Endocrinology Endocrine-related Cancer As well as increasing endocrinology skills and knowledge, you will develop skills in using social media such as YouTube and Twitter, for patient benefit. MSc: In addition to the above modules, you will study: Research Methodologies and Critical Appraisal Professional Project How you will study This is a part-time, distance-learning course, with each module taking six weeks to complete. At the start of the course, you are encouraged to attend two days of introductory lectures, where you will be introduced to module content and the online learning environment. For the remainder of the course, candidates are split into groups of 10-15 students. Each group is supervised by a lecturer, who will also facilitate, monitor and assess each student throughout the module. You will be assessed across the following components of each module: Clinical case scenarios, with case-based discussion Individual learning portfolio Group/individual activity Case-based examination Career potential It is envisaged that most students will be in endocrine-related posts or aspire to such positions. As such, this course has direct relevance to the demands of working roles, so it will assist in your career development and specialisation. It also provides appropriate postqualification preparation for roles in endocrine-related specialist teams, specialist nursing, practice nursing, and for allied health professionals aiming to provide endocrine-related services in primary care. Similarly, pharmaceutical companies are keen to support their representatives in postgraduate education and this qualification should be perceived favourably in career progression and specialisation. Entry requirements (please read page 220) An Honours degree or equivalent (including international qualifications). Applicants should have a health-related background. Accreditation of prior and experiential learning (APEL) may be negotiated on an individual basis. Applicants wishing to study the MSc level must possess PgD Endocrinology. Course length PgD: Part-time 1 year MSc: Part-time 1 year Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus / Online distance learning
Health Sciences
112
08455 194 787
MSc / PgD / PgC Independent Prescribing (CPD) (Distance learning)

About the course Prescribing is ever evolving. Frequent developments in drug therapy and shifting legal frameworks present ongoing challenges to the prescriber. In response to increased demand, this programme provides healthcare professionals with a knowledge-base from which they can develop their prescribing practices. This unique award now incorporates an independent prescribing qualification route (subject to accreditation). This is a flexible, distance learning award that will extend your knowledge of the principles of prescribing, in particular the underpinning science. Tuition will also increase the depth of your knowledge of the psychological, social and physical effects of prescribing. The course will enhance your appreciation of the ethical, legal and societal issues considered in prescribing practice. Course content You will study the following modules: The Science of Prescribing Communication Skills in Prescribing Consultations Assessment, Diagnosis and the Consultation Prescribing Professionally and Safely Independent Prescribing Open Flexible Module How you will study The purpose of the award is to give you a model to support your continuing professional development (CPD). You can study modules on a stand-alone basis to meet CPD requirements. This distance learning course is delivered primarily online via a virtual, e-learning environment. This means you can study on a flexible basis to fit around your work commitments. Career potential This MSc will allow you to appreciate the complexity of prescribing in modern healthcare and show employers that you have the skills and knowledge to critically analyse the domains that support prescribing. The content of each module is linked directly to professional prescribing theory and practice. The programme is designed for CPD and is mapped against the Knowledge and Skills Framework (KSF). As such, this award serves as an invaluable aid to mapping progress through the KSF. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Applicants should be practising as a prescriber, or be in a position to be eligible to prescribe in their area of practice. A minimum 2:2 Honours degree in a relevant subject, eg, in a medical/scientific discipline, is a requirement for entry to the award. Course length Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Online distance learning
Health Sciences
A first-class learning environment The Glamorgan Simulation Centre offers our students a life-like clinical experience. This training facility has a ward area, maternity suite and Intensive Care Unit, and is home to a large family of sophisticated, life-size medical manikins that mimic the acutely ill adult and child.
Health Sciences
Midwifery Suite, Clinical Simulation Centre, Glyntaff Campus
114
08455 194 787
BMid (Hons) Midwifery (Short programme)

About the course Midwives give care, supervision and advice to pregnant women during this major event in a womans life. The work involves antenatal education, preparation for parenthood, labour care, postnatal care, some gynaecology, family planning, care for the newborn baby and aspects of childcare. Midwives are partners with women; they encourage them to be active participants in their care, enable them to make choices and help make this an enjoyable part of their lives. Course content You will study the following modules: Orientation to Midwifery Orientation in Clinical Practice Becoming a Midwife Complicated Clinical Practice Competent Midwifery Practice Competent Clinical Practice How you will study The course is conducted on a fulltime basis over 18 months. This involves self-directed study, formal lectures and group work. There is a mixture of study days and block weeks. Clinical practice placements enable progression from normal to specialist midwifery care. During these, you will develop a holistic view of midwifery practice and build your confidence and competence in vital midwifery skills. You will gain clinical practice in local health boards, including Bridgend, Pontypridd, Merthyr, and the Rhymney Valley, though opportunities to visit Powys and Neath may be available. You can expect to be placed in a number of these areas during the course. Types of assessment range from a reflective account, multiple choice examinations, case study, objective simulated clinical exercises (OSCE), and a 6,000-word extended essay. There are three clinical assessments and five theoretical assessments, plus completion of a portfolio and EC requirements. Career potential On successful completion of this course, you can pursue a career as a midwife in a hospital setting or be part of a team that provides integrated midwifery care. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Qualified Nurses on Part One (Adult) of the Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC) register who also hold a Diploma of Higher Education (DipHE) or equivalent. Evidence of recent study is essential. Course length Full-time 18 months Students are employed by a local health board. Holidays are allocated at intervals throughout the programme. Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus
Health Sciences
Midwifery students from the University of Glamorgan are enthusiastic and committed towards midwifery practice. Because of our strong clinical and educational links, we can be sure that on graduation, students are equipped with the necessary skills to make the all-important transition to becoming a practising midwife. Dr Liz Edwards, Senior Midwife, Cwm Taf Local Health Board
115
DipHE Occupational Health (Nursing or Technician) (Distance learning)

About the course This unique course develops and enhances the competence and skills needed by occupational health nurses and technicians. It provides a strong practice element and you will develop your skills of analysis and evaluation to Diploma level. On successful completion of the programme, you will be awarded an HE Diploma in Occupational Health (Nursing) or HE Diploma Occupational Health (Technician), and Unit 1 NEBOSH Management of Health and Safety. For an additional fee, you can complete Unit 2 Controlling Workplace Hazards to obtain the National General Certificate in Occupational Health and Safety. You will further develop your knowledge base, professional expertise and critical skills, gaining the ability to challenge current practice and contribute to the development of occupational health theory and practice. Course content You will study the following modules: Introduction to Occupational Health Unit 1 NEBOSH Management of Health and Safety Contemporary Occupational Health Occupational Health Management (Nursing), or Clinical Skills for Technicians How you will study This award is skills-based and taught part-time. You will benefit from a blended learning approach. Each module consists of five days taught in the University, followed by self-study in your place of work. Assessments include risk assessment, occupational health needs assessment, portfolio and poster development. Career potential The course has been developed following a rigorous review of the educational needs of occupational health nurses and technicians. Its aim is to train practitioners to be clinically competent in the delivery of occupational services. It is anticipated that successful graduates will develop their careers in the field of occupational health. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Applicants must be working in, or have access to, an organisation to undertake those assessments rooted in practice. Course length Part-time 1-5 years Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus / Online distance learning
Health Sciences
The staff and facilities are second to none. The experience has been enriching in respect of personal and professional development. Being part of a network of occupational health nurses has provided the opportunity to exchange information, knowledge, best practice and experience. I have recommended this course to others wishing to pursue a career in occupational health nursing. Paula Rushton, DipHE Occupational Health (Nursing)
116
08455 194 787
PgC Palliative Care (Distance learning)

About the course The development of effective palliative and end of life care is a major priority for health providers, nationally and internationally. The challenges this creates for societies and health professionals are complex, bringing together a range of ethical, social, professional and cultural issues that need careful analysis. This textbased, distance-learning course is designed to develop and enhance the knowledge and skills you need to promote, lead and drive high-quality care for the palliative patient and their families in their care setting. Your studies will centre on current philosophies that underpin palliative care, bringing together a range of clinical and academic experts from this field. The University has a strong history of delivering a range of workbased, distance-learning courses. This new award in palliative care builds on such success by integrating a range of learning materials, which allows you to develop your knowledge and skills in a supportive learning environment. Course content You will study the following modules: Therapeutic Management of Life-Limiting Illness in Palliative Care: Assessment and management of complex symptoms Nature and Scope of Palliative Care: Specific issues pertinent to the delivery of effective palliative care End of Life Care: Role of the professional in the care of an individual at the end of life, including perspectives from the individual and family How you will study The use of online discussion forums and regular contact points with your tutor ensure that although you are studying away from the University, you can still benefit from the depth of knowledge that fellow students and staff will bring to the learning experience. Assessment involves written work and the achievement of clinical competencies. You will receive key learning materials and be supported throughout the course by the module team and contact with other students. Career potential This course will enable graduates to demonstrate clear evidence of ongoing professional development in line with national strategic plans. Entry requirements (please read page 220) An Honours degree or equivalent. Applications from individuals with evidence of ongoing professional development will also be considered through the accreditation of prior learning (APL)/accreditation of prior and experiential learning (APEL) mechanism. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2-5 years Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Online distance learning
Health Sciences
This is a really brilliant course and I thoroughly enjoyed it. It was wellorganised and extremely thoughtprovoking. It really pushes your mind and energies, and the lecturers were supportive. Clare Churcher, PgC Palliative Care
117
MSc Professional Practice

About the course This programme offers a sound educational experience for health and social care practitioners such as nurses, allied health professionals, chiropractors, and other care and social care providers. Course content has been updated to respond to the modernisation agenda of health and social care services, and meets the needs and addresses the challenges facing practitioners. Underpinned by the latest research, it aims to transform your practice and improve the quality of care. Our students enjoy the multiprofessional approach this course offers and they benefit from studying with a range of practising professionals. The flexible structure and module choices enable you to create an individually tailored programme of study that supports your professional practice. This programme does not lead to professional registration. However, for those international students who are qualified nurses with effective registration in their country of training, International English Language Testing System (IELTS) score of 7.0 or above in all four categories, and a current decision letter from the Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC), there is the option to complete the Overseas Nursing Programme (ONP) as part of this programme (subject to meeting the criteria). On successful completion of the ONP, you can apply to register with the NMC to practise in the UK. Course content MSc Professional Practice With the Programme Leader, you will devise an individual programme (180 credits total). Research Methods is a compulsory core module (40 credits). You will also be required to complete a dissertation (60 credits). You will select modules from within the MSc Professional Practice programme and to some extent, from the Faculty portfolio. Pathways Pathway awards are available for students wishing to specialise in a particular area of professional practice. To obtain a named award, you must study a minimum of 80 credits specific to that pathway, including a dissertation relating to the specialist pathway. MSc Professional Practice (Learning Disability): This pathway is open to all professionals who come into contact with people who have a learning disability. Professionals working with clients with learning disabilities need to keep up-to-date with latest developments to meet the changing needs of this client group. As such, the aim of this award is to transform your practice and improve the quality of care for service users. Module content and delivery is underpinned by the latest research evidence, which ensures that this award meets the challenges of the demanding and dynamic working environments of health and social care practitioners. MSc Professional Practice (Mental Health): This award aims to enable you to become proficient, creative and innovative in analysing and evaluating perspectives in mental health practice. It seeks to promote knowledge and understanding of contemporary and international perspectives, including socio-cultural political and economic influences on mental health. The course will also increase your confidence and proficiency in analysing policies and practices in mental health. MSc Professional Practice (Midwifery): Current policy requires that normal midwifery developments are given a higher profile, so midwives need to be confident and competent in managing normality. This pathway will enable you to work towards providing normal midwifery care for women and their families, and examine current issues facing midwifery. You will explore policy, and national and international perspectives, and apply them to your clinical practice area.
Health Sciences
118
08455 194 787
MSc Professional Practice (Research): This specialist award enables you to extend your knowledge and understanding of research design. The pathway will focus on sampling strategies, methods of data collection, legal and ethical accountability, and methods of data analysis. Critical analysis of research design and the subsequent value of evidence is examined throughout. You will develop your research skills, enabling you to take a leading role in developing research protocols and study documentation. MSc Professional Practice (Vulnerable Person): This pathway is relevant to practitioners working in a range of health and social care settings. It will enable you to explore the nature of vulnerability, rigorously examine implications of policies and procedures, create innovative responses to problems that challenge the protection of vulnerable people, and implement strategies for the prevention and management of vulnerable situations.
MSc Professional Practice (Social Care Management): This pathway has been designed to enhance your career prospects by demonstrating leadership in a strategic, pro-active way. You will enhance your management skills and knowledge, including, for example, the co-ordination of complex social interventions, and leadership in the context of change. Learning on this course can quickly be applied to projects and proposals to benefit the organisation you work for. Further information on pathway modules can be found on our website: www.glam.ac.uk/courses How you will study Teaching and assessment methods vary depending on the choice of modules/pathway.
Career potential This MSc takes into account the development of new roles in the fields of health and social care. For example, the content and delivery of modules will be underpinned by the latest research evidence. As a result, this award will meet the requirements of the demanding and dynamic environments that health and social care practitioners work in today. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Applicants must normally have an Honours degree and be a professionally qualified health or social care professional. The course welcomes international applicants and requires an English language level of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2-6 years Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus
Health Sciences
The variety of topics, external speakers and dynamics of the group made the course enjoyable and exciting. The course attracted people from many backgrounds, including police officers. This allowed for the sharing of practice outside my usual network and made the theory and debates much more relevant. Maria Anderton, MSc Professional Practice (Vulnerable Person), Health Team Manager
119
Health Sciences
George Knox Building, Glyntaff Campus
120
08455 194 787
DipHE Professional Practice and Associate Student Scheme

About the course This flexible, modular course provides the opportunity to achieve a Diploma in Higher Education (DipHE) in Professional Practice. We offer a wide range of modules for an enjoyable and challenging educational experience. It is also possible to undertake single modules, so you can focus on a specific area of your professional development. Course content This course promotes a flexible approach and you can progress at your own pace. Many modules are worth 40 credits. Research is a core module and must be undertaken if you want to complete the course and receive the award. You can be accredited with up to 50% of this Diploma course that has been taken at other institutions. How you will study The theory component is undertaken at the University and includes independent activities such as assignment preparation, journal compilation, directed study and individual tutorials. If a module has a practice component, this will entail a minimum of 100 hours in clinical practice and the achievement of predetermined clinical learning outcomes, which are assessed by a clinical mentor/supervisor. You can start modules for this course in February or October, while some modules may be available in June of each year. Many of our students are supported by their employer, so if you work in one of our partner NHS organisations, you may seek their support using the appropriate form before you enrol. Alternatively, you are welcome to attend as a feepaying student and pay course fees by instalments. Career potential The DipHE Professional Practice will greatly improve your personal and professional development, so you can respond efficiently and effectively to changing healthcare environments. This qualification can also act as a means of access to a range of related degree courses. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Applicants should have a higher education Certificate-level course in a related subject, and/or have a registered professional qualification in an appropriate discipline. Applicants who have accumulated related credit outside the University may be admitted to an appropriate point in the course. Equivalent international credits are also considered. Course length Part-time 1-5 years Modules can be accessed flexibly and at a pace that suits individual students. The course is usually completed in two to five years, and students can be helped to study at a faster pace. Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus
Health Sciences
121
BSc (Hons) / BSc Professional Practice (Nursing), (Midwifery), (Specialist Community Public Health Nursing)
About the course This post-registration award will enable you to function more effectively in a multi-professional setting. It has been designed for professionals from a range of backgrounds who want to develop their academic and practical base of care. You can tailor your study to extend your expertise in relation to your work setting and client group, while all Professional Practice modules allow you to apply theory to your own practice. Course content Core modules: Research and Professional Practice Professional Practice Project/ Discourse (20, 40 or 60 credits) Choice from the following modules: Managing Change in Professional Practice Legal and Philosophical Issues of Care Managing Change in Professional Practice Bio-Psycho-Social Aspects of Health Care Leadership in Health and Social Care Contemporary Practice in the UK (for international students) Module choices must be agreed with the award leader (or nominated deputy). There is also opportunity to select modules from other subjects. This allows some degree of specialisation, eg, in critical care, pain management, elderly care, or mental health. How you will study The taught programme can be studied full-time or part-time. For the part-time option, the course is in two parts. Students must complete 60 credits before progressing to Part Two (Honours component). In Part Two, Professional Practice modules are supported by lectures, student-led workshops and seminars, focusing on common themes and developments appropriate to the areas of study. You will complete a project module relevant to your area of practice and you will choose taught modules that cover a range of specialities. You will be assigned an academic supervisor for each module. All modules are assessed through assignments that focus on your area of professional practice and elements from the module theme. Career potential This post-qualification award offers career enhancement and progression by enabling you to exercise higher levels of judgement, discretion and making decisions in clinical care. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Applicants must be registered with a nursing/midwifery professional body, eg, the Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC), and if from overseas, the relevant professional body. They must be able to demonstrate a credit rating of 120 credits at Level 4 and 120 credits at Level 5, or enter via the accreditation of prior and experiential learning (APEL) route. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2-5 years Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus
Health Sciences
122
08455 194 787
BSc (Hons) / BSc Professional Practice (Pain Management) (Distance learning)

About the course Pain is increasingly recognised as a health problem in its own right and is rapidly developing as an up-andcoming discipline. This BSc (Hons) Managing Pain is a unique, distance learning award that offers health professionals who work or have an interest in pain management the knowledge they need to develop as pain experts. This course is flexible and designed to provide knowledge of pain, therapeutic approaches to pain and working in organisations to ensure the effective management of pain. Course content There are three core modules to achieve the BSc award: The Nature of Pain Research Module Principles of Managing Pain There is a choice of modules to achieve the BSc (Hons) award: Therapeutic Approaches to Managing Pain Advanced Pain Management Practice Development Module Project Module Another related module at the University, eg, Surgical Nursing, Wound Care, Pain and Symptom Management in Palliative Care How you will study This distance learning course offers tutorials on a flexible basis. You will benefit from a blended learning approach, with support from distance learning materials, teleconferencing and our e-learning technology. Assessment includes online assessments, assignments, literature reviews, development of care pathways, portfolios and presentations. There will also be an assessment of clinical practice through clinical learning outcomes. Career potential It is anticipated that successful graduates will become leaders in the field of pain management within their area of practice. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Applicants must have a Diploma-level qualification, although accreditation of prior learning (APEL) will apply. Students will have a relevant health professional qualification. Course length Part-time 2-6 years Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Online distance learning
Health Sciences
This course provides an excellent theoretical and practical programme for healthcare professionals who are either working in pain management, or planning to progress in that direction. I enjoyed the flexibility of distance learning and the course enabled me to focus on topics relevant to my clinical practice. Tutorial support was available via telephone and e-mail. The research module was excellent, as it provided a useful foundation for the remaining modules. Frances New, BSc (Hons) Professional Practice (Pain Management), Specialist Nurse Inpatient Pain Service
123
BSc (Hons) / BSc Professional Practice (Violence Reduction)

About the course The manifestation of violence and aggression in health and social care is a well-recognised problem. Increasingly, practitioners are expected to demonstrate a greater understanding of the causes of violence and aggression. This flexible degree programme will meet the development needs of practitioners and educators who work across all health and social care sectors, as well as those directly concerned with risk assessment, risk management and security. You will develop your knowledge and skills related to the recognition, prevention and safe management of aggression and violence in line with current legislation and best practice guidance. It is hoped that participants will be equipped with the necessary knowledge and skills to become leaders in their respective fields. This course has been attended by professionals from mental health, learning disability, accident and emergency, and social care backgrounds, from throughout the UK and overseas. Course content You will study the following modules: Understanding Violence Violence Reduction: Practice and Principles Violence Reduction and Organisational Management How you will study Teaching approaches vary according to the topic and student needs. They include interactive tutorials, studentled seminars, critical incident analysis, resource-based learning materials and a variety of group-work activities. Each module involves a week of study at the University in June/July of each year. Modules one and two run simultaneously in a two-week block, with module three held the following year. High-spec accommodation is available on campus should you need it. Successful completion of Part One (modules one, two and three) will attain the BSc Professional Practice (Violence Reduction). You must complete the Professional Practice Project to obtain an Honours degree. This can be achieved in a minimum of two academic years. Career potential It is anticipated that successful graduates of this course will become leaders in the field of violence reduction within their professional remit. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Qualifications at Level 4 and/or 5 (Certificate/Diploma) are considered on an individual basis and a wide range of prior experience may be taken into account via accreditation of prior and experiential learning (APEL) mechanism (University regulations will apply). Course length Part-time 2-6 years Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus
Health Sciences
I found the course in Professional Practice (Violence Reduction) exciting and stimulating. It has enabled me to incorporate evidence-based knowledge and skills into my clinical practice area, benefiting not only my own professional development but the clients in my care. John Gilmour, BSc (Hons) Professional Practice (Violence Reduction)
124
08455 194 787
MSc / PgD / PgC Public Health

About the course Through this new award, we aim to create professionals who can lead and implement change in public health across the world stage. It supports the development of public health practitioners from a range of professional backgrounds, who work in government and non-government organisations in the UK and internationally. The curriculum aims to develop responsive, innovative and creative professionals who can negotiate, plan, implement and evaluate policy and practice initiatives. It also addresses wide-ranging public health issues that arise in diverse cultures, settings and environments. As such, modules are designed to reflect the sequence of public health methods and processes implemented in the field. The programmes learning outcomes are founded on those required by the UK Public Health Skills and Career Framework, Faculty of Public Health, and the National Occupational Standards for Public Health. This programme has been supported by Public Health Wales through their committed representation and involvement in its development. Please note that this programme will not lead to registration on any professional register, but can significantly contribute towards preparation for Part A of the Faculty of Public Health examinations. Course content You will study the following modules: Evidence-based Public Health Sustainable Public Health Promoting Health in Diverse Environments Effective Prioritisation Health Promotion and Social Marketing Optional Module How you will study The programme will be delivered using a blended learning approach, which includes lectures and group work to encourage critical skills. You will also be expected to manage your own enquiry-based learning. Other methods include use of electronic sources such as our online learning environment. Learning alongside students from a wide range of disciplines and from other countries will ensure a rich learning environment concordant with contemporary multi-disciplinary approaches to public health. A range of assessment methods will be used, including poster and powerpoint presentations, academic assignments, production of management briefs, reflective accounts, a literature review and an epidemiology exam. Career potential This award opens up a variety of career opportunities in the UK and internationally. Relevant employment is available across the public and voluntary sectors, eg, in schools, colleges and universities, advocacy organisations, international nongovernment organisations, consulting firms, local and national government organisations, health delivery organisations and community development organisations. There is also opportunity to work in global organisations such as the World Health Organisation. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Applicants require an Honours degree or equivalent. Applicants whose first language is not English require a minimum IELTS score of 6.5 in written English. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2-6 years Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus
Health Sciences
I was well supported throughout my studies. I am now able to tackle challenges and convince policy makers and higher authorities where I feel we need change for improvement. Narcisa Nyoni, MSc Public Health
125
MSc / PgD Specialist Community Public Health Nursing (Health Visiting), (School Health Nursing)
About the course Registered specialist community public health nurses (SCPHNs), in health visiting or school nursing, aim to reduce health inequalities by working with individuals, families and communities to promote and prevent ill health. This course has been developed to meet the demands of this rapidly changing field, providing you with a professional qualification (NMC 2004) that recognises your expertise. We place emphasis on partnership working that cuts across disciplinary, professional and organisational boundaries. Course content Postgraduate Diploma (PgD) modules: Foundations of Specialist Community Public Health Nursing Practice Contemporary Developments in Specialist Community Public Health Nursing Promoting the Public Health of the Population Law, Ethics and Safeguarding Evidence-based Public Health Governance and Leadership Successful completion of the above modules and the 24 clinical learning outcomes enables you to apply to the Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC) for Part Three registration as an SCPHN (in either health visiting or school nursing) and exit the course with a PgD. If you then undertake the 60-credit SCPHN dissertation module and successfully complete a dissertation, you will graduate with an MSc award. For this, you will critically examine a key area of SCPHN theory and/or practice in health visiting or school nursing to develop and enhance your own practice and leadership ability. You usually submit this within a calendar year of ending the taught modules. Please note that dissertation study is not funded by the Welsh Government. How you will study This course has been designed to meet the NMC (2004) SCPHN requirements of a 50/50 ratio of theory and practice. Learning and assessment will take place at the University and in a range of clinical environments, and all modules involve theoretical and clinical assessments of equal weighting. Where appropriate, there are work experience opportunities that involve use of the Welsh language. The PgD course attracts Welsh Government funding for NHS staff. Career potential This course prepares SCPHNs to work in complex and varied settings with the knowledge, interpersonal skills and managerial capabilities to practise effectively in todays health service. Graduates are usually employed by NHS local health boards and wider employment opportunities are developing. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Applicants need professional and academic qualifications. You must have NMC professional registration and be on Part One and/or Part Two of the NMC Register as a Registered Nurse and/or a Registered Midwife. Applicants should usually have an Honours degree, although consideration will be given through the accreditation of prior and experiential learning (APEL) mechanism if you do not possess these qualifications. Prospective candidates will be interviewed by the course team, which in most cases would include a member of the NHS trust that provides student placements for 50% of the course duration. Course length Full-time 12 months (52 weeks at 37.5 hours per week) Part-time 24 months (104 weeks at 18.75 hours per week) Part-time or full-time routes are available to both specialist pathways. Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus
Health Sciences
The SCPHN award has proved to be a huge benefit in the workplace, as each theoretical module can be very closely linked to the clinical learning outcomes and assignments. It's just such a logical link between theory and practice! The skills gained during this award have inspired me with enough professional confidence to submit to and be successful at a national conference. Angela Phillip, Specialist Community Public Health Nurse in School Nursing
126
08455 194 787
BSc (Hons) Specialist Community Public Health Nursing (Health Visiting), (School Nursing), (Occupational Health Nursing)
About the course If you are interested in a career in specialist community public health nursing (SCPHN), this course helps you meet the challenges you will face in the rapidly changing area of public health nursing practice, preparing you for work in complex and varied settings. You will gain the knowledge, interpersonal skills and managerial capabilities to practise confidently, competently and effectively in your chosen discipline and sector. Registered SCPHNs (health visitors, school nurses or occupational health nurses) aim to reduce health inequalities by working with individuals, families, employees, groups and communities to promote good health and prevent ill health. The emphasis is on partnership working that cuts across disciplinary, professional and organisational boundaries. Course content You will study six modules from the following: Foundations of SCPHN Practice (Health Visiting and School Nursing) Contemporary Developments in SCPHN (Health Visiting and School Nursing) Critical Reflection on Learning in the Workplace (Occupational Health Nursing) Review of Learning and Development in the Workplace and Programme Plan (Occupational Health Nursing) Promoting the Public Health of the Population Law, Ethics and Safeguarding Evidence-based Public Health Governance and Leadership How you will study This course has been designed to meet the NMC (2004) SCPHN requirements of a balance of 50% theory and 50% practice. All modules have theoretical and clinical assessments of equal weighting. As a result, learning will take place at the University and in a range of clinical environments, as will assessment of your knowledge, skills and understanding. Where appropriate, there are work experience opportunities that involve use of the Welsh language. The BSc (Hons) course attracts Welsh Government funding for NHS staff. Career potential Graduates of this course can apply to the Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC) for Part Three registration as an SPCHN (health visitor, school nurse or occupational health nurse). Practitioners will usually be employed by local health boards, industry and public or private organisations, eg, local government. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Applicants are required to have both professional and academic qualifications 120 credits at Level Five (HE Diploma or equivalent). Applicants must also have NMC professional registration and be on Part One and/or Part Two of the NMC Register as a Registered Nurse and/or a Registered Midwife. Prospective candidates will be interviewed by the course team, which in most cases would include a member of the NHS local health board that provides student placements for half the course duration. Course length Full-time 12 months (52 weeks at 37.5 hours per week) Part-time 24 months (104 weeks at 18.75 hours per week) All specialist pathways can be studied part-time or full-time. Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus
Health Sciences
The content of this programme has been designed specifically for my field of work. The course met my expectations and was designed to support the practice in my current post. Kay Holmes, BSc (Hons) Specialist Community Public Health Nursing (School Nursing)
127
History
History Social and Cultural History Related research History Research Group 129 130 204
History
The photograph has been reproduced with the kind permission of the Library of the Religious Society of Friends, Euston Road, London.
128
08455 194 787
MA by Research History
About the MA The MA by Research in History is your opportunity to engage in independent study and research to produce a dissertation of 25,000 to 30,000 words. This piece of original research will be based on primary sources. You will demonstrate an awareness of the associated historiography and an understanding of the relevant methodological or theoretical concepts. Your research topic will be determined in consultation with your dissertation supervisor. At the start of the course, you will be introduced to research in history through two compulsory modules. This series of weekly seminars will develop your knowledge of the range of theories, methodologies and critical approaches that inform research in historical studies. It is during this time that your dissertation proposal will take shape. Only when the proposal is satisfactorily completed will you proceed to researching and writing the dissertation. How you will work The course consists of two elements. For the initial compulsory modules, there will be two-hour weekly meetings for 12 weeks. The Approaches to History module is assessed by a 4,000-word essay. Researching History will be assessed in the spring term by a 4,000-word dissertation proposal. Once a research area has been identified and a research programme agreed, you can begin researching and writing your dissertation. You will determine its content, development and structure in regular consultation with your dissertation supervisor. Career potential This qualification is an excellent basis for further research in history at MPhil and PhD levels. If you do not want to pursue further research, you will have gained highly desirable research and communication skills needed for a range of careers in the arts, industry, the media, administration in the private, public and third sectors, or further education. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:1 Honours degree in history or a related subject. Applicants without an Honours degree can be considered on prior experiential learning on an individual basis, via the Accreditation of Prior Learning (APL)/Accreditation of Prior Experiential Learning (APEL) mechanism (University regulations will apply). Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2-3 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus
History
There are numerous opportunities for students to present their work publicly. The Faculty organises seminars and conferences, along with valuable postgraduate training sessions. Research workshops enabled me to get feedback on my work, meet other students and enhance my CV. I highly recommend History at the University of Glamorgan. It is not only a department with known research strengths in early modern and modern history, but also an extremely friendly and supportive place to study. Laure Humbert, MA by Research History, Currently working as a research assistant at the University
129
MA / PgD / PgC Social and Cultural History

About the course This is an established MA degree that offers an opportunity to extend your knowledge of social and cultural history the story of everyday life, ordinary people, their cultural conditions, creations, expressions and the mental worlds they inhabited. Recently revamped and reinvigorated, we offer an attractive choice of modules, and classes are taught by nationally recognised researchers and teachers. We are developing an online learning option to offer students the widest possible choice of how to study. Students can come to our evening classes at the University, or take a combination of taught face-to-face and online modules. The Universitys History Division has made significant investment in student resources; we have JSTOR, an online database with 1,000 academic journals and over 1 million images, letters and other primary sources. Additionally, we have History Reference Centre, a comprehensive online database that provides fulltext access to 2,000 reference books, encyclopedias and non-fiction books from leading history publishers. Course content You will study two compulsory modules: Researching History and Approaches to History. These develop your knowledge of the range of theories, methodologies and critical approaches that inform research in historical studies, and provide practical training in research methods. You can also choose four modules from a range of options that may include: Gender in Early Modern Europe, 1500-1700 The American Road Genre: History, Cinema and Literature (online e-learning option) Revolution and After: World Communism, 1919-43 Modern South Wales, c.1850-1939 War and Medicine in Europe, 1815-1945 Violence, Escape and Opportunity in Early Modern Europe, 1530-1700 (online e-learning option) Students taking the Postgraduate Diploma (PgD) or the Postgraduate Certificate (PgC) will study the core and/or the optional modules, but will not write a dissertation. How you will study The MA is delivered through taught modules and, where appropriate, through online learning. All taught modules at the University are organised around weekly, two-hour seminars that run in the evenings on our Treforest campus. Weekend study at our ATRiuM campus in Cardiff is a possibility if there is enough demand. The two compulsory modules are normally taught consecutively in the first term. Full-time students will study two optional modules each term, participate in a research proposal workshop and attend any relevant presentations. From Easter, you will be responsible for arranging dissertation supervision sessions with your supervisor, and must submit your dissertation by the end of September. Assessment usually requires written coursework of 4,000 words. The MA award also requires a dissertation of 15,000-20,000 words, in which you will research a topic of your choice in early modern and/or modern history, subject to agreement. Career potential The skills you will develop in research, critical analysis, writing and presentation will be an excellent basis for diverse career opportunities, as well as a pathway to further study. We will help you develop the skills to synthesise large amounts of material; analyse, interpret and present information; and retrieve electronic and documentary sources, all of which are sought-after by employers. Feedback from alumni suggests the skills they acquired from their postgraduate degree enhanced their career prospects. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Usually an Honours degree of class 2:1 or above in history or a related subject. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus / Online learning option
History
As a school teacher, my whole experience at Glamorgan has been invaluable and it has rejuvenated my interest in history. Academic staff are very approachable and organise guest speakers, day schools, and even book launches. The course has been particularly helpful in refreshing my essay-writing skills and has allowed me to transfer these skills into the classroom. Carole Bryan-Jones, MA Social and Cultural History
130
08455 194 787
History
Law
Graduate Diploma in Law (CPE) Legal Practice Course (LPC) Masters in Law Commercial Law International Commercial Law Related course Criminology and Criminal Justice Criminology and Criminal Justice (Substance Misuse) Criminology and Criminal Justice (Youth and Offender Management) 133 134 135 136 137
65 65 65
^ Moot Courtroom, Ty Crawshay
Law
The University of Glamorgans Moot Courtroom is an ideal setting for students to hone their advocacy skills in a realistic environment and build confidence in a courtroom setting.
132
08455 194 787
Graduate Diploma in Law (Common Professional Examination)

About the course The Graduate Diploma in Law/ Common Professional Examination (GDL/CPE) at Glamorgan is your chance to study law in an intellectually stimulating and rewarding atmosphere. This course provides an excellent foundation in core legal subjects, in a distinctive, educational setting. Legal study at Glamorgan considers law in a comparative context. The practice of law rarely encounters subjects or topics that are wholly detached from other areas of law, so our programme considers the relationships between legal subjects that are traditionally studied separately. This award is specifically designed for non-law graduates who, on completion, can achieve a qualifying award for the purposes of becoming a solicitor or barrister. Tuition includes all the areas that professional legal bodies regard as foundational to an academic legal education. It is also a valuable qualification in its own right. Glamorgan is one of the oldest providers of the Common Professional Examination (CPE) in the country and the oldest in Wales, having provided this course for over 30 years. We understand what applicants need when they start legal study and what it takes to achieve this award. Our flexible study options allow you to study full-time over one year, or part-time over two years. Course content The course covers all foundation law subjects within these four compulsory modules: Law of Obligations Law of Property and Equity Public and European Law Crime and Criminal Evidence You will also study in advance of the course through a reading and exercise pack, undertake study skills classes, study the Anglo-Welsh legal system, and judicial reasoning and methodology. How you will study This course is delivered part-time, which allows students to combine study with work and/or personal commitments. Classes are timetabled over two evenings per week (usually Tuesdays and Thursdays). Teaching and learning is supported by online materials and remote access to research materials. We take great pride in exposing students to critical thinking to foster creative and imaginative lawyers; our current and former students are a testament to this. Assessment is through a mixture of exams and non-exam elements such as moot exercises. Career potential Non-law graduates who hold the CPE award are popular and in demand by the legal profession because of their fresh perspective, and they now make up 50% of all new lawyers. This award will be of value to those considering other careers where an understanding of the legal system and legal study would be advantageous, eg, insurance, banking, the civil and public services. Many of our graduates are now studying for the LPC/BPTC or are practising law. As a Glamorgan GDL graduate you will be given preferential consideration for a place on our Legal Practice Course. Entry requirements (please read page 220) An Honours degree of class 2:2 or above in any subject. Application for full-time study is made via the Law Central Applications Board (www.lawcabs.ac.uk), or directly to the University for part-time study. All applicants should satisfy themselves that where they wish to enter the legal profession, their qualifications achieve the minimum standards of entry for either the Solicitors Regulation Authority or the Bar Standards Board (visit www.sra.org.uk or www.barstandardsboard.org.uk). International applicants whose first language is not English will need to demonstrate a good level of English language ability. The University requires such applicants to have IELTS 7.0 or equivalent. Please visit our website www.glam.ac.uk for further details of entry requirements. Course length Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus
Law
The opportunity to study the GDL part-time at Glamorgan provided me with the flexibility and support I needed to gain my law degree, while being able to continue in my extremely busy and demanding career. I was particularly impressed with the well-stocked law library, easy remote access to a comprehensive range of law resources and the support provided by teaching and administrative staff. Dr Siegbert Otto, GDL (CPE)
133
PgD Legal Practice Course (LPC)

About the course This course leads to the Graduate Diploma in Legal Practice (LPC). It is the programme of study and assessment approved by the Solicitors Regulation Authority (SRA), which you must complete if you want to qualify as a solicitor. This is a skills-based, learning by doing course that gives you the foundation to start a training contract in a law office. You will develop the skills of advocacy, interviewing, legal writing, drafting and research. Your learning will be supported by state-of-the-art study facilities, including a courtroom fully equipped with the latest digital video facilities, a legal practice library, and dedicated teaching and practice rooms. You will largely work in an interactive, small group setting that replicates the environment of the law office, the courtroom and the solicitor/client relationship. All activities are based on authentic scenarios, and research and preparation are assisted by the facilities in our modern technology suites. Some discretionary local authority funding and professional development loans may be available, while some law firms may offer sponsorship for this course. Course content The LPC at Glamorgan provides a wide range of practical learning activities and a list of elective modules that are highly attuned to modern commercial and general legal practice. The course covers the legal practice areas of Business Law and Practice, Civil and Criminal Litigation, and Property Law and Practice. You will also choose three subjects from a range of options that include: Family Law and Practice Advanced Business and Corporate Law and Practice Advanced Property Law and Practice Employment Law and Practice Personal Injury and Clinical Negligence Litigation Wills and the Elderly Client How you will study You will learn through briefing sessions and practice sessions, completing practical law file exercises and replicating real-life legal scenarios. If you study full-time, you will attend approximately 25 hours of classes each week. Part-time students have approximately 8-9 hours of classes delivered on one day per week. Outside these formal sessions, all students are expected to carry out preparatory work and research for file exercises. You will be assessed by written examinations and practical skills assessments, which will include recorded role play in our moot courtroom and client interview room. Between March and June, you have the opportunity to participate in the LPC work placement scheme. Career potential The LPC is a requirement for qualification as a solicitor and develops the skills you will need on entering the profession. Entry requirements (please read page 220) LLB (Hons) degree usually of class 2:2 or above; or all subjects of the Graduate Diploma in Law/Common Professional Examination (GDL/CPE); or a combined studies degree including the core law subjects prescribed by the Solicitors Regulation Authority (SRA). Applicants who have reached the appropriate level of qualification with the Institute of Legal Executives are also eligible for consideration for admission to the course. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus
Law
I studied both the Graduate Diploma in Law and Legal Practice Course at the University of Glamorgan. The dynamic with the teaching staff was very good; they were always keen to offer support and understood that I had other commitments outside of university life. The modules covered were supported by a wealth of materials and firstclass facilities to assist the challenging, but thoroughly enjoyable, LPC. Studying at the University of Glamorgan has left me with an abundance of new skills, providing me with insight of what practice involves leaving me eager to set off on an exciting career in law. Jamie Lewis, Legal Practice Course graduate, Working in HM Courts Service
134
08455 194 787
LLM Masters in Law

About the course This LLM award offers you a flexible approach to postgraduate study, where you can tailor your Masters programme to suit your specific needs and career aspirations. You can explore a broad range of legal subjects, including commercial law, international trade law, competition law, employment law, European Union law, and intellectual property law. Course content You will study a compulsory module, Research Methods, to develop your postgraduate-level research skills. You can also choose modules from any of our specialist LLM programmes to design a coherent programme of study. This high level of flexibility is of particular benefit if you want to gain Masters-level knowledge and skills without limiting yourself to a particular area of law. Specialist advice is available when constructing your programme of study. How you will study Full-time delivery starts in September. It involves studying taught modules and the submission of your dissertation the following September. Part-time attendance is over either a two-year or three-year programme of study. Over two years, you will complete all taught modules in year one and submit your dissertation at the end of year two. If you undertake the programme over three years, you will complete half the taught modules in year one and the remaining modules in year two, with your dissertation due in year three. You will learn through lectures, workshops, tutorials and self-directed learning. During the LLM dissertation stage, you will complete a 20,000-word dissertation under the guidance of an academic supervisor. Career potential The discipline of law and the knowledge and skills it offers present a number of career paths. These include legal practice and various positions in industry, local and central government, banking or finance. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree in any discipline, or a relevant professional qualification such as the Institute of Legal Executives and others that include some element of law. For applicants who do not possess formal qualifications, relevant professional experience may be taken into account via the Accreditation of Prior Learning (APL)/Accreditation of Prior Experiential Learning (APEL) mechanism (University regulations will apply). Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2-3 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus
Law
The LLM enabled me to research further into areas of law that I enjoy and hope to practise in. The course also prepared me for the Legal Practice Course and will give me an edge over other graduates in securing employment. Renee Evans, LLM Masters in Law
135
LLM Commercial Law

About the course Commercial law underpins all areas of business activity and is one of the fastest growing branches of law. This specialist LLM will develop your knowledge of specific areas in this field, so it is an award of value and interest if you are a legal practitioner or if you work, or aspire to work, in business or the public sector. Course content To achieve this specialist Masters in Commercial Law, you will study the compulsory modules listed below, plus a further 50 credits from a list of options. Compulsory modules: International Trade Law Contractual and Tortious Obligations Commercial Law and Practice Intellectual Property Law Research Methods Dissertation How you will study You will learn through lectures, workshops, tutorials and self-directed learning. Taught modules are assessed by in-course assignments of approximately 4,000 words for each 20-credit module. During the LLM dissertation stage, you will complete a 20,000-word dissertation on a specific area of commercial law, working under the guidance of an academic supervisor. Full-time delivery starts in September. It involves the study of all taught modules and the submission of your dissertation by the following September. Part-time attendance involves either a two-year or threeyear programme of study. Over two years, you will complete all taught modules in year one, with your dissertation due at the end of year two. If you undertake the course over three years, you will complete half the taught content in year one and the remaining modules in year two, with your dissertation due in year three. Career potential You will develop a range of transferable skills and gain essential knowledge to enhance your career opportunities. Careers for graduates with specific knowledge of commercial law are numerous and wide ranging. They include the legal profession and various positions in local and central government, industry or any business environment. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree in any discipline, or a relevant professional qualification such as the Institute of Legal Executives. Equivalent international qualifications will also be considered. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus
The LLM staff were very helpful in expanding my knowledge of this branch of the law. Studying at the University of Glamorgan was a great experience and the key to achieving my career goal I am now working as a legal adviser for an oil company. Faisel Adeli, LLM Commercial Law
136
Law
08455 194 787
LLM / PgD International Commercial Law

About the course Globalisation is here to stay and the number of active international industries continues to grow each year. This specialist LLM will develop your understanding of the nature of international commercial law and regulation. You can study aspects of commercial law that have international relevance, and consider specific issues that arise in commercial and consumer law. You will also explore different aspects of globalisation and how the law influences and responds to these. Course content To achieve this specialist Masters award you will study the compulsory modules listed below, plus a further 60 credits from a list of options. Compulsory modules: International Trade Law Private International Law Commercial Law and Practice Carriage of Goods by Sea Research Methods Dissertation How you will study Full-time delivery starts in February and September. It involves the study of all taught modules and the submission of your dissertation by the following February or September. Part-time attendance requires either a two-year or three-year programme of study. Over two years, you will complete all taught modules in year one, with the dissertation due at the end of year two. If you undertake the course over three years, you will complete half the taught content in year one and the remaining modules in year two, with your dissertation due in year three. You will learn through lectures, workshops, tutorials and self-directed learning. Taught modules are assessed by in-course assignments of approximately 4,000 words for each 20-credit module. During the LLM dissertation stage, you will complete a 20,000-word dissertation on a specific aspect of international commercial law, working under the guidance of an academic supervisor. Career potential If you want to enter the exciting field of international commerce, this course will give you the knowledge and skills to pursue a career in international law firms, international banking and other sectors of the economy. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree in any discipline, or a relevant professional qualification such as the Institute of Legal Executives. Equivalent international qualifications will also be considered. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2-3 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus
The LLM will really give my career a boost. There is no doubt in my mind that the effort and resources I have put into this Masters will benefit me in the future. Not only career-wise but also in my personal life. Studying abroad and the international environment at the University of Glamorgan have definitely brightened my perspectives on life. Laura Tessa Bos, LLM International Commercial Law
Law
137
Management and Business

Doctor of Business Administration Doctor of Business Administration (Public Service Management) Master of Business Administration Human Resources Management Engineering Management International Business and Enterprise Leadership and Management Management (MSc) Learning and Development Management (NVQ) Related courses Health and Public Service Management Management and Development of International Financial Systems Public Services Management Related research Centre for Research on Consumption, Markets and Culture Centre for Enterprise 139 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147
176 33 177
203 203
The Master of Business Administration (Finance) The University of Glamorgan is introducing an additional course (subject to validation), which enhances our MBA provision. The Master of Business Administration (Finance) offers a specialist pathway in international markets, and reflects the needs of the modern student in terms of modular content, course flexibility and employability. For more information visit www.glam.ac.uk/fbs.
138
08455 194 787
(DBA) Doctor of Business Administration (DBA) Doctor of Business Administration (Public Service Management)
About the course The Glamorgan DBA is a professional doctorate programme specifically designed for senior managers and other professionals in private, public and non-profit organisations. You will develop a high level of independent and critical thinking, contributing cutting-edge knowledge through research in your field. The Glamorgan DBA is ideal for ambitious managers who want to build on their already extensive and individual achievements, and who wish to engage in critical management thinking in a multidisciplinary and supportive environment. It offers regular intensive study workshops that enable you to budget your time and focus your research effectively. You will be supported throughout the course by a network of like-minded students, as well as a high level of support from the teaching team and research supervisors. The specialist DBA (Public Service Management) is for professionals working in third and public sector organisations, seeking to develop a thesis in this field of study. Course content The programme consists of five intensive study workshops, each lasting three or four days, as well as regular update days between workshops. This workshop stage takes approximately 30 months. After each workshop, you will produce a substantial piece of work that will contribute to the final thesis in a building block style. In this way, you will make significant progress as you work through the course. The final document of 35,000 words will set out your contribution to practical and theoretical knowledge. The whole course, including the final examination, can be completed in three years but is more likely to take four years in most cases. You will study the following modules: Developing the Doctoral Research Project The Theoretical and Practical Context for Doctoral Research The Methodological Framework and Methods for Data Collection Analysing, Interpreting and Reflecting on Findings The Nature of the Contribution to Knowledge and Professional Practice How you will study The DBA is taught at the Postgraduate Centre, housed in the ^ building Grade II-listed TyCrawshay on our Treforest campus. Workshops are usually held at weekends to minimise disruption to your busy working week. Career potential Career enhancement to strategic levels in organisations is often sought by successful DBA candidates. Their ability to design, implement, execute and present leading research, sets them apart from other managers. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Usually an MBA or a Masters degree in the social sciences, plus significant management experience and access to one organisation or more for research purposes. Course length Part-time typically four years, including thesis. Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus
The DBA has been an interesting and exciting challenge that encourages critical thinking and an innovative approach. The course is well supported by excellent academic and administrative staff, who provide expert insight and exceptional service. Gareth Hughes, DBA
139
(MBA) Master of Business Administration

About the course In todays business climate, it is important you have the vision and skills to set yourself apart from the competition. This challenging and dynamic course will be of interest if you are in, or aspire to, a senior managerial position. It is designed for professionals who will make a strategic difference to the organisations in which they operate. The programme of study introduces innovative business theory in a practical context. You will learn how to integrate cutting-edge research and practice across all key business areas to achieve business transformation, whether you work in a public or private sector organisation. During the course, you will develop key leadership skills such as creativity, innovation, collaboration, solving problems and taking risks. The Glamorgan MBA is grounded in sustainability, social innovation and inclusion principles that underpin business today. Course content You will study areas such as business research methods, business problemsolving skills, financial management, economics, marketing, operations management, planning, leadership, consulting, and strategic decision making and practices. We are introducing a new pathway to enhance our MBA provision (subject to validation). The MBA (Finance) is an opportunity to specialise in international markets, and it reflects the needs of modern professionals in terms of course flexibility and employability. For more information, please visit our website. How you will study Taught sessions are delivered by tutors who are leaders in their fields, in addition to self-guided study, lectures, seminars, group work and exercises. You will also complete reading and assignments such as group projects, strategic analysis of organisations, deliver presentations, analyse case studies, and prepare marketing and business plans. We arrange study visits to relevant organisations and you are encouraged to attend specialist guest lectures. You will be assessed through written assignments, examinations and/or project work. The MBA involves the completion of a significant business research project. Career potential Our MBA transforms ambitious and committed managers into senior and influential business men and women. You will gain fluency in the language and practice of business to operate in a dynamic environment. Studying the MBA at Glamorgan also gives you membership of the Chartered Management Institute (CMI) when you graduate. This membership gives you a competitive edge that will set you apart, wherever your career takes you. Being part of the Institute says much more about your professional standing and your ability than training and qualifications alone. Entry requirements (please read page 220) To apply for the MBA programme, candidates are required to have a minimum 2:2 Honours degree from a UK university, or recognised international equivalent qualification and usually two years relevant work experience (minimum one year). Course length Full-time 1 year Executive Delivery (part-time) 2-2.5 years A variety of delivery modes are available. Please visit our MBA web pages for the latest information: www.glam.ac.uk/mba Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus Professional Membership On graduation, this award also gives you membership of the Chartered Management Institute.
An enriching and rewarding experience, with the right balance of academic knowledge and practical experience. Ublong Udoh, MBA
140
08455 194 787
MSc Human Resources Management

About the course If you want a career in human resource management (HRM) or have recently entered an HR or line management role, this course is designed to give you the up-to-date skills and understanding for effective people management in the workplace. This course provides the knowledge you need to meet the requirements for Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) Advanced Level membership. The University has been awarded Accredited Centre status by the CIPD following a visit and approval from the CIPD quality assurance panel. Course content You will study a number of core HR issues. Through detailed analysis and critical review, you will examine areas such as leadership and management development, people resourcing, and talent management. Key areas of human resource management are examined such as the principles, values and approaches to leadership and management, and you will explore the changing context within which businesses operate. As you progress through the course, you will study areas that relate to employment relations and the framework of performance management. Modules available to study include: Human Resource Management in Context Developing Skills for Business Leadership Leading, Managing and Developing People Resourcing and Talent Management Performance Management Leadership and Management Development Human Resource Management Business Research Report Throughout the course, you will develop a portfolio to demonstrate your commitment to continuing professional development. The final element will focus on the production of a business research report on an HR-related topic of your choice. How you will study You can study full-time or part-time. Full-time students spend approximately 12 hours per week in classes. Your learning will involve a blend of directed and independent study. Part-time students spend around six hours per week in classes held on one afternoon/evening each week. Fast Track: If you are already a Graduate Member of CIPD, you can join a fast-track programme and gain exemptions from over half the course. This can be completed in either 6 or 12 months. It is delivered through a series of weekend workshops and contains the following modules: Research and Developments in Human Resource Management Human Resource Management Research Report Career potential This course is designed to provide you with the up-to-date knowledge and understanding you need to manage people effectively in the workplace. It will be especially useful if you are seeking a career in HRM, or have recently entered an HR or line management role. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree or an equivalent qualification, or, in exceptional circumstances, three years or more significant managerial experience. Holders of CIPD Graduate Membership, or postgraduate qualifications in either HRM or general management, may be entitled to exemptions through the fast-track programme. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus Accreditation The University has been awarded Accredited Centre status by the CIPD.
I have thoroughly enjoyed my MSc HRM at Glamorgan. The course was fantastic with excellent tutors prepared to offer a lot of support. I have had a promotion at work before completing the course, which I otherwise could not have applied for. I would highly recommend studying at Glamorgan. Hannah Cothey, MSc Human Resources Management
141
MSc Engineering Management

About the course As the holder of a degree in engineering, you can enhance your career development by establishing a broad knowledge of contemporary management. This course offers a detailed exploration of the theory and practice of key areas ideal if you have a practical engineering background and are interested or active in management roles in the private or public sector. You can study full-time over one academic year or part-time over three years. Course content Theories of management will be discussed and applied to your sector and your organisation. Modules of study include: Management Theories and Philosophies Management Systems and Financial Information for Decision Making Developing the Professional Business Functions and Processes Research Methods Issues in International Management Dissertation Project Available optional modules: Workplace Evaluation and Control Business Law Project Management Techniques Other relevant engineering modules How you will study There is a varied lecture and seminar programme, with extensive group work, case studies and guest speakers from a range of backgrounds. Assessment is through courseworkbased assignments. The final assessment is a dissertation, in which you will examine an area of management that is of interest to you, or a company-based project. The subject of this dissertation must be engineering management. Career potential This course will provide you with knowledge to see the bigger picture and know how to successfully lead and manage in an engineering context. You will also have the opportunity to develop wider knowledge, skills, and understanding of management theory and practice, relevant to you and your organisation. Studying the MSc Engineering Management will give those with some management experience the opportunity to put their organisational leadership practice into context. It will enhance the prospects of leaders and managers from the engineering sector, and help you take advantage of career opportunities during your working life. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree or an equivalent qualification in an engineering discipline; or, in exceptional circumstances, three years or more significant managerial experience. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus

142
08455 194 787
MSc International Business and Enterprise

About the course In a contemporary business environment, two features stand out the internationalisation of business and the importance of enterprise. This unique course brings together these two elements. Course content examines the theory and practice of international business, including how exports, franchises and foreign direct investment (FDI) are analysed and developed. Your study at the University of Glamorgan will cover major themes in international business management, such as marketing, human resource management, and international finance and control. You will examine these in the context of international enterprise, looking at the activities of large-scale organisations and the relevance of such activity to small and mediumsized enterprises. Glamorgan Business Schools Centre for Enterprise has been recognised as a Centre of Enterprise Excellence by the UK Sector Skills Council for Enterprise (SFEDI). The Council was extremely impressed with both the quality and range of enterprise development activities supported by the School. Not only are we the first and only university in Wales to be recognised as a Centre of Excellence, but also the first in the UK to be awarded Centre of Enterprise Excellence status. As an enterprise student, you will be given the opportunity to obtain free student membership from the Institute of Enterprise and Entrepreneurs (IOEE). The IOEE is a not-for-profit professional body within SFEDI. Student membership will give you access to a range of resources and support through the institute. It is also the first step to becoming an associate member ideal for anyone who wants to start their own business. Course content In the first part of the course, you will look at the benefits of having entrepreneurs in a business and how you can recognise them, build the right structures and motivate them. You will also explore the effects of culture and climate, and develop an understanding of the market environment that will aid the creation of business ventures. You will examine local-global interactions in a range of areas, including the local embedding of multinational corporations and global supply chains. You will also study the nature of the global environment, the complex and unpredictable variables that exist and how these can be analysed. Modules of study include: Management Theories and Philosophies Developing the Professional Business Functions and Processes Research Methods Economies, Markets and Strategic Decision Making Developing the Entrepreneurial Organisation Business Venturing Political Economy of the International Business System Dissertation Project How you will study You will learn in a number of ways, such as lectures, tutorials and case studies, with some study via the Universitys e-learning systems. Career potential Whether you are interested in working for a multinational corporation, a small business or even starting your own company, this course will give you the knowledge and skills for a successful career. One special feature is its concentration on cultural fluency, which will help you feel comfortable when working in different cultural environments. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree or an equivalent qualification; or, in exceptional circumstances, three years or more significant managerial experience. Course length Full-time 1 year Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus Accreditation
Studying international business has equipped me with the knowledge and skills to exploit the globalisation of the business world. Igwe Onyekwelu Ilo, MSc International Business and Enterprise
143
MSc Leadership and Management

About the course This Masters award in Leadership and Management is an opportunity to explore the behaviours and the role of leadership, and how it may influence the individual, the team and the organisation. Through an action-learning approach in a supportive environment, you can develop your knowledge, skills and understanding of the theory and practice of leadership and management, which will be relevant to you and your organisation. Studying this course will give those with a few years management experience the opportunity to contextualise their own and their organisations leadership practice. It will enhance the career prospects of leaders and managers from the public, private and third sectors. Course content Theories of leadership will be discussed and applied to your own practice and that in your organisation. Organisational leadership themes that relate to power, politics, ethics, gender and cross-cultural leadership will also be considered. The course seeks to challenge all preconceived ideas of leadership approaches. You will study leadership and management processes such as creating a learning environment, reading and moulding organisational culture, building trust and a highperformance team culture, managing and leading complex networks, alliances and partnerships, and the contribution of human resource management. Tuition also explores cutting-edge approaches, such as critical studies that have questioned the nature and necessity of leadership in organisations. How you will study We will adopt a flexible and varied learning approach that uses work-based learning. There will be face-to-face discussions, action learning sets, reflexive discourse, online learning and self-managed learning. You will be expected to attend a limited number of lectures, workshops and seminars, some of which will be delivered over a weekend. You will be allocated a personal tutor for the duration of the course. Career potential Leadership and management is a part of every business and organisation. This course will provide you with knowledge to see the bigger picture, and know how to successfully lead and manage various departments within an organisation. This MSc Leadership and Management will enhance the prospects of leaders and managers from all sectors, and help you take advantage of opportunities that arise throughout your career. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree or an equivalent qualification; or, in exceptional circumstances, three years or more significant managerial experience. Course length Part-time 2-3 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus

144
08455 194 787
MSc Management
About the course If you are interested or active in management in the private, public or third sector, this course will develop your knowledge of contemporary management through a detailed exploration of theory and practice in key areas. There is also a degree of flexibility in the modules you will study. Course content Study explores broad management disciplines and the relationship between organisations and their environments. Modules of study include: Management Theories and Philosophies Management Systems and Financial Information for Decision Making Developing the Professional Business Functions and Processes Research Methods Issues in International Management Dissertation Project You will also examine changing trends in strategic thinking to develop a holistic understanding of how organisations interact with their environments in the face of rapid and discontinuous change. You can focus on your study needs and goals by selecting modules from a range of specialist management and business areas. How you will study There is a varied lecture and seminar programme with extensive group work, case studies and guest speakers from a variety of backgrounds. Assessment is through courseworkbased assignments. Career potential Gaining the MSc Management will accelerate your career prospects in all sectors of industry and commerce. Whether you are starting out, or already in an established management position, the knowledge and skills gained through the course will enable you to take advantage of opportunities that will present themselves throughout your working life. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree or an equivalent qualification; or, in exceptional circumstances, three years or more significant managerial experience. Course length Full-time 1 year Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus

Learning and Development NVQ 3 and 4 Learning and Development

About the courses NVQ Level 3 Certificate is suitable if you support learners, and deliver and/or develop learning and development programmes. You will need to demonstrate your ability to identify individual learning aims, review learning programmes and create a climate that promotes learning. You will also be required to respond to changes in learning and development. NVQ Level 4 Diploma is suitable for professionals involved in the design and delivery of learning programmes for individuals and groups. You will need to demonstrate that you can design, agree, evaluate and improve learning and development programmes. It also includes managing the contribution made to the learning process by other people, and creating a climate that promotes learning. Course content NVQ Level 3: You will need to complete a minimum of 30 credits, 12 of which are taken from the two mandatory units, and the remaining 18 credits chosen from a list of optional units. NVQ Level 4: You will need to complete a minimum of 45 credits, 12 of which are taken from the 2 mandatory units, and the remaining 33 credits taken from a list of optional units. Further information on the full range of modules is available on request. How you will study An adviser will guide you through the production of your competence portfolio. They will examine your portfolio against the standards you used to compile it and will decide what needs to be discussed in the assessment interview. If your adviser judges that your competence matches what is required by the national standards, you will receive your NVQ award. Career potential An NVQ demonstrates you have met a nationally recognised standard of competence that is valued highly by prospective employers. Entry requirements (please read page 220) No formal entry qualifications are required. However, your work role must be appropriate so you can demonstrate competence in relation to the standards selected. Course length There is no prescribed time limit and you can work at your own pace. As a guide, a Level 3 Certificate may take 6-12 months, and 9-15 months for a Level 4 Diploma, depending on your ability to access evidence. Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus

146
08455 194 787
Management NVQ 3, 5 and 7 Management

About the courses NVQ Level 3 Certificate in Management is for practising supervisors or first line managers who are responsible for general management. You will need to have the ability and opportunity to demonstrate recongnisable management and leadership skills within a defined area of responsibility. NVQ Level 5 Diploma in Management is suitable if you are a practising manager who allocates work to others and uses resources effectively. You will need to implement policy within a defined area of responsibility, control limited financial budgets, and contribute to broader management activities such as recruitment and change programmes. NVQ Level 7 Diploma in Management is for senior managers who hold a strategic role. You will need to evidence how you take responsibility for controlling the activities and work of other managers, and demonstrate recognisable management and leadership skills. Course content NVQ Level 3: You need to complete a minimum of 25 credits, 14 of which are from 3 mandatory units, and the remaining 11 credits chosen from a list of 35 optional units. NVQ Level 5: You need to complete a minimum of 38 credits, 23 of which are from 4 mandatory units, with the remaining 15 credits chosen from a list of 40 optional units. NVQ Level 7: You need to complete a minimum of 45 credits, 27 of which are from 3 mandatory units, and the remaining 18 credits chosen from a list of 14 optional units. How you will study An adviser will guide you through the production of your competence portfolio. They will examine your portfolio against the standards you used to compile it and will decide what needs to be discussed in the assessment interview. If your adviser judges that your competence matches what is required by the national standards, you will receive your NVQ award. Career potential An NVQ demonstrates that you have met a nationally recognised standard of competence that is valued highly by prospective employers. Entry requirements (please read page 220) No formal entry qualifications are required. However, your work role must be appropriate so that you can demonstrate competence in relation to the standards selected. Course length There is no prescribed time limit and you can work at your own pace. As a guide, a Level 3 Certificate may take 6-12 months, Level 5 Diploma 9-15 months, and Level 7 Diploma 12-18 months, depending on your ability to access evidence. Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus
Each unit makes you consider what you have learnt and also makes you reflect on how you can improve as a manager completing this award has been a valuable and worthwhile learning experience. NVQ Level 5 student, Rhondda Cynon Taf County Borough Council
147
Marketing
Marketing International Fashion Marketing Public Relations Related research Centre for Research on Consumption, Markets and Culture 149 150 151
203
Marketing
148 08455 194 787
MSc Marketing
About the course Careers in marketing are stimulating and dynamic. This course is designed to help you evolve into a critically informed marketing professional by developing the key analytic and strategic skills that employers need. During your studies, you will be introduced to ideas that will improve your strategic thinking and your ability to devise creative solutions to marketing problems. Course content is underpinned by contemporary thinking, focusing on how research can inform practice and strengthen performance in complex modern markets. Modules explore why organisations adopt certain marketing strategies and tactics, and how practices are likely to evolve in todays rapidly changing international business environment. The course seeks to explore the modern driving force of social media and the challenge of re-appropriating traditional approaches to communications, brand positioning, networks and relationship building. You will challenge the broad-based concepts and philosophies of modern marketing; consider the importance of a customer-centric, servicedominant approach to marketing, where the balance of power is shifting from marketer to consumer; explore contemporary approaches to managing an organisations reputation and its brands; as well as learn how to communicate with the end consumer and other stakeholders through traditional and new media. Course content Throughout your studies, you will explore a wide range of marketings philosophies and functions, challenging traditional methods and contemporary thinking. Research skills will focus on the effect of new and emerging media on modern organisational thinking. You will test issues surrounding areas such as corporate ethics, branding, and marketing strategy, as well as question communications theory and develop new ideas in line with marketing thinking and consumption. Modules of study include: Management Theories and Philosophies Developing the Professional Business Functions and Processes Research Methods Brands and Reputation Management New Media Communications Trends in Marketing Customer Centrality Dissertation Project How you will study There is a varied lecture and seminar programme, case studies, visits, and analyses of contemporary marketing campaigns. Teaching is delivered by a team of research-active academics, supported by our online learning system. You will have access to some of the worlds top marketing journals and publications, as well as specialist guest lectures. Assessment is based on assignments and portfolios, so you can explore the subject and develop your critical and analytical skills. Career potential This course has been designed to meet the development needs of those who want a career in marketing. As such, it reflects the requirements of dynamic organisations of various sizes and types, in a range of sectors. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree or an equivalent qualification; or, in exceptional circumstances, three years or more significant managerial experience. CIM Professional Postgraduate Diploma: If you already hold the CIM Professional Postgraduate Diploma, you may be able to gain exemptions from this course. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2-3 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus
Marketing
The course was really stimulating. A lot of really good lecturers and modules, and I really enjoyed it. Stefanie Kurz, MSc Marketing
149
MSc International Fashion Marketing

About the course In the 21st century, internationalisation of the fashion industry continues unabated. From value retailers to middle-market fashion leaders and luxury designer brands, the international activities of fashion companies continue to be the focus of attention for consumers worldwide. With supply chains getting ever faster and trends constantly changing, responding to this changing global marketplace is a major ongoing challenge. This course is the first of its kind in Wales. It offers a challenging academic and practical approach to fashion marketing in an international context. You will gain a grounding in the key areas of contemporary fashion marketing management, and an introduction to the latest concepts and ideas that are relevant to the modern marketplace. This MSc award draws on the extensive practical and academic knowledge of our staff, so you will benefit from our extensive research activity in these areas. Course content Throughout your studies, you will explore a wide range of marketings philosophies and functions, challenging traditional methods and contemporary thinking associated with the fashion industry. Research skills will focus on the effect of emerging media on modern organisational thinking. You will test issues surrounding retail and merchandising, flagship stores and luxury brands, and branding and contemporary consumption, as you develop new ideas in line with modern, fashion marketing theory. Modules of study include: Management Theories and Philosophies Developing the Professional Research Methods Retailing and Consumption of Fashion Brands New Media Communications Trends in Marketing Sustainable Supply Chain Management Dissertation Project How you will study Full-time students study each subject intensively over a period of several weeks. Part-time delivery is designed around the needs of practising marketing managers and fashion industry professionals. You will learn through lectures, seminars, group work, case studies, and analyses of contemporary fashion marketing materials, as well as specialist guest lectures from leading professionals. Assessment is assignment-based, so you can explore each subject to develop your critical and analytical skills. The final requirement is a dissertation or business research project, where you will examine an aspect of international fashion marketing in depth. The course also includes potential for a site visit to a centre of world fashion. Career potential This course has been designed to meet the development needs of those who want a career in international fashion marketing. As such, it reflects the requirements of dynamic organisations of various sizes and types, in a range of sectors. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree or an equivalent qualification; or, in exceptional circumstances, three years or more significant managerial experience. CIM Professional Postgraduate Diploma: If you already hold this qualification, you could gain exemptions from this course. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2-3 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus
Marketing
150
08455 194 787
MSc Public Relations

About the course Like the fast-paced world in which we live, the communication media of public relations (PR) is rapidly evolving. A key feature of the 21st century marketing communications environment is the erosion of mass audiences in favour of multiple person-to-person networks. Sitting alongside traditional PR tools, Facebook, blogs and Twitter are now part of the PR practitioner's toolkit. This MSc has been designed specifically to give you the theoretical and practical skills to succeed in a career in PR. Course content Throughout your studies, you will explore the radical shift in the place of PR as spending has grown and traditional channels such as advertising and sales promotion have changed. You will gain an understanding of word-of-mouth marketing, including blogs and social networks such as Facebook and Bebo, and tools such as Twitter and YouTube. Your studies will challenge traditional methods and the contemporary thinking associated with marketing and stakeholder communications. Modules of study include: Management Theories and Philosophies Developing the Professional Business Functions and Processes Research Methods PR Concepts and Practice New Media Communications Brands and Reputation Management Customer Centrality Dissertation Project Research skills will focus on the effect of new and emerging media on how relations are formed with stakeholders, and how to build and maintain organisational reputation and brands. You will develop new ideas in line with the modern PR landscape, where stakeholders are firmly in control of generating and directing content, and organisations increasingly need to track what consumers are saying about their clients online and respond directly to any negative commentary. How you will study Full-time students study each subject intensively over a period of several weeks. Part-time delivery is designed around the needs of practising marketing managers and PR professionals. You will learn through lectures, seminars, group work, case studies, and analyses of communications materials and networks, as well as specialist guest lectures from leading professionals. Assessment is assignment-based, so you can explore each subject to develop your critical and analytical skills. The final requirement is a dissertation or business research project, where you will examine an aspect of PR in depth. The course also includes potential for a site visit to a media communications organisation. Career potential This course has been designed to meet the development needs of those who have, or want, a career in marketing communications and PR. As such, it reflects the requirements of dynamic organisations of various sizes and types, in a range of sectors. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree or an equivalent qualification; or, in exceptional circumstances, three years or more significant managerial experience. CIM Professional Postgraduate Diploma: If you already hold the CIM Professional Postgraduate Diploma, you may be able to gain exemptions from this course. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2-3 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus
Marketing
I wanted a further qualification to build on my skills and improve my employability, especially in a recession when competition for jobs is so strong. When I graduate I want to work as a PR and Communications Manager, and Ive got the extra training to achieve that now. Anne Hopkins, MSc Public Relations
151
Media and Communication

Film Producing Journalism Journalism (International) Radio Scriptwriting Media, Culture and Communication Related research Centre for the Study of Media and Culture in Small Nations Communication, Cultural and Media Studies (CCMS) Research Group The George Ewart Evans Centre for Storytelling Theatre and Media Drama Research Group 153 154 155 157 158 159
206 206 207 206
TV studio, ATRiuM Campus
MA Journalism student working on Exposure Radio Project, 2011
152
08455 194 787
MA Film Producing
About the course If you work freelance, in a production company, or want to set up your own creative business, this course will develop your skills and subject knowledge to the high level required to succeed. You will gain a thorough understanding of the producers role in relation to business, financial and legal expertise, and foster the critical and evaluative skills you need to develop and engage with talent. You will consider the creative role of the producer throughout the production process, from working with the writer during development, the director and heads of department during pre-production, production and post-production, and the producers role as fundraiser and financial manager of the entire production. Course content You will study the following modules: Understanding Film Copyright and Intellectual Property Rights Film Financing Understanding Producing Entrepreneurial Strategies Business Planning Masters Project, or Learning Through Employment Project You will also choose from one of three common modules: Creative and Cultural Entrepreneurship Research and Practice in the Creative and Cultural Industries Research Paradigms You will also have the option to undertake a Learning Through Employment project if you are already in the workplace. How you will study Each module is delivered by lectures and seminars, and you need to spend a substantial amount of time reading and preparing for assessments. While the style of coursework may vary for each module, assessment involves a research-style paper or essay. Each module usually requires two essays of around 3,000 words, or an equivalent assignment such as preparing a schedule and budget for a feature film. The Masters project offers the possibility of overseeing a production project. You can study full-time over one academic year, or part-time over two years. For extra flexibility, there are two exit points before the full MA award. Successful completion of Stage One leads to a Postgraduate Certificate (PgC) in Film Producing, and successful completion of Stage Two leads to a Postgraduate Diploma (PgD). You need to complete a final Masters project for the full MA qualification. Career potential This award will give you the skills to set up your own production company and offers valuable assistance to enter the film, television and media industry. Entry requirements (please read page 220) An Honours degree in a media or business-related subject, or equivalent professional experience. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2 years
Faculty and location (see page 216) Cardiff School of Creative and Cultural Industries, ATRiuM Campus This award is part of the Skillset Media Academy Wales, a partnership with Aberystwyth University, Cardiff University and the University of Wales, Newport.
I decided to do a Masters degree because I was looking for a way into the industry. The course fully met and exceeded my expectations. I gained experience in a wide variety of areas relevant to film producing, both practical and theoretical. It was due to this course and the contacts Ive made through it that I got my first job in film and TV. Whether you already have some experience in filmmaking or your background is mostly academic like mine, Id highly recommend this course. The tutors are very experienced film and TV professionals themselves. Whether you want to gain the experience and knowledge necessary to get into indie film producing or find a job with an established company in the business, its perfect. Sandra Cosfeld, Film Producing Graduate
153
MA Journalism
About the course Our MA Journalism focuses on the opportunities and challenges that the digital revolution poses for gathering and presenting news. Through our experience of providing multiplatform journalism education and our culture of innovation, we are ideally placed to address the technological and cultural challenges facing 21st century journalism. On this Masters course, you will not only develop skills in digital journalism, but will explore deep, broad and innovative responses to the challenges posed by interactivity and convergence. You will have the opportunity to develop practical skills and produce original work and research. Course content You will study the following modules: News Gathering/Writing Skills: Interactive and converged journalism Law and Regulation: With special reference to the interactive/ converged environment Relevant Media Theory Video and Audio Journalism/ Online Production/Technical Digital Skills Major Project: A chance to pursue innovative approaches to the emerging journalistic environment You will also choose from one of three common modules: Creative and Cultural Entrepreneurship Research and Practice in the Creative and Cultural Industries Research Paradigms This course culminates in a Masterslevel dissertation module, which can be an individual academic investigation, or a substantial piece of journalism practice, or a Learning Through Employment research project. How you will study Modules involve lectures, seminars and project work. You will be expected to produce practical work on a weekly basis and a placement is a compulsory element of the course. Although you will be taught in English, it is possible to submit work through the medium of Welsh. All staff teaching on journalism modules are also professional journalists. Career potential Successful completion of this MA award will allow mid-career journalists and industry newcomers to provide potential employers with evidence of a skills-based, but strategic, approach to the new journalistic environment. Entry requirements (please read page 220) An Honours degree of class 2:1 or higher, or relevant professional experience. Applicants who do not have English as their first language need to have achieved an overall IELTS grade of 8.0. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 216) Cardiff School of Creative and Cultural Industries, ATRiuM Campus Accreditation This award is accredited by the Broadcast Journalism Training Council (BJTC).
The journalist of the future needs to have more skills than ever before. This course will teach you those skills and give you important experience of producing journalism for an online audience. I chose the course because I was interested in this and I really enjoyed it. It was great to learn more about a field that is changing on a daily basis. Chris Latham, Journalism Graduate
154
08455 194 787
MA Journalism (International)
About the course This Masters award aims to prepare you for work in the new age of digital journalism and is designed for practising or aspiring journalists who do not have English as their first language. A key element of this course is developing your journalistic writing in English, so you will have specialist support to improve your linguistic ability. It will help you hone your journalistic skills in the English language, while teaching you about recent developments in journalism. You will be part of a vibrant community of journalism practice and will work with students on MA Journalism and MA Radio to complete a number of practical and academic projects throughout the course. Course content You will study the following compulsory modules: Writing for Audiences (with special focus on English-language journalism) Media, Law and Ethics Professional Practice You will also choose from one of three common modules: Creative and Cultural Entrepreneurship Research and Practice in the Creative and Cultural Industries Research Paradigms You can choose to follow a route that prominently features either radio or interactive journalism, by selecting one of the following modules: Online Journalism Production Audio Production The course culminates in a Masterslevel dissertation module, which can be an individual academic investigation, or a substantial piece of journalism practice, or a Learning Through Employment research project. How you will study Most practical modules are taught in workshops in our newsrooms and studios, while theoretical elements are delivered in lectures and one-toone tutorials. The module in Professional Practice involves a practical project, eg, a live news website or a live radio station, where you are expected to perform as a media professional. It also includes at least ten days work experience in a recognised media outlet. Career potential Graduates of this award will have the skills to be more marketable in a world that views competence in multimedia and the English language as essential requirements. You can return to your country better prepared to participate in and develop your own journalistic culture. Entry requirements (please read page 220) An Honours degree of class 2:1 or above in any subject, or an equivalent qualification. Candidates with practical journalistic experience are preferred. Applicants need English language ability at IELTS 6.5 or higher. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 216) Cardiff School of Creative and Cultural Industries, ATRiuM Campus Accreditation This award is accredited by the Broadcast Journalism Training Council (BJTC).
The major practical project was challenging, but it was worth every second of it, as it put all my skills in practice and tested my capacity, response and abilities as a professional journalist. This was something that, even having worked as a reporter before, I now realise I havent really tested in its full potential. I chose Glamorgan because it had state-of-the-art facilities and offered specialisation in digital media. I have to say that the University has surpassed my expectations in every possible way. Being here is definitely a life-changing experience. Celia Ramirez Zolezzi, MA Journalism (International)
155
My postgraduate degree helped me to get my job in radio. While conducting an interview with Real Radio as part of my dissertation process, I was told of a job vacancy at the station. I applied and was asked to attend an interview, during which I was thoroughly questioned regarding the current state of radio in the UK and where I saw the future. The information I gained from my literature review and research into the radio industry gave me the answers I needed to secure the job. Aimee Dewitt, MA Multiplatform Radio graduate Sponsorship and Promotions Co-Ordinator, Real Radio Wales

156 08455 194 787
MA Radio
About the course Accredited by the Broadcast Journalism Training Council (BJTC), this Masters course is about working across the spectrum of radio, including programme production, features and drama. You will learn in the classroom and in our state-of-the-art radio studios, under the guidance of our team of highly experienced professional broadcasters. They will help you develop traditional and web-based radio skills to prepare you fully for an era of technological convergence. This is a hands-on course that integrates media work, through projects such as our intensive, fourweek live broadcasting experience on our flagship station, Exposure Radio, plus a work placement. You will learn about live programming, writing for an audience, media law, and complete individual project work. You can also take full advantage of Glamorgan students Tequila Radio station, which offers opportunities to present and produce shows on a regular basis. Course content You will undertake an audio production module and generate a range of material for radio programmes on a weekly basis. You will develop production skills for live programming and audio for digital platforms. Work experience is an essential part of your learning. Other areas of study that support your professional practice include ethics and regulation, media theory and law. A major module examining professional practice will allow you to achieve a challenging piece of broadcast work. The course culminates in the completion of a Masters-level dissertation, which is likely to be an investigation of critical industry issues. Or you may choose a Learning Through Employment Research Project, where the majority of learning takes place through active and reflective engagement with work activities, underpinned by appropriate academic knowledge and skills. How you will study Much of the production work will be conducted in our radio studios in Cardiff, and you will be taught by professional broadcasters. At least half the degree will be practicebased, but you will be expected to show evidence of being a reflective practitioner. Although you will be taught in English, it is possible to submit work in the medium of Welsh. Career potential The skills and contacts you will gain during the course provide excellent prospects for entering the broadcasting industry. Recent graduates are working in the following roles: reporter, producer, news editor, press officer, website officer, media technician, arts promoter, science presenter, freelance journalist, and broadcast sales and marketing. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:1 Honours degree in any discipline, plus evidence of an interest in radio. It is assumed that anyone who wishes to apply to this course will already have some radio production or presentation skills as evidence of their passion for the medium. Applicants who do not have English as their first language need to have achieved an overall IELTS grade of 7.5. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 216) Cardiff School of Creative and Cultural Industries, ATRiuM Campus Accreditation This award is accredited by the Broadcast Journalism Training Council (BJTC).

157
MA Scriptwriting
About the course If you are a talented and aspiring scriptwriter for film, theatre, TV or radio, this course will realise your potential in a stimulating, creative and intellectual context. It is a valuable opportunity to achieve a high-level academic qualification that combines vocational training with analytical skills. We will help you forge working relationships with professional writers and academics, and to explore potential vocational pathways in writing and/or academia. Tutors on this course are successful practitioners in the field of scriptwriting. There are opportunties to study through the medium of Welsh on this course. Course content The course will include the following elements, though you can choose to specialise in writing for film, theatre, TV or radio: Writing a Short Drama Script Script Analysis Adaptation Major Project Treatment Full-length Script, or Learning Through Employment Research Project You will also choose from one of three common modules: Creative and Cultural Entrepreneurship Research and Practice in the Creative and Cultural Industries Research Paradigms You will be tutored through modules, culminating in a full-length script, which will showcase the skills gained during the course and function as an industry calling card. You will also have the option to undertake a Learning Through Employment project if you are already in the workplace. How you will study You can study full-time over one academic year, or part-time over two years. The full-time pathway requires a weekly commitment to participate in lectures, seminars and tutorials. The part-time pathway is delivered through distance learning, with a series of residential weekends. In both instances, you will be assigned a tutor with whom you will work closely during your time with us. They will supply you with a detailed critique at every stage of your work, either face-to-face or through post, e-mail and telephone. There will also be a longer residency in the summer, lasting Friday to Monday, which may include seminar discussions, workshops and script-inhand performances of your work. Career potential The skills acquired on this course lead either to a career as a writer in film, theatre, TV or radio, or to further academic study at PhD level. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree, but anyone with proven potential in scriptwriting will be considered. Evidence of scriptwriting potential is required, either a completed script or script in development, and an essay or piece of critical writing. You may also be invited for an interview. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2 years (including five residential weekends) Faculty and location (see page 216) Cardiff School of Creative and Cultural Industries, ATRiuM Campus / Distance learning
I found the rehearsed readings sessions invaluable. Seeing my script performed by professional actors helped me to view my work more objectively to see what worked and what didnt work so well. The feedback from tutors, students and the actors was also constructive and very helpful. Since graduating, I have produced three plays two full-length and one short. Liz Jones, MA Scriptwriting
Darperir cyfleoedd cyfrwng Cymraeg ar y cwrs hwn.
158
08455 194 787
MA by Reseach Media, Culture and Communication

About the MA The MA by Research is an opportunity for students to develop their research skills and to examine a research question in detail over an extended period, which can be a very rewarding experience. The focus of this award is empirically researching and writing a supervised 25,000-word dissertation on an agreed and approved topic in media, cultural and communication studies. Examples from the diverse topics recently examined by students include Xenophilia in Mass Media, a comparative study of Mexican and British news media; Promoting Hungarian Culture and Constructing Cultural Identity; and Subtitling and Accessibility for the Hearing Impaired in Mainstream Cinema and Television Programmes. We have expertise in a wide range of methods, including case studies, ethnography, textual analysis, archival analysis, political-economy and interviews. For more information, visit our research pages: www.glam.ac.uk/research/media Course content You will study the following modules: Research Paradigms Research Practices You will also complete a research proposal, a 25,000-word dissertation and an oral examination (viva voce). How you will work Teaching and learning involves a combination of one-to-one supervision and seminars, with assessment methods that include essays, projects, a dissertation and an oral examination (viva voce). The limited but intensive contact hours during the course will give you maximum flexibility in your study patterns. In addition, you will be allocated two dissertation supervisors who are available to meet with you on a regular basis to provide further support for your studies. Career potential Your research, communication and writing skills will be highly developed by the end of this process. Your work can be used to further your career prospects if your dissertation involves the extended study of media and cultural producers, audiences and/or texts in relevant areas. This Masters degree provides training that is relevant for further qualitative research at MPhil and PhD level. It also develops high-level qualitative research skills that are relevant to research-based jobs in the creative industries. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A good Honours degree, or equivalent, in a related discipline is usually required for acceptance. Other research opportunities: Masters by Research study opportunities are available in many research fields related to the creative industries, including television and film studies, digital media, drama, design, and popular music. For more information, visit our research pages: www.glam.ac.uk/research/media
Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 216) Cardiff School of Creative and Cultural Industries, ATRiuM Campus
The MA by Research Media, Culture and Communication is an ideal way to keep on learning and expanding on the themes you explored as an undergraduate. Its hard work but its also incredibly rewarding. I found that this course was a natural progression from my Media Communications degree. I am able to combine my love of the written word with my interest in popular culture, trends, and consumer studies. Emma Leslie, MA by Research Media, Culture and Communication
159
Music
Music Engineering and Production 161
Music
Images of our specialist music production and sound engineering studios, ATRiuM campus
160
08455 194 787
MA / MSc Music Engineering and Production

About the course At the nexus of creativity, technology and business, this postgraduate degree is designed for graduates who need music engineering and production skills to establish a career as a professional producer in the music industry or related fields. As the music industry is constantly evolving, students on this course are equipped to deal with an everchanging commercial landscape, while developing their personal potential. Key areas of the industry are studied from a wide variety of angles, but without losing sight of the primary goal to develop a sustainable career as a music producer. An important element of the course is the practical application of your knowledge to generate highly creative work. Allied areas are also examined, which allows graduates to apply their skills in many other media-related fields, including film and animation. Such a strategic approach to your higher-level study engenders responsibility, critical thinking, problem solving, and the highly creative generation of musical and visual tangibles. Course content You will study the following modules: History, Analysis, Repertoire and Theory (HART) Sequencing/Synthesis/ Sampling (SSS) Research Methods and Business Post-production Remixing Remixing Production Recording or Advanced Recording Major Project, or Learning Through Employment Research Project How you will study There are six modules, plus the Masters project or Learning Through Employment research project. You will learn through lectures, seminars and workshops, with emphasis on the practical application of your knowledge. All assessments are courseworkbased, which allows the detailed application of your knowledge and experience. Assessment is made through continuous assignments, seminars and a dissertation based on real-life scenarios. This final Masters project is presented with an oral examination (viva voce). The Masters project may be in any area derived from, or related to, the course or the general discipline of music engineering and production, eg, sound design in animation, music video, album recording and release, and sound synthesis. There are also opportunities to work on academic staff research projects, or with one of several PhD researchers in the Facultys Division of Music and Sound. Career potential Music engineering and production play a critical role in all modern music, so there is considerable scope for dynamic career development. Engineering and production professionals work as music producers, sound engineers, writers and arrangers, sound designers and mixers/remixers in surround. Career opportunities will vary according to an individuals capabilities and passion, but it is expected that graduates of this programme should play a full role in shaping the future of music and sound in the UK and further afield. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree in an appropriate area, or relevant commercial experience. All applications are considered on an individual basis. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 216) Cardiff School of Creative and Cultural Industries, ATRiuM Campus
The learning facilities are great. The music studios are just perfect its amazing that students can access such high-quality tools. Its also impressive that the University is located right in the city centre; I cant imagine a better location for it. The staff are really professional if you are a musician interested in high-standard production techniques, you need to be near people who know how the industry works. Juan Fernandez Calderon, MSc Music Engineering and Production
Music
161
Psychology and Education

Psychology Behaviour Analysis and Therapy Behaviour Analysis Supervised Practice Health Psychology Clinical and Abnormal Psychology Supervised Practice in Sport Psychology Play and Therapeutic Play Play Therapy Educational Practice Related research Lifespan Research Centre Psychology Research Group 163 164 165 166 168 169 170 171 173
204 204

We constantly review and update our courses to ensure they have the relevant professional accreditation and enhance the employability of our graduates. Please check our website for up-to-date details of all provision in the School of Psychology. www.glam.ac.uk/fbs
162
08455 194 787
MSc by Research Psychology

About the MSc This MSc allows you to conduct an independent psychological study in a vibrant research culture. The School of Psychology at Glamorgan is home to internationally recognised academics with diverse research interests. We offer a comprehensive range of equipment and laboratory space, and a supportive atmosphere in which to conduct your research. Areas of research You can choose an area of psychology that interests you most and pursue a relevant research project in that area. Research topics include, but are not restricted to: Parent-Child Relationships Older Citizens and Community Participation Online Romantic Relationships Cyberbullying Sport Psychology Psychology of Spelling Psychology of Deception You will also receive training in research methodology, covering both qualitative and quantitative approaches. A prior knowledge of statistics is preferable, although you will get formal training in statistics and relevant computer applications. How you will work You will work independently for the most part, but you will be supported by close supervision from academic members of staff, with whom you will meet on a regular basis to assess your progress. The compulsory Research Methodology module involves class attendance for three hours each week and the completion of written assignments. To share and develop your ideas, you will be encouraged to present your research to colleagues at regular seminars throughout the year, and to interact and discuss your work with other research students. This award involves completing your Research Methodology training and submitting a dissertation of your own research of around 25,000 words, at the end of which you will receive an oral examination by an external assessor. Career potential This qualification will provide a good basis for anyone who wants to pursue a career in research. It is also ideal for those who wish to improve their research skills to a professional level to support applications for a PhD, or for a clinical or educational professional training programme. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Usually a good Honours degree in psychology or a related discipline. For applicants who do not possess formal qualifications, relevant professional experience may be taken into account via the Accreditation of Prior Learning (APL)/Accreditation of Prior Experiential Learning (APEL) mechanism (University regulations will apply). A research proposal must be submitted as part of the application process. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus

163
MSc Behaviour Analysis and Therapy

About the course Behaviour analysis is a therapeutic approach in treating the behavioural challenges associated with a wide range of disorders, including ADHD, antisocial behaviour, autism, and learning disabilities. Behaviour analysts focus on understanding how a persons interactions with the environment influence behaviour. They also design effective interventions that will help people learn appropriate behaviours and increase their success across a range of situations. There is a wealth of scientific evidence that demonstrates its effectiveness. This course provides a solid understanding of the scientific principles that underpin behaviour analysis, and the therapeutic techniques derived from those principles. Our MSc is approved by the Behaviour Analysis Certification Board (BACB), which is the international regulatory body for the practice of behaviour analysis. Students who successfully complete the course will meet the degree and course requirements for certification as a Board Certified Behaviour Analyst (BCBA). Certification also requires up to 1,500 hours of supervised practice and a passing score on the international certification exam (see www.bacb.com for more information on becoming certified). Students may meet the supervision requirement for certification by completing the PgC Behaviour Analysis Supervised Practice, or through supervised fieldwork after completing this MSc. You will be taught by a team of Board Certified Behaviour Analysts who are internationally recognised for their research and clinical work in the field. They also have a wealth of experience in teaching and supervising students. Course content You will study the following modules: Principles of Behaviour Analysis Research Methods in Behaviour Analysis Behavioural Assessment Behavioural Intervention Applications of Behaviour Analysis Current and Historical Issues in Behaviour Analysis Dissertation (60 credits) All modules are worth 20 credits, except the dissertation. How you will work Teaching will include lectures and practical sessions where you can apply your newly acquired knowledge and skills. Assessments will include examinations, practical assignments, and clinical and research reports. You will also complete a dissertation, which allows you to analyse behaviour systematically and evaluate the success of treatment under the close supervision of a Board Certified Behaviour Analyst. The teaching team enjoys links with schools, and voluntary and healthcare providers, all providing possible locations for dissertation research. You may also have opportunities to assist with ongoing research or clinical work in the field, as well as working in the Universitys Psychology and Well-Being Clinic Wales (PAWB Wales). Career potential Behaviour analysis is a well-established profession in the USA and Ireland, and professionals trained in behaviour analysis are in increasing demand in the UK, particularly those who are BACB-certified. Behaviour analysts are employed in a variety of contexts, including by service providers for people with autism and/or learning disabilities, the NHS, schools, and residential treatment facilities for people with challenging behaviour. Some behaviour analysts also work as independent consultants in their areas of expertise. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Applicants will normally have a good Honours degree (2:1 or higher) in psychology, education, youth work or a related subject, eg, social work. Exceptionally, students without a full Honours degree will be considered if they have substantial relevant professional experience. Equivalent international qualifications will be considered and the English language requirement is an IELTS score of 6.5 or above. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus Professional Approval Behaviour Analysis Certification Board

164
08455 194 787
PgC Behaviour Analysis Supervised Practice

About the course This course offers a unique opportunity to gain experience in behaviour analysis under the close supervision of a Board Certified Behaviour Analyst (BCBA). This course is approved by the Behaviour Analysis Certification Board (BACB), which is the international regulatory body for the practice of behaviour analysis. It is designed to provide you with experience in the ethical application of behaviour analytic assessment and intervention practices. Students who successfully complete this course will meet the supervised practice requirements for certification as a BCBA. Certification also requires an MSc Behaviour Analysis or related field, and a passing score on the international certification exam (see www.bacb.com for more information on becoming certified). You will be taught and supervised by a team of Board Certified Behaviour Analysts who are internationally recognised for their research and clinical work in the field. They also have a wealth of experience in teaching and supervising students. Course content The module for this course is: Supervised Practice in Behaviour Analysis (60 credits) How you will work You will work in a range of settings, which will allow opportunities to apply various assessment and intervention strategies for people with challenging behaviours. Settings may include, but are not limited to, schools, healthcare providers, residential treatment centres, and the Universitys Psychology and Well-Being Clinic Wales (PAWB Wales). In some instances, your current work placement may qualify as the practical setting for the course. Client groups may include individuals with various disorders or difficulties, including, but not limited to, autism, learning disabilities, social and emotional difficulties, ADHD, and antisocial behaviour. Most placements will address behaviours of children and adolescents, but placements with adult populations may also be available. Career potential Behaviour analysis is a wellestablished profession in the USA and Ireland, and trained professionals, particularly those who are BACBcertified, are in increasing demand in the UK. Behaviour analysts are employed in a variety of contexts, including by service providers for people with autism and/or learning disabilities, the NHS, schools, and residential treatment facilities for people with challenging behaviour. Some behaviour analysts also work as independent consultants in their areas of specialisation. Entry requirements (please read page 220) To be eligible for consideration, applicants must be currently enrolled on, or have successfully completed, an MSc course in behaviour analysis. Equivalent international qualifications will be considered and the English language requirement is an IELTS score of 6.5 or above. Successful applicants will be required to undergo an enhanced CRB check. Course length Full-time 1.5 years (25 hours per week of practical experience and supervision) Part-time 2-3 years (10-20 hours per week of practical experience and supervision) Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus Professional Approval Behaviour Analysis Certification Board

165
MSc Health Psychology

About the course Health psychology is an exciting and growing branch of psychology that applies psychological theory and research to behaviours and beliefs related to health and illness. Health psychologists interests are firmly in line with government health priorities, and include the promotion of positive health behaviours in adults and children; reducing obesity, binge drinking, smoking and stress; and increasing psychological wellbeing. Career opportunities for qualified health psychologists are expected to increase substantially. How you will study Teaching includes lectures, seminars and workshops, some of which will be student-led. There will be a variety of assessment activities such as examinations, essays, case study analysis, poster presentations and the design of a health promotion campaign. This course provides students with opportunities for work experience in the School of Psychologys own Health and Well-Being Clinic, in addition to research projects with our NHS partners on issues such as pain management, eating disorders and cardiac rehabilitation. You can visit our website for more information about recent projects. As well as our excellent dedicated teaching facilities, the School of Psychology has recently invested in a new clinic facility that offers a wide range of psychological services to the public. The Psychology and Well-Being (PAWB) Wales clinics services include play therapy, health psychology, sport psychology, occupational psychology and behaviour analysis. Through the clinic, students and trainee practitioners can gain access to reallife training opportunities. For more information on PAWB Wales, visit www.glam.ac.uk/fbs. Career potential Health psychologists practise with individuals and groups in a range of health-related areas such as obesity management, addiction and health promotion. Their work may involve developing and testing interventions, implementing healthy behaviour with individuals or groups using evidence-based methods such as cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT), or designing health promotion campaigns. You will develop knowledge and skills in the development and delivery of behavioural interventions across the lifespan. Our collaborative links with local NHS and private health providers give opportunities for postgraduate students to undertake their dissertation research in clinical settings. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Admission requires an Honours degree class 2:2 or above that confers Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership (GBC, previously known as GBR) with the British Psychological Society (BPS). International applicants should check eligibility for GBC with the BPS. For more information visit www.bps.org.uk. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus Accreditation The British Psychological Society

166
The route to Chartered Psychologist status is through the attainment of an accredited MSc Health Psychology (Stage 1 training), followed by supervised professional practice (Stage 2 training). This MSc is accredited by the British Psychological Society (BPS) as providing students with the knowledge and skills required for Stage 1 training, which can lead towards Chartered Psychologist status with the BPS and eligibility to register as a Practitioner Health Psychologist. The course is delivered by Registered Practitioner Health Psychologists (who are also BPS Chartered) with many years of specialist teaching, research and clinical experience in different areas of health psychology. Specialist practitioners contribute a contemporary perspective as guest lecturers. Course content Modules for this award include: Contexts and Perspectives in Health Psychology Healthcare in Professional Settings and Applications of Health Psychology Health-related Cognitions and Behaviour Stress, Health and Illness A Lifespan Perspective on Health Independent Research Dissertation
08455 194 787

MSc Clinical and Abnormal Psychology

About the course As well as modules that will develop your knowledge of the aetiology and treatment of a range of psychological disorders and abnormal behaviours, this course includes a substantial research element. Course content draws on the research and applied expertise of psychologists in the fields of developmental, clinical, health, sports and forensic psychology. You will learn about a variety of disorders from a developmental perspective, including autism, learning disabilities, dementia, and conduct disorder, as well as dependence issues such as alcohol addiction and eating disorders. You will also explore the effectiveness of different interventions, including pharmacological, behavioural and cognitive treatments. Students also conduct research on depression, anxiety and personality disorders. Suitable students may be able to benefit from in-house research opportunities and supervised voluntary experience. This is possible through links with local NHS trusts and healthcare providers. In addition, the University of Glamorgan has recently invested in a new psychology clinic that provides clinical and therapeutic services. Course content Modules include: Postgraduate Research Methods and Statistics Psychopathology Through the Lifespan Interventions Addiction, Dependence and Deviance Current and Historical Perspectives on Psychopathology Dissertation How you will work The course is delivered through a mix of lectures, seminars and workshops. Some of these sessions will be led by members of the teaching team and some by external experts in clinical psychology practice. There will also be student-led sessions and some elements will be delivered online. A range of assessment methods will be used, including examinations, essays, a systematic literature review, a research protocol, case study analysis, portfolios and a dissertation, which will be completed in the form of an article ready for publication in an appropriate journal. The range of teaching and assessment methods used will foster a range of skills that are transferable to the workplace and/or further professional training. Career potential While completion of this programme will not qualify you to practise as a Clinical Psychologist in the UK, nor guarantee acceptance to a DClinPsy course, the skills you will develop should enhance your applications for professional training programmes, Assistant Psychologist posts, or Research Assistant posts in clinical settings. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree in psychology, or another appropriate discipline. A Criminal Records Bureau (CRB) check and/or a Research Passport may be required for completion of the dissertation element of this course. Assistance will be given by the University for CRB checks and applications for Research Passports. The course welcomes international applicants with appropriate undergraduate qualifications and requires an English language level of IELTS 6.5, with at least 5.5 in every element (or equivalent). Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus

168
08455 194 787
PgD Supervised Practice in Sport Psychology

About the course This PgD Supervised Practice in Sport Psychology is the first of its kind in the UK. It provides three key benefits: guaranteed access to appropriately qualified and experienced Sport and Exercise Psychologists as student supervisors; structured workshops designed to support the acquisition of appropriate standards of proficiency; and access to a client population through the University of Glamorgans new Psychology and Well-Being Clinic Wales (PAWB Wales). We intend to submit this course for accreditation with the appropriate professional bodies. The teaching team has wellestablished links in a range of sport and exercise settings, including access to elite athletes and development squads. Taught sessions will be delivered in blocks, which allows students with professional commitments to fit the structured teaching into their schedules. Course content Sport Psychology Supervised Practice (60 credits) Sport Psychology Practice Portfolio (60 credits) How you will work You will need to complete 1,000 hours of supervised practice over two years and complete a log to show your attainment of relevant competencies. You will also attend taught sessions that are designed to support your acquisition of relevant practical skills. These taught sessions have explicit reference to professional body accreditation standards, and will allow you to share your experiences with other students and our expert staff team. Career potential Sport and Exercise Psychologist is a protected title and may only be used by individuals registered with the Health Professions Council, following completion of a taught qualification and a period of supervised practice. Sport and Exercise Psychologists work with a range of individuals, teams and organisations. While some work directly with athletes and sports teams, including elite and youth teams, some may work with other health professionals to increase exercise participation following illness or injury, or among those in traditionally sedentary occupations. There are also opportunities to work more directly with those involved in coaching or managing sports teams, or with referees. Psychologists with a sport and exercise sciences background may also work directly with athletes, teams or coaches, but could also work in healthcare settings, or in private fitness organisations as exercise consultants. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Students will normally have a good Honours degree in psychology, sport science, physiology, or a related subject. Equivalent international qualifications will be considered and the English language requirement is an IELTS score of 6.5 or above. Students should also have, or be close to completing, an MSc Sport Psychology that is accredited by the British Psychological Society (BPS), or an MSc Sport Sciences that is accredited by the British Association of Sport and Exercise Sciences (BASES). Course length Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus

169
MSc Play and Therapeutic Play

About the course During this Masters degree, you will develop a critical understanding of the psychological, educational and ethical foundations of play and their application in educational settings and therapy. This course integrates different areas of play to explore its role in cognitive and social development, as well as the play needs of different age groups. You will also develop your understanding and competence in basic therapeutic skills. The award combines theory, research and practical applications of play with developments in how play is used in a broader therapeutic context. You will be introduced to play interventions with groups other than children, including people with physical disabilities, older adults and people with learning disabilities. By graduation, you will have a theoretical and practical understanding of the role of play in development and be able to use play to structure an individuals development. The course team is actively engaged with practitioner work and related research. This is a demanding course and all acceptable applicants will be interviewed to assess their suitability for training. Course content You will study the following areas: Child Development Play Therapy Skills Research Methods Working with Children and their Families Educating Through Play Dissertation: This is a piece of original research where you have the opportunity to investigate a topic, with support from your academic supervisor How you will study The full-time option is an intensive course, with study on one day per week (9am-6pm) for one year. The part-time often involves study on half a day per week, over two years. Teaching is through lectures, seminars, workshops, reflective diaries, research project work and specialist guest speakers. Assessment uses a variety of methods, including essays, diaries, research reports, presentations, portfolios of observations and clinical notes. There are opportunities for work placements. For the block delivery option, you will need to attend four weekends in November, February, April and June, and one week in September. Career potential An understanding of play is key to current government education initiatives. Course content is directly related to the Welsh Governments Foundation Phase, so graduates could apply for senior positions associated with these initiatives. This award also offers excellent career development in the field of play, whether as a teacher or education specialist, play worker or play development officer, nursery manager, or work in health or social services. Entry requirements (please read page 220) An Honours degree (2:1 or above) in a relevant field such as psychology, early years development, childhood studies, education, or a related health or social care discipline. Outstanding candidates with alternative qualifications may be considered on an individual basis. Equivalent international qualifications are acceptable. All potentially qualified applicants will be interviewed to assess their suitability for training. Successful applicants will be required to undergo an enhanced CRB check. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2 or more years Block delivery 18 months Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus

170
08455 194 787
MSc Play Therapy

About the course This MSc award is accredited by the British Association of Play Therapists and provides professional training in play therapy. Successful graduates of this course will have completed the formal elements of the training required to practise as a play therapist. As well as meeting core requirements for play therapy training, the course introduces you to therapeutic interventions with groups other than children, including people with physical disabilities, older adults and people with learning disabilities. You will develop the skills needed to practise as a professional in a responsible and demanding clinical environment. The course provides theoretical and practical knowledge relating to play therapy, drawing on the experience and skills of qualified psychologists and play therapists, as well as other creative therapists and counselling staff. The course team is actively engaged with practitioner work and related research. This is a demanding course and acceptable applicants will be interviewed to assess suitability for training. Students are also required to undertake their own personal therapy as part of the professional requirement for registration as a Play Therapist. Course content You will study the following modules: Child Development Play Therapy Skills Advanced Play Therapy Skills Research Methods Working with Children and their Families Preparing for Clinical Practice Personal Therapy Portfolio How you will study Full-time study is delivered intensively on one day per week (9am-6pm) for two years. Teaching is through lectures, seminars, workshops, reflective diaries, research project work and specialist guest speakers. Assessment uses a variety of methods, including essays, diaries, research reports, presentations, portfolios of observations and clinical notes. Clinical work placements are available as part of this course. For the block delivery option, in years one and two you will need to attend four weekends in November, February, April and June, and one week in September. In year three, you will need to attend four weekends in November, February, April and June, and two days in September. Career potential Career opportunities for play therapists exist in many stimulating areas, such as community groups, social services, education services, the National Health Service and private clients. Entry requirements (please read page 220) An Honours degree of class 2:1 or above in a relevant discipline such as psychology, early years development, education, social work, occupational therapy or similar. Students will also usually be expected to be at least 25 years of age on entry and have at least two years post-graduation work experience. Outstanding candidates who do not fulfil these requirements may be considered on an individual basis, but will need significant experience of working with vulnerable children or young adults. All potentially qualified candidates will be interviewed either in person or by telephone. Successful applicants will be required to undergo an enhanced CRB check. Course length Full-time 2 years Part-time 3 years Block delivery 3 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus Accreditation British Association of Play Therapists The course has continuously evolved during its first year and my learning experience has been positive. The lecturers have been very supportive and, as a class, we have bonded well. I have followed play therapy for a number of years now and I believe it to be of great significance to children and their families. My career goals as a student play therapist are being realised and I am utilising my skills in the workplace. Sarah Pack, MSc Play Therapy

171

172 08455 194 787
MSc Educational Practice

About the course This is a course for professionals who work with children in educational settings. Although a taught programme, the course is firmly based in reflective practice and combines theory with work experience to develop your knowledge and understanding of how children think and learn. The course will be of benefit to those considering a career in teaching, who wish to enhance their experience before completing a PGCE. Qualified teachers and other professionals working in education-related settings who wish to enhance their career prospects and develop their knowledge and skills in reflective educational practice, will also benefit from this course. Course content Study involves action research, practical ways to enhance learning and reflection on learning, and managing yourself and others. Literacy and numeracy will form a core element of this course, reflecting Welsh and UK government policies and priorities. The relationship between theory and practice will be explored, allowing you to understand how theory can be applied to educational settings. This element is supported by a highly experienced course team that is actively engaged in the research of classroom and student experience. Modules you will study include: Researching Education: Research methods Evaluating Learning and Teaching Leading and Managing Yourself and Others The Reflective Practitioner Effective Ways of Planning for Learning Reviewing the Literature Dissertation How you will work The full-time study option is an intensive course, delivered on one day per week for two years. You may exit after the first year with a Postgraduate Certificate (PgC), or exit with a Postgraduate Diploma (PgD) on completion of three more taught modules. Students who exit with one of these intermediate awards can return to study at a later stage and continue towards the Masters qualification. The MSc award requires a dissertation. It may be possible to complete specific modules as part of your Continued Professional Development (CPD). If this is of interest to you, please contact the University for further details. Teaching is through lectures, seminars and workshops. A series of guest speakers will enhance your learning and you will be encouraged to share work experiences during discussion groups. Students will have a variety of experiences and professional backgrounds, so such discussions will enrich the programme for all. Assessment is through coursework and uses a variety of methods, including reflective logs, research reports, presentations and portfolios. During the MSc dissertation stage, you will negotiate a topic in an area of educational practice with your course tutor. All members of the course team have experience in research and educational practice, and your tutors will provide guidance and support throughout your taught modules and dissertation research. Career potential This MSc is firmly based in education practice and the implications of research on policy and practice. Further, it encourages the development of skills in reflective practice, which are essential for success in a classroom context. Course content is directly related to issues highlighted by Welsh and UK governments, so it will be of relevance to anyone who wishes to enhance their professional development. Successful completion of this course will strengthen the applications of those hoping to gain entry to a PGCE QTS course. The MSc will also enhance career and professional development of practising teachers, by completing either the MSc or one of the intermediate awards. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A good Honours degree in a relevant subject such as early years development, childhood studies, childhood and youth, psychology or education. Equivalent international qualifications are acceptable and applicants should demonstrate appropriate competence in English language (an IELTS score of 6.5 or above). The course involves elements of reflection on existing practical experience, so applicants are also required to be employed or volunteering in an educational setting. Course length Full-time 2 years Part-time 3-5 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus

173
Public Services
International Policing Health and Public Service Management Public Services Management Community and Partnerships Community Regeneration Childhood Studies Post-Qualifying Social Work Related courses Human Resources Management DBA (Public Service Management) Management (MSc) Management (NVQ) Related research Centre for Police Sciences Centre for Social Policy 175 176 177 178 179 180 181
141 139 145 147
208 203
Public Services
174 08455 194 787
Start in April or September
MSc / PgD / PgC International Policing (Distance learning)

About the course Our MSc International Policing course will enhance your understanding and practical application of modern policing models and partnership working. You will study modern management, leadership styles and practices, the policing of security sectors and consensus-driven policing. To gain an extra perspective, you will study some modules alongside students on the MSc Community and Partnerships programme. Course content Postgraduate Certificate (PgC): Operational Planning and Investigation Strategic Management and Leadership in the Police International Comparisons in Policing, or Security Sector Reform Postgraduate Diploma (PgD): Problem-orientated Partnerships Community Safety Researching Contemporary Issues Neighbourhood Analysis and Performance MSc: This award requires completion of a Dissertation Development module and a dissertation. How you will study This award is delivered through online, distance learning, which enables you to combine your studies with work-based learning. You will interact with other professionals through a specially designed virtual learning system, which includes virtual forums and discussion groups. Your learning will be supported by the course team, textbooks and related documents supplied by the University. Assessment will be work-based, including essays and reflections on discussion groups. Online delivery also means there is no set start date for this award. Modules start at various times of the year and new students are welcome to join whenever a new module begins. Career potential This award is designed for law enforcement practitioners, including police officers. This creative, flexible course is aimed at law enforcement professionals who want to gain a postgraduate award that accredits their standing in this field and to network with other practitioners. The knowledge, skills and insights gained on this course should support selfdevelopment and enable you to enhance the quality of performance in your organisation. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Usually an undergraduate Honours degree in an appropriate area, or through evidence by portfolio of professional competence. Applicants may also be subject to an interview, which may be via telephone. Course length Part-time 2-5 years (for full Masters degree) Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Online distance learning
Public Services
MSc / PgD / PgC Health and Public Service Management

About the course This postgraduate management programme has been designed for professionals working in healthcare organisations in the public, private and voluntary sectors. The University has a long tradition of providing high-quality healthcare management courses and has successfully delivered similar postgraduate programmes for over 20 years. During the course, you will examine the challenges facing healthcare and related public service areas, making strong links between academic theory and management practice to create a relevant context. You will also specialise in a key area through your chosen dissertation topic. How you will study You can study part-time or full-time. Full-time study involves completing the six taught modules and a dissertation over one full academic year. You will have 12 class contact hours over two days each week. For part-time students, the taught component is delivered over two academic years, with a commitment of around six hours on one day each week. You can expect to complete the course over three academic years, but the flexible modular structure allows you to progress at your own pace and combine study with work and/or personal commitments. You will be assessed by coursework for each module, usually through work-based assignments that involve the application of academic theory to work practice. Career potential This course will develop your understanding, competence and confidence if you are a manager, or aspire to a position of significant managerial responsibility, in healthcare and related public service areas. Entry requirements (please read page 220) You will usually be expected to have an Honours degree of class 2:2 or above in any discipline. For applicants who do not possess a degree, a minimum of two years middlemanagement experience, with associated training, may be taken into account via the Accreditation of Prior Learning (APL)/Accreditation of Prior Experiential Learning (APEL) mechanism (University regulations will apply). If you have relevant prior qualifications, you could obtain exemptions from certain modules. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus
Public Services
176
Course content Postgraduate Certificate (PgC): Needs and Resources Professionals, Managers and Organisations Strategy and Leadership Postgraduate Diploma (PgD): Health Policy and Practice Partnership, Improvement and Delivery Conducting Research MSc: You will complete a dissertation on a topic you have selected.
Studying for this qualification has helped me gain a broader insight into the healthcare arena from several perspectives. The course provides essential theoretical insight into the development of health policy and provides students with a complementary view allied to their individual experiential learning, gained through their respective professional roles. David Roberts, MSc Health and Public Service Management
08455 194 787
MSc / PgD / PgC Public Services Management

About the course This award is specifically designed for individuals who work in or with public service-related organisations. You will examine the challenges faced in public service, making strong links between academic theory and management practice to establish a relevant context. You will also specialise in a key area through your chosen dissertation topic. The University has a long tradition of providing high-quality courses in public service management, and has successfully delivered such postgraduate programmes for over 20 years. Course content Postgraduate Certificate (PgC): Needs and Resources Professionals, Managers and Organisations Strategy and Leadership Postgraduate Diploma (PgD): Public Policy and Practice Partnership, Improvement and Delivery Conducting Research MSc: You will complete a dissertation on a topic you have selected. How you will study You can study full-time or part-time. Full-time study involves completing the six taught modules and the dissertation over one full academic year. There will be 12 class contact hours delivered over two days each week. For part-time students, the taught component is delivered over two academic years, with a commitment of around six hours on one day each week. You can expect to complete the course over three academic years, but our flexible modular structure allows you to study at your own pace and combine study with work and/or personal commitments. You will be assessed by coursework for each module, usually through work-based assignments that involve the application of academic theory to work practice. Career potential If you are a manager, or aspire to a position of significant managerial responsibility in a public, quasi-public or voluntary organisation, this course will develop your understanding, competence and confidence as a manager. Entry requirements (please read page 220) You will normally be expected to have an Honours degree of class 2:2 or above in any discipline. For applicants who do not possess a degree, a minimum of two years middle management experience with associated training, may be taken into account via the Accreditation of Prior Learning (APL)/Accreditation of Prior Experiential Learning (APEL) mechanism (University regulations will apply). If you have relevant prior qualifications, you could obtain exemptions from certain modules. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus
Public Services
The course is delivered by extremely professional staff with a good blend of external speakers, which supported the learning environment. I would recommend this course to public sector managers who would like to learn about how academic theory can inform and develop organisational best practice within the UK public sector. I have recently gained a promotion at work and I have no doubt that the course has helped me to achieve this. Roger Thomas, MSc Public Services Management
177
Start in March or September
MSc / PgD / PgC Community and Partnerships (Distance learning)

About the course In recent years, there has been growing emphasis on an intelligenceled approach to delivering community safety, and reducing crime and disorder. Data analysis, community consultation and other methods are needed to ensure that resources achieve maximum effect, while engaging with communities in delivery. This flexible, part-time qualification is for professionals who require specific training and development to meet the challenges of such an approach. Tuition is designed not only to equip you with the latest knowledge from the field, but also the skills to research and apply this in your workplace. Achieving this award will recognise the value of the higher level, professional activities conducted by practitioners in this field. It will be of particular interest to those working in community safety, policing, crime prevention, fire and rescue services, youth offending, probation, health services, or local authorities. This flexible course is delivered through distance learning, which enables you to pursue an advanced education qualification while maintaining a work/life balance. Throughout the course, you will have full support and access to tutors with experience in this field. Discussion sessions are also built into the course, which are ideal to exchange good practice and work-related ideas with fellow professionals from across the country. Course content Postgraduate Certificate (PgC): Problem-orientated Partnerships Community Safety Researching Contemporary Issues Neighbourhood Analysis and Performance Postgraduate Diploma (PgD): Strategic Partnerships Violent Extremism and Terrorism Community Issues MSc: This award requires completion of a Dissertation Development module and a dissertation. How you will study You will study this award by distance learning through the Universitys online learning system, so you can combine your studies with workbased learning. You will get to interact with other professionals through a specially designed virtual learning system, which includes forums and discussion groups. Your learning will be supported by the course team, textbooks and related documents supplied by the University. Assessments will be workbased, including critical essays and reflections on discussion groups. Career potential This creative, flexible course is for professionals who want to develop their expertise and network with other practitioners in this area. Graduates will be equipped with the knowledge for successful partnership interventions, the skills to research and apply this for the benefit of communities and their respective organisations, and the problemsolving skills for a multi-professional approach in a contemporary workplace. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Usually an undergraduate Honours degree in an appropriate area, or evidence by portfolio of professional competence. Applicants may also be subject to an interview at the University. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2-5 years (for MSc award) Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Online distance learning
Public Services
I thoroughly enjoyed the course and would recommend it to anyone wanting to further their knowledge in this area. It has assisted me in my professional career. Louise Lucas, PgC Community and Partnerships, Deputy Sector Inspector
178
08455 194 787
MSc / PgD / PgC Community Regeneration

About the course If you are a community regeneration worker in the UK, this course will give you a practical knowledge and theoretical understanding of contemporary community regeneration policy and practice. Whether you are new to the field or have long-standing experience, this qualification will help you become an effective professional in this rapidly growing sector. Your studies will explore postdevolution UK policy models and establish a strong theoretical understanding of the politics and ideologies that underpin welfare provision and social justice. You can also specialise in key areas of regeneration practice. Course content Postgraduate Certificate (PgC): Current Policy: Themes and Programmes Community Development Processes Research Methods for Community Regeneration Postgraduate Diploma (PgD): Three choices from: Social Enterprise and Economic Regeneration Lifelong Learning and Community Regeneration Community Regeneration and Sustainable Development Independent Study MSc: You must complete a dissertation to achieve the MSc qualification. How you will study The course begins with a week-long induction and introduction, followed by day attendance on campus (usually the first Wednesday of every month). You will also have online support and provision through our e-learning interface. There is continuous assessment using a range of methods, including essays, portfolios, presentations and reports. If you choose to complete the course part-time over three years, you will study three modules in year one, three modules in year two and submit your dissertation in year three. Career potential Career opportunities in community regeneration have expanded considerably in recent years and there is a shortage of workers with relevant professional qualifications. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Applicants are usually expected to have an Honours degree in a social science discipline, or appropriate qualifications in related fields such as youth and/or community work, social work, community education, probation and policing. For applicants who do not possess formal qualifications, professional experience in community regeneration or a related area with associated training, may be taken into account via the Accreditation of Prior Learning (APL)/Accreditation of Prior Experiential Learning (APEL) mechanism (University regulations will apply). All applicants will be invited for interview.
Public Services
Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus
The MSc gave me a very valuable opportunity to study in depth the issues I face daily, which in turn helped me to apply sound strategies at work. The tutors are leaders in their field and it was wonderful to have a chance to really draw on their knowledge and experience. Carol Adams, MSc Community Regeneration
179
BSc (Hons) Childhood Studies

About the course Current childhood policy stresses the importance of placing the child at the centre of the governments agenda, and this exciting award highlights the rights and needs of the child and family. It is a relevant course for a wide range of professionals who work with children and families, including nurses, health visitors, early years educators, nursery workers in the public and independent sectors, social workers, and people working in the youth justice and law enforcement sectors. You will get to study and learn with people from a variety of disciplines, who are all concerned with the wellbeing of children and their families. The emphasis is on exploring childhood from a global perspective to develop or strengthen your understanding of factors that affect a childs heath and wellbeing. Course content You will study the following modules and complete a dissertation: The Child in Contemporary Society The Growing Child The Learning Child How you will study You will study three modules during the academic year, each lasting ten weeks. Attendance at the University is on one day a week during termtime. It may be possible to complete the course in one year. Career potential As well as consolidating your existing knowledge, the course can be used as a springboard for a career change, such as working in the voluntary sector or moving into management, or as a gateway to further studies, such as PGCE or our MSc Child Health and Welfare Studies (see page 107). Entry requirements (please read page 220) This is a top-up degree. You must be working in a relevant area of childcare and possess 120 credit points at Level Four (HE). Equivalent work-related qualifications are also acceptable. Those who are unable to demonstrate the relevant academic credits may be eligible for Accreditation of Prior and Experiential Learning (APEL) considerations. Course length Part-time 1-2 years Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus
Public Services
The course was enjoyable, interesting and challenging. It was very relevant to my area of work, as well as other disciplines involved with childcare. Staff were friendly and always available to give advice and guidance. Cheril Thomas, BSc (Hons) Childhood Studies, Health Visitor
180
08455 194 787
BSc (Hons) / BSc Post-Qualifying Social Work

About the course Our Post-Qualifying Social Work programme is suitable for professionals with a recognised social work qualification and who are registered with a relevant UK Care Council. This course is an opportunity to expand your professional development in the areas of critical thinking, assessing social work students and assessment, and care management. The award is recognised professionally and academically by the Care Council for Wales. In 2011, this course received a Social Care Accolade in the category Social Workers for Tomorrow. The Social Care Accolades are led by the Care Council for Wales to recognise best practice in the social care sector. Course content Critical Reflection in Practice Assessing and Supervising Social Work Students Assessment in Social Work Care Management Best Interests Assessment Post-Qualifying Social Work Practice with Individuals, Families and Communities How you will study Each module consists of six taught days at the University. You will learn through study weeks and practice weeks over a two-year period. This pattern of attendance will help you balance the needs of your employer and your professional development. You will be assessed using a range of methods, including direct observation in practice. Assessment methods will be linked with your workplace, which allows for excellent theory-to-practice opportunities. Career potential Successful completion of this course will increase your professional knowledge, skills and critical thinking, and assist career pathway planning. Course content has been devised in consultation with employers to ensure that what you learn reflects workforce needs, enabling you to critically evaluate and reflect on your practice and issues raised in your work. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Applicants require one of the following qualifications: DipSW, CQSW, CSS, BSc (Hons), BA (Hons) Social Work Course length Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus
A real opportunity to re-engage with education and to develop my professional practice, as well as gaining a BSc in Post-Qualifying Social Work. Lynne Wintle, BSc Post-Qualifying Social Work, Social Worker
Public Services
181
Sport
Sport, Health and Exercise Science Performance Coaching Youth Sports Coaching Supervised Practice in Sport Psychology Related research Sport, Health and Exercise Sciences Research Group 183 184 186 187
210
Sport
Glamorgan Sport Park
Strength and conditioning room, Glamorgan Sport Park
We constantly review and update our courses to ensure they contain the latest developments and stay relevant to the industry. Check our website for up-to-date details of new courses: www.glam.ac.uk/sport
Hypobaric chamber, Glyntaff campus
182
08455 194 787
MSc Sport, Health and Exercise Science

About the course This Masters award has been designed for those who want to enhance their knowledge and skills in the key elements of sport and exercise science that relate to health and performance. It also offers further training in research methodology to encourage engagement and excellence in sport and exercise science research. Course content represents the academic interests of the Universitys sport, exercise and health scientists. There is a vibrant research culture in this subject and students will be strongly encouraged to engage with this from the beginning of their studies. The Sport, Health and Exercise Sciences Research Unit also has extensive national and international collaborations, with frequent academic visitors from other universities. The University has recently invested more than 4m in new sport and exercise science facilities for teaching and research, coaching and human performance. As part of your studies, you will conduct supervised and independent work in these outstanding laboratories, including the state-of-the-art environmental exercise physiology and body composition laboratories. There will also be opportunities to study and conduct research in the strength and conditioning facility, and the notational analysis laboratory at Glamorgan Sport Park. Course content Modules include: Research Methods Research Project Exercise Physiology and Biochemistry Nutrition for Health and Performance Movement Analysis Environmental Physiology Physical Activity and Health Sport Psychology Strength and Conditioning The High Performance Environment Growth and Development of the Young Athlete How you will study Teaching methods include lectures, video analysis, practical laboratory investigations, seminars and workshops, some of which will be student-led. Assessment activities include essays, examinations, oral and poster presentations, laboratory write-ups and case studies. Career potential For those who want to pursue a professional and/or academic career in sport and exercise science, or physical activity and nutrition in relation to public health, a higherlevel degree such as this Masters award is becoming essential. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Usually an Honours degree at class 2:2 or above in a relevant subject, although experience can also be taken into account. Equivalent international qualifications are acceptable. Those without such qualifications will be considered on an individual basis and a wide range of prior professional experience may be taken into account. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2-3 years Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus
Sport
MSc Performance Coaching

About the course The ability of coaches to identify talented individuals, develop them appropriately, manage their lifestyles, provide suitable conditioning and sport science support is very demanding. It is essential that those working in high-performance sport are aware of the need to integrate these disciplines. This innovative course reflects current recommendations in the UK to develop professionals so they are qualified to work in performance coaching. Our flexible, modular structure offers an insight into how psychology, physiology, strength and conditioning, and movement analysis affect elite performance. It will also give you an interactive approach to performance coaching, so you can apply theory to practice. This integration will develop your ability to reflect on coaching practice, plan appropriate training programmes, and critically analyse existing approaches to performance coaching. You will also develop a comprehensive knowledge of the key issues that support the highperformance coaching environment. The University has invested heavily in facilities to support the delivery of elite performance, both in sports coaching and performance sport. These facilities are supported by excellent partnerships with Cardiff City Football Club Academy, Cardiff Blues Academy, Football Association of Wales, Sport Wales, and other sports development units, which will provide excellent opportunities to integrate theory with practice. This will support opportunities for you to develop key vocational skills that are essential for a career in a highperformance coaching environment. Course content Modules include: The High-Performance Environment Effective Coaching Strength and Conditioning Developing Expertise in Sport Sport Psychology Movement Analysis Research Methods in Coaching Research Project How you will study Teaching methods include, lectures, video analysis, seminars and workshops, some of which will be student-led. Assessment activities include essays, examinations, oral and poster presentations, and case studies. Career potential The UK Vision for Coaching has clearly identified the need to develop talent coaches, performance coaches and high-performance coaches. This course will provide opportunities for individuals to develop in these roles within their national governing body (NGB) or sport. This course will also support the development of the academy manager, sports coach, NGB coach, performance director, strength and conditioning coach, sport and exercise scientist, or fitness adviser. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Usually an Honours degree at class 2:2 or above in a relevant subject, although experience can also be taken into account. Formal UK Coaching Certificate (UKCC) coaching qualification (preferably Level 3), or those with suitable coaching experience. Alternatively, those working in a performance coaching environment. Equivalent international qualifications are acceptable. Those without such qualifications will be considered on an individual basis and a wide range of prior professional experience may be taken into account. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2-3 years Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus
Sport
The MSc Performance Coaching at Glamorgan was definitely the right choice for me. The modules include a mix of challenging, theoretical-based research, and to complement this we had a range of guest speakers working at the top level in the profession. Time to commit to study is always an issue when working full-time, but the lecturers were supportive and I often found myself implementing in my own coaching things I had picked up on the course the very same week. The readings were always relevant and had a direct impact on my philosophy and my job role. This was key for me if I was going to continue to study at postgraduate level I would recommend this course. David Gough, MSc Performance Coaching, Under 18s Youth Team Coach, Cardiff City Football Club
184
08455 194 787
Sport
Sport science laboratories, Glyntaff campus
185
MSc Youth Sports Coaching

About the course This Masters award provides specific knowledge and skills to coach children and young people, and can maximise the benefits and potential of working with this age group. It is designed for those who work with young people at a participant level, school sports or in an elite capacity. This innovative degree will produce a highly qualified specialist coach with the key skills to develop children and young people through sport and physical activity. It reflects recommendations in the UK Vision for Coaching (2009-16) published by Sports Coach UK, which has identified gaps in the provision and deployment of sports coaches and a need for more opportunities for children and young people to participate in sport and physical activity. For this to succeed, there must be sufficient sports coaches with the right skills to work with this particular group. Our interdisciplinary approach allows coaches to apply theoretical issues to practice and reflect on their effect on the coaching process. You will also develop the ability to lead, manage people and mentor colleagues. Modules ensure that you become aware of the complex physical, psychological, social, growth and development issues facing professionals who work with this age group. Course content Modules include: Effective Coaching Growth and Development of the Young Athlete Strength and Conditioning Developing Expertise in Sport Sport Psychology PE and School Sport Leading and Managing People Research Methods in Coaching Research Project How you will study Teaching methods include lectures, seminars, video analysis and workshops, some of which will be student-led. Assessment activities include essays, examinations, oral and poster presentations, and case studies. Career potential This course is designed to reflect current developments so that you have the skills to access a range of employment opportunities in sports coaching. Graduates will possess the key skills, knowledge and competencies to advance in a range of careers such as physical education and school sport, national governing body coach, sports development officer, community coach, highperformance coach, or active young people officer, to name but a few. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Normally an Honours degree at 2:2 or above in a relevant subject, although experience can also be considered. Formal UK Coaching Certificate (UKCC) coaching qualification (preferably Level 3), or those with suitable coaching experience. Equivalent international qualifications are acceptable. Those without such qualifications will be considered on an individual basis and a wide range of prior professional experience may be taken into account. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2-3 years Faculty and location (see page 218) Health, Sport and Science Glyntaff Campus
Sport
I enrolled on this course to further my knowledge and expertise in the coaching environment, enabling me to be more effective in my role as a lecturer in Sport in further education and as a coach. The course has proved to be an excellent way of updating on developments in the coaching environment. It has also been good to look at theoretical issues, and have the opportunity to put these into practice to become a more effective coach. Neil Smothers, MSc Youth Sports Coaching
186
08455 194 787
PgD Supervised Practice in Sport Psychology

About the course This PgD Supervised Practice in Sport Psychology is the first of its kind in the UK. It provides three key benefits: guaranteed access to appropriately qualified and experienced Sport and Exercise Psychologists as student supervisors; structured workshops designed to support the acquisition of appropriate standards of proficiency; and access to a client population through the University of Glamorgans new Psychology and Well-Being Clinic Wales (PAWB Wales). We intend to submit this course for accreditation with the appropriate professional bodies. The teaching team has wellestablished links in a range of sport and exercise settings, including access to elite athletes and development squads. Taught sessions will be delivered in blocks, which allows students with professional commitments to fit the structured teaching into their schedules. Course content Sport Psychology Supervised Practice (60 credits) Sport Psychology Practice Portfolio (60 credits) How you will work You will need to complete 1,000 hours of supervised practice over two years and complete a log to show your attainment of relevant competencies. You will also attend taught sessions that are designed to support your acquisition of relevant practical skills. These taught sessions have explicit reference to professional body accreditation standards, and will allow you to share your experiences with other students and our expert staff team. Career potential Sport and Exercise Psychologist is a protected title and may only be used by individuals registered with the Health Professions Council, following completion of a taught qualification and a period of supervised practice. Sport and Exercise Psychologists work with a range of individuals, teams and organisations. While some work directly with athletes and sports teams, including elite and youth teams, some may work with other health professionals to increase exercise participation following illness or injury, or among those in traditionally sedentary occupations. There are also opportunities to work more directly with those involved in coaching or managing sports teams, or with referees. Psychologists with a sport and exercise sciences background may also work directly with athletes, teams or coaches, but could also work in healthcare settings, or in private fitness organisations as exercise consultants. Entry requirements (please read page 220) Students will normally have a good Honours degree in psychology, sport science, physiology, or a related subject. Equivalent international qualifications will be considered and the English language requirement is an IELTS score of 6.5 or above. Students should also have, or be close to completing, an MSc Sport Psychology that is accredited by the British Psychological Society (BPS), or an MSc Sport Sciences that is accredited by the British Association of Sport and Exercise Sciences (BASES). Course length Part-time 2 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus
Sport
187
Supply Chain Management

Chartered Institute of Purchasing and Supply (CIPS) International Logistics and Supply Chain Management Strategic Procurement Management Supply Chain Management Related courses Management and Business Courses Related research Wales Transport Research Centre 189 190 191 192
138
205
Collaboratory classroom, Treforest campus
188
08455 194 787
Graduate Diploma Chartered Institute of Purchasing and Supply (CIPS)

About the course The Chartered Institute of Purchasing and Supply (CIPS) Graduate Diploma is a valued qualification awarded to those who successfully meet the requirements of the Foundation Diploma, Advanced Diploma and Graduate Diploma stages. This ladder of qualification leads to Corporate Membership of the CIPS, namely MCIPS. This is regarded by most businesses and organisations as the gold standard route to MCIPS, because of its practical learning element. The University of Glamorgan is a long-established Centre of Excellence for providing the CIPS Graduate Diploma Programme, and is wellregarded locally for the Open Programme and the specific Public Sector Route, delivered in conjunction with Value Wales. Course content Foundation Diploma (Level Four) You will study five core subjects: Effective Negotiation in Purchasing and Supply Purchasing Contexts Developing Contracts in Purchasing and Supply Measuring Purchasing Performance Managing Purchasing and Supply Relationships Advanced Diploma (Level Five) You will study five core subjects: Management in the Purchasing Function Risk Management and Supply Chain Vulnerability Improving Supply Chain Performance Marketing for Purchasers Storage and Distribution Graduate Diploma (Level Six) You will study three compulsory modules: Leading and Influencing in Purchasing Strategic Supply Chain Management Strategic Supply Chain Management in Practice (case study or work-based project) Plus, two modules from the following three options: Legal Aspects in Purchasing and Supply Advanced Project Management Finance for Purchasers How you will study This qualification is in line with the governments National Qualification Framework and contains modules on contemporary topics that are essential in procurement and supply chain management. You may also complete a work-based project for the Strategic Supply Chain Management in Practice module, which could involve identifying a problem in your/an organisation, completing research and making recommendations for a solution. You will be assessed through a final CIPS examination for each module. Career potential This professional stage qualification leads to corporate membership of CIPS. This award is particularly suitable if you are employed or have experience in purchasing, logistics, stores, inventory, contracts and other areas of supply chain management in the public or private sector. Entry requirements (please read page 220) If you have relevant prior experience obtained within the last five years, CIPS may grant exemption from some modules. The Foundation Diploma (Level Four) is available for entry without a degree or HNC. If you wish to start at Level Four, you should have at least two A-levels (or international equivalent) or a Level Three qualification. Students without any prior qualifications must have at least two years experience in a business environment. Contact us on 08455 192 284 or visit www.glam.ac.uk for further information on how to apply. Course length Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus Accreditation Chartered Institute of Purchasing and Supply
The standard of teaching at Glamorgan has been exceptional throughout, with many of the lecturers having previously worked in the profession outside of the University environment. Progressing through the CIPS levels has been hard work while working full-time, but the helpful attitude and dedication of the team has definitely helped all the way. Sue Davies, Level Six, CIPS Graduate Diploma
189
MSc International Logistics and Supply Chain Management

About the course We are a recognised Chartered Institute of Purchasing and Supply (CIPS) Centre of Excellence. The Glamorgan Business School team is also a preferred supplier of professional and Masters programmes for the Chartered Institute of Logistics and Transport (CILT). We currently offer a jointbadged, online MSc programme in International Logistics and Supply Chain Management with the CILT. Both courses are accredited by CIPS and CILT, and all full-time students will gain student membership of these bodies. Upon successful completion of this course, you will gain MCIPS (in addition to three years work experience) and MCILT (with an average mark of 50% across the course with work experience). This course includes field trips that enable you to understand the practical implications of logistics and supply chain management in a variety of industrial settings (additional costs may apply). Course content If you want to develop a specialist career in multinational enterprises in the UK or abroad, this programme offers high-level strategic learning in the areas of: Logistics and Transport Systems Strategic Supply Chain Management International and Global Supply Network Management Distribution and Warehousing Economic Policy and Markets Complexity Thinking Strategic Operations Management and Project Management How you will study You can study full-time or part-time. The full-time programme starts in February and September. We can be very flexible for groups of students who want to tailor a programme that meets their needs, which is useful for organisations and associations. Career potential It is our experience that a correlation exists between higher qualifications and successful career development. This development is increasingly geared to the ability of the candidate to demonstrate a credible qualification. Evidence suggests that many students will achieve a significant improvement in employability and/or salary and career progression following successful completion of a specialist Masters course such as this. Graduates are able to demonstrate specialist knowledge to help them manage and adapt their supply chains to respond to the dynamic needs of 21st century business. You will also be able to pioneer logistics and supply chain management in a growing field, and develop a specialist role in multinational enterprises. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree or equivalent qualification (business or non-business) or, in exceptional circumstances, three years or more significant managerial experience in a related area. CIPS: If you already hold a CIPS qualification, you may be able to gain exemptions from the course. Contact us on 08455 192 284 or visit www.glam.ac.uk for further information on how to apply. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 3 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus Accreditation Chartered Institute of Purchasing and Supply (CIPS)
Chartered Institute of Logistics and Transport (CILT) The knowledge acquired through this course will prove useful in the future, as the importance of supply chain is increasing day by day. This course will surely give me an advantage in the job market. Firoz Majeed, MSc International Logistics and Supply Chain Management
190
08455 194 787
MSc Strategic Procurement Management

About the course In an increasingly competitive environment, purchasing and supply chain managers need to develop and demonstrate a variety of key competencies. Graduates from this programme have the specialist knowledge to co-ordinate and adapt their purchasing and supply chain activities, and respond to the dynamic needs of a modern business. You can develop a strategic role in this growing field to build a sustainable and rewarding career in private and/or public sector organisations. This course is accredited by the sectors professional body the Chartered Institute of Purchasing and Supply (CIPS). Course content This MSc Strategic Procurement Management is a specialist postgraduate Masters programme that offers high-level strategic teaching in the areas of: Strategic Supply Chain Management Advanced Procurement Corporate and Social Responsibility, Ethics and Sustainability Global Supply Chain Networks and Trends Operational Strategies and Project Management Commercial Law and Relationships Financial Management Research Methodology and Complexity Thinking How you will study You will learn through lectures, seminars, group work, case studies, and analyses of contemporary issues in strategic procurement management. Part-time delivery is designed around the needs of practising industry professionals and takes place at weekends, at our Treforest campus. Entry requirements (please read page 220) A minimum 2:2 Honours degree or an equivalent qualification or, in exceptional circumstances, three years or more significant managerial experience. CIPS: If you already hold a CIPS qualification, you may be able to gain exemptions from the course. Course length Full-time 1 year Part-time 2-3 years Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus Accreditation Chartered Institute of Purchasing and Supply (CIPS)

191
NVQ 3, 4 and 5 Supply Chain Management

About the course NVQ Level 3 Supply Chain Management is for procurement professionals who carry out a wide range of complex, non-routine and varied work activities that involve considerable responsibility, autonomy and collaboration with others, eg, senior stock controllers, assistant buyers or team leaders. NVQ Level 4 Supply Chain Management is suitable if you are a procurement professional in a management role. You must carry out a broad range of complex, technical or professional work activities with substantial personal autonomy, and have responsibility for staff such as stock managers, purchasing managers, buyers or senior buyers, and for the allocation of resources. NVQ Level 5 Supply Chain Management is for senior management professionals such as senior supply chain managers or directors, who are involved in a significant range of supply chain management activities. Course content NVQ Level 3: You need to complete nine units. Four of these are compulsory and you choose the remaining five units from a list of options. NVQ Level 4: You need to complete ten units. Five of these are compulsory and you choose the remaining five units from a list of options. NVQ Level 5: You need to complete eight units. Four of these are compulsory and you choose the remaining four units from a list of options. How you will study Before you start, you will meet a specialist adviser who will help you decide which level is most appropriate to your job role, and who will guide you through production of your competence portfolio. They will examine your portfolio against the vocational standards you used to compile it and decide what will be discussed in your assessment interview. If your adviser judges that your competence matches what is required by the national standards, you will receive your NVQ award. Workplace assessment will be carried out if appropriate. Career potential An NVQ demonstrates that you have met a nationally recognised standard of competence that is valued highly by prospective employers. The achievement of a NVQ Level 4 in Supply Chain Management is an alternative route to full Membership of CIPS (MCIPS), along with a minimum of three years acceptable experience. Entry requirements (please read page 220) No formal entry qualifications are required. However, your work role must be appropriate so that you can demonstrate your competence against the standards. Course length There is no prescribed time limit on completion because you work at your own pace. As a guide, Level 3 takes 9-12 months, Level 4 takes 12-15 months, and Level 5 takes 12-18 months, depending on your ability to access evidence. Faculty and location (see page 214) Business and Society Treforest Campus
The work-based nature of undertaking an NVQ has provided us with the opportunity to learn through experience rather than theory, and reflect on the work undertaken to identify areas for improvement. The support we received from the University of Glamorgan was second to none. Our assessor always motivated us to ensure that we performed to the best of our ability, enabling us to develop not only our supply chain management skills, but also our day-to-day working practices, therefore standing us in good stead within our respective roles. Helen Rees, NVQ Level 4 Supply Chain Management
192
08455 194 787

Research
Distinctive. Innovative. Applied.
At Glamorgan, we focus on user-valued research and are committed to enhancing the links between research, teaching, consultancy, and enterprise.
Research at the University informs and underpins teaching at all levels. Students expect to be taught by leading scholars who are at the forefront of developments in their subject areas, as well as being excellent teachers. Our research is conducted in Research Centres and Groups within and across our four faculties. These engage with the future challenges that face society and take advantage of particular research strengths. We take account of key external drivers in a way that enriches the research environment and continues to engage our staff and students in the research agenda. We are building on existing areas of internationally recognised and worldleading research, and continue to develop holistic approaches by being distinctive in what we do and how we do it. In research related to the digital economy, for example, ours is a distinct approach that is firmly embedded in the Cardiff School of Creative and Cultural Industries, and which draws upon the expertise of researchers from technology-based disciplines. In the Faculty of Business and Society, research provides individuals, businesses, communities and governments with a dynamic, robust and wide-ranging knowledge base for shaping policy and practice in areas such as enterprise and social innovation. There is also a diverse range of interdisciplinary research that benefits from the involvement of researchers from the arts, media and humanities. In the Faculty of Health, Sport and Science, researchers provide real-life solutions to real-life problems. While health as a theme is well understood by the users and funders of research, we take a holistic approach to this area. We bring together researchers from traditional health and care sciences backgrounds with basic science and medical researchers, create links with health economics, social policy and psychology, and engage innovatively with researchers from the George Ewart Evans Centre for Storytelling. In the Faculty of Advanced Technology, there is a strong focus on research and development. For example, in engineering, from energy production, storage and usage to the development and monitoring of environmentally clean and efficient technologies. The University has committed strongly to this agenda through the development of largescale infrastructure such as constructing state-of-the-art laboratories and recruiting key staff. Professor Clive Mulholland, Deputy Vice-Chancellor, Research
For the latest news on research at Glamorgan, visit our dedicated research portal. www.glam.ac.uk/research
194
08455 194 787
Forensic Science Laboratories, Glyntaff Campus
Research index
Faculty of Advanced Technology Faculty of Business and Society Cardiff School of Creative and Cultural Industries Faculty of Health, Sport and Science 198 202 206 208
Sport Science laboratories, Glyntaff Campus
Mechanical Engineering Laboratory, Treforest Campus
www.glam.ac.uk/research
195
Graduate Research Office

Specialist research support
Networking and community The Graduate Research Office (GRO) brings together postgraduate researchers from a wide variety of disciplines to form one community, supporting their needs through development opportunities and mentoring. In this way, we can provide postgraduate researchers with the best possible environment for them to reach their full potential during their early research career. The aim is to stimulate innovative personal, professional and career development opportunities, as well as the quality and consistency of support for research students across the University. It is the ideal way to share best practice and highlight areas in which support is required. Support The GRO provides consistent, highquality support for research students and research student committees, ensuring compliance with the Universitys regulations. Research Councils play an important role in setting standards and identifying best practice in research training. For example, the development of transferable skills is an important element of a research degree programme. The GRO ensures that the University meets the requirements of UK Research Councils and the UK Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) Code of Practice. Training The GRO engages with the Universitys experienced research staff to deliver credible, high-quality skills development opportunities to students. It also enhances opportunities for multidisciplinary research and crossing discipline boundaries, by making full use of new facilities in the Postgraduate Centre for events and training. Glamorgan research students can undertake a Postgraduate Certificate (PgC) while studying for their research degree, as well as the Effective Researcher course, which is run jointly with Cardiff and Newport universities. This provides an excellent opportunity to network with staff and students from different disciplines and other institutions. Research students at Glamorgan can get additional help from the Vitae Programme, whose role is to embed personal and professional skills development into research degree programmes. Support and training is provided at events run internally and externally by the Vitae South West and Wales Hub. The GRO organises the Research Student Support Seminar, and the Doctoral and Masters Presentation Seminar. In addition to these, research students are welcome to attend staff development events. Postgraduate Centre The University is committed to improving the learning experience and the environment for its postgraduate students. The new ^ Crawshay Postgraduate Centre in Ty on the Treforest campus, is designed to provide a distinctive environment for taught and research postgraduate students. This flexible space has been created with all aspects of postgraduate study in mind, including taught classes, self-study, group work and meetings, as well as a networking and communal space for all postgraduate students. To ensure that advice is always available, a member of the GRO team will be on hand in the Postgraduate Centre to offer support and answer any queries. To acknowledge the location of students on other campuses, the Faculty of Health, Sport and Science, and the Cardiff School of Creative and Cultural Industries have dedicated, satellite GRO provision in addition to facilities at Treforest. Contact us For further information on specific studentships and schemes, please contact the relevant Faculty (see page 212 onwards). If you are looking for funding for your research, please see page 19 or visit the scholarships and bursaries pages of our website: www.glam.ac.uk/money For more information about the GRO, visit www.glam.ac.uk/gro, or contact gro@glam.ac.uk.
196
08455 194 787
197
Faculty of Advanced Technology

Applied Mathematics and Statistics Research Group
Contact: Professor Ron Wiltshire rjwiltsh@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/model Main research interests are in the following areas: Applied mathematical analysis Mathematical biology Combinatorics and heuristics research applied to puzzles, Systems dynamics modelling revealing underlying properties that can be applied to Applied statistics real-world applications Control theory and dynamical systems
Centre for Automotive and Power System Engineering (CAPSE)

Contact: Mr Jon Williams jgwillia@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/capse The Centre for Automotive and Power System Engineering (CAPSE) is a nationally recognised and independent research, development, test and certification house. We have a reputation for cutting-edge research and knowledge transfer activities in the automotive and power system engineering sectors. The Centres mission is to support business and deployment of the University of Glamorgans third mission objectives through leading research, knowledge transfer and consultancy-based activities to deliver green, sustainable technologies of the future. CAPSE has a growing, 300m2 facility with two state-of-the-art dynamic rolling road systems (chassis dynamometers), battery characterisation equipment (0-600v, 600amp dynamic cycle capacity), a power electronics design studio (motor controller/DC-DC/interface design capacity), and communication and software development seats (CANbus, Vector CANoe, C, MATLAB, Simulink, LabVIEW, CATIA, AVL Cruise and COMSOL). In addition, we have climatic, environment and electrochemistry analysis capabilities (electrochemical impedance spectroscopy, scanning voltammetry, climatic chambers, vibration plate, porosimetry, particle size analysis and SEM equipment).
Centre for Excellence in Mobile Applications and Services (CEMAS)

Contact: Professor Khalid Al-Begain kbegain@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/cemas The Centre of Excellence in Mobile Applications and Services (CEMAS) was launched in March 2011. It is a test bed for small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) to design, develop and protect the creation of new mobile phone services and applications. It is backed with 2.4m from the EUs Convergence European Regional Development Fund through the Welsh Government. CEMAS will also help companies bring their products to market through its Mobile Innovation Network (MINe), which will have membership from a wide range of national and international key players.
Data Integrity and Combinatorics Research Group

Contact: Professor Derek Smith dhsmith@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/data This research group is primarily concerned with the theory and applications of error-correcting codes and the applications of combinatorial mathematics in radio system planning. Our work includes synchronisation of variable length codes, constructions of constant weight codes, codes to minimise interference in code-division multiple-access radio systems and mobile telephone systems, and codes to maximise their number of users. A particular strength in recent years is applications of graph theory and meta-heuristic algorithms to frequency assignment in mobile telephone and other radio systems.
198
08455 194 787
CAPSE Hydrogen Powered Transport
Engineering Research Centre

Contact: Professor S J Wilcox sjwilcox@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/engineering This Centre specialises in all aspects of engineering research, particularly combustion and heat transfer, condition monitoring, advanced control and optimisation, fuel cells and batteries, recycled construction materials and the monitoring of buildings. Collaboration with international industrial partners is extensive. In the latest Research Assessment Exercise (RAE2008), the Engineering Research Centre, in collaboration with the Sustainability and Built Environment Research Group (see page 205). Engineering was also the highest rated submission from the University of Glamorgan. Research spans electrical, electronic, civil and mechanical engineering, and projects are typically of an applied nature and relevant to industry. Postgraduate students have access to excellent facilities and research laboratories, with specialist equipment and laboratories that include: Combustion, vibration, materials and concrete testing, control and instrumentation, battery and fuel cell laboratories Acoustic emission and non-destructive testing instrumentation Up-to-date software, eg, MATLAB, LabVIEW, Fluent, ANSYS CNC machining and rapid prototyping
Game and Artificial Intelligence Paradigms (GAIP)

Contact: Professor Andrew Ware jaware@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/intelligence Intelligent computer systems are an integral part of many application areas, including knowledge-based systems, data mining, logistic planning, intelligent agents and prediction, and they are increasingly important as part of the leisure software industry. The growing diversity and effectiveness of application areas depends on the ability of academia to provide skilled individuals who can solve system dynamic problems. We work extensively on data mining and, for example, our work on feature selection and data mining led to a predictive model for residential house price forecasting.
199
Geographical Information Systems (GIS) Research Centre

Contact: Professor Gary Higgs ghiggs@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/gis The GIS Research Centre uses spatial databases and geo-spatial technologies to combine basic research in map generalisation, topological structures, terrain modelling, and spatial modelling/reasoning with applied research. Recent research has focused on the use of innovative, multi-method approaches based on spatial analytical techniques to investigate the socio-economic geography of Wales. This forms a key component of the Wales Institute of Social and Economic Research, Data and Methods (WISERD), a multi-university initiative funded by the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC) and the Higher Education Funding Council for Wales (HEFCW).
Hypermedia Research Group

Contact: Professor Douglas Tudhope dstudhope@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/hypermedia The Hypermedia Research Groups interests focus on three main strands: knowledge organisation systems and services, human computer interaction, and minority languages. Knowledge organisation systems and services research has attracted significant Research Council funding. The Taylor and Francis journal, New Review of Hypermedia and Multimedia, has been edited by the Group since 1997, and is one of the few specialist journals in this area worldwide.
Information Security Group

Leader: Professor Andrew Blyth ajcblyth@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/security This Group has forged strong links with government agencies, law enforcement, commerce and industry, and has access to a dedicated computer forensics laboratory. It is active in the following areas: information security, network security, intrusion detection systems, information warfare and threats, threat assessment methods, vulnerability management, security data integration, data mining, data fusion, secure wireless mobile computing, and various aspects of computing forensics.
Integrated Communications Research Centre (ICRC)

Contact: Professor Khalid Al-Begain kbegain@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/icrc The Centre has seen a remarkable expansion recently, particularly through the addition of research in the area of photonics and optical communications. Research activities and achievements in ICRC are focused on next-generation (NG) communications, networks and services, including: Fixed and mobile application and service creation Networking wireless systems and radio frequency Photonics and optical communications Satellite communications Performance evaluation The ICRC has excellent research facilities, which include an IP Multimedia Subsystem, NG Mobile Application and Service Creation lab the only one of its type in a European university. This enjoys full sponsorship from major companies, including France Telecom/Orange (providing IMS platform), Orange (providing an indoor 3G Node B), Avaya and Dialogic.
200
08455 194 787
Medical Imaging and Electronics Research Group

Contact: Dr Ralf Patz rpatz@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/mespru The Group conducts activities in the area of physiological measurements and remote healthcare. Research focuses on the development of electronic and computer systems to measure important parameters for clinical investigations and the diagnosis of medical conditions. We use a range of technologies to support our work, including advanced analogue and digital electronics, DSP and FPGA-based systems, and high-performance computing and wireless technologies. The Medical Imaging and Electronics Research Group specialises in the analysis of skin images, both in the visible domain for the measurement and assessment of chronic leg wounds and in the far infrared domain for physiological assessments.
PONT Community to Community (C2C) Centre

Contact: Professor David Jenkins dhjenkin@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/pontc2c The PONT Community to Community (C2C) Centre grew out of a multidisciplinary volunteer group of Glamorgan academics that supports the work of the PONT-Mbale partnership. It was recently constituted as a University of Glamorgan research and development centre with a commitment to the Millennium Development Goals, a focus on connecting communities, and recognition that indigenous knowledge is key to successful development interventions. In this new form, the Centre is also engaged with activities in Kenya, Cameroon, Zambia and Botswana.
Sustainability and Built Environment Research Group

Contact: Dr Stephen Lloyd slloyd2@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/builtenvironment The Welsh Government has an ambitious position regarding low/zero carbon buildings and carbon management. The Sustainability and Built Environment Research Group undertakes research in support of sustainability, specifically in the context of the built environment. There is an emphasis to develop and support a local network of companies and organisations, mainly in the creation of part-time MPhil/PhD research projects. The Group achieved significant success in the latest Research Assessment Exercise (RAE2008). Its scope is now being broadened to encompass sustainability, through engagement with the extensive network of organisations established through the Universitys Centre for Engineering Research and Environmental Applications (CEREA) and Network75 activities. Sustainable Development in Mbale is an existing overseas project, while convergence bids have been submitted for work-based learning and an Energy Academy.
School agroforestry scheme, Musiu
Magnetic Induction Tomography (MIT)
201
Faculty of Business and Society

Centre for Criminology
Contact: Professor Trevor Bennett thbennet@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/criminology As a group, the Centre has conducted research for national and local organisations, including the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC), the Home Office, the Ministry of Justice, the Welsh Government, and the National Policing Improvement Agency. Topics covered include drugs and crime, street violence, knife crime, attrition of rape cases, call handling, policing public protest, sex offences, and criminal justice processing.
Centre for Gender Studies in Wales

Contact: Dr Ruth McElroy rmcelroy@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/genderstudies The Centre provides a focus for research in gender studies, primarily in relation to Welsh culture, history and society from the 18th century to the present day. We are particularly interested in developing collaborative, comparative and interdisciplinary approaches to gender studies, and our members come from a wide variety of disciplines within the University. The development of this Centre is a logical extension of work historically conducted in humanities and social sciences, and one to which members have a long-term commitment. Centre members encourage and support one anothers research through one-day workshops and conferences, seminar series and regular group meetings.
Eye-tracking equipment, Psychology Suite
202
08455 194 787
Centre for Enterprise

Director: Professor David Pickernell dgpicker@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/enterprise In 2008, the University established the Centre for Enterprise as a strategic research and development hub to take forward entrepreneurship through research, education and collaboration, and to cement the Universitys position as a leading enterprising university. The Centre provides an opportunity for individuals and organisations from diverse backgrounds and skill sets to cope better with an increasingly complex and uncertain world. By bringing together individuals and organisations with different mixes of knowledge, capacities and capabilities, it aims to increase opportunities to stimulate entrepreneurship and enterprising activity. The Centre also undertakes research into enterprise and entrepreneurship, and identifies and reports on emerging trends, needs, markets and best practice, with a particular focus on enterprise education, womens entrepreneurship, social innovation, and the commercialisation of IP and research.
Centre for Research on Consumption, Markets and Culture

Head of Centre: Professor Anne Marie Doherty adoherty@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/markets This Centre seeks to promote excellence in research across all academic activities in this field. In the context of business and management research, the Centre also aims to engender and foster research that encompasses managerial and production perspectives of markets and marketing.
Centre for Research in Futures and Innovation (CRI-FI)

Director: Martin Rhisiart mrhisiar@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/futures The Centre for Research in Futures and Innovation (CRI-FI) is an applied research centre at Glamorgan Business School. CRI-FI is one of few such specialised centres in Europe and the only one in Wales to carry out futures research and consultancy services. Our mission is to be an international centre of excellence in futures and innovation research through applying our knowledge in a range of contexts and organisations, with partners and clients across the EU and globally.
Centre for Social Policy

Contact: Dr Andy Thompson athompso@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/social The work of the Centre for Social Policy is clustered around research groups in the fields of community development, public management, and youth and social justice. Research is conducted on a wide range of policy issues, including social enterprise, civil society and sustainable development, gender and equality, ethnic and religious diversity, family and youth studies, education and health service management, and performance management across the public sector. In recent years, the Centres staff has been called on by national and international governmental organisations to provide expert advice, including the Welsh Government, the House of Commons, the European Commission, and the Council of Europe. Staff work locally with organisations from across the public and voluntary sectors. Postgraduate students are an integral part of the Centre for Social Policy and many of our former students have gone on to work and further careers in the public, private and third sectors.
Education Research Group

Contact: Dr Gerald Dunning gdunning@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/education The Education Research Group supports education research across the University and is a network of researchers with an interest in education. The collaborations facilitated by this Group have resulted in some exciting interdisciplinary research. Main research themes are educational policy, educational leadership and management, learning and teaching, blended learning, and lifelong learning.
203
English Research Group

Contact: Professor Andrew Smith asmith5@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/english Research interests range from 18th century literature to the present day, and recent publications include books and articles on English romanticism, Gothic writing, the fin de sicle, modernism, postmodernism, 19th and 20th century womens writing, postcolonial literature, literature and science, the poetry of place, Welsh writing, literature and religion, and literary theory. Creative writers on the staff have been awarded an impressive array of prizes and honours for poetry and fiction, including the TS Eliot prize. In linguistics, we have a particular interest in bilingualism and active research interests in socio-linguistics, the discourse of environmentalism, and other forms of public discourse.
History Research Group

Contact: Dr Norry LaPorte nlaporte@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/history The History Research Group carries out research in various post-medieval fields, from 16th century Germany to contemporary America. We deal with topics as diverse as anarchism, Atlantic slavery, sexuality and religion, and witchcraft. Recent projects include Outcast Europe, a Leverhulme Trust-funded project that looks at the experience of refugees and displaced peoples in the age of World War II, and steel in Britain in the age of enlightenment, which has been funded by the British Academy. Prestigious funding award for history project University of Glamorgan historian, Professor Chris Evans, is to lead a major international research project supported by The Leverhulme Trust. A World of Copper: Globalising the Industrial Revolution has been awarded a 122,000 International Network Grant by the Trust. The project will bring together research partners from the UK, the universities of Glamorgan, Swansea and Exeter, and from overseas, the universities of Santiago de Chile, Toulouse and Western Australia. Describing the background to the project, Dr Evans explains, Between 1830 and 1870 the Swansea district in South Wales became the hub of the worlds first globally integrated heavy industry. Swanseas copper smelters, who often accounted for 40% of world output in these decades, drew ore from Australia, Chile, Cuba and elsewhere. Swansea copper was a truly global phenomenon, involving mining complexes on different continents and the mobilisation of capital, labour and technology across immense distances. Dr Evans adds, Swansea copper was a strikingly early example of transnationalism at work. Well be using it to address some of the big questions in global history and the history of industrialisation. The Leverhulme Trust is among the largest all-subject providers of research and education funding in the UK, and supports projects based on originality, significance, and the compelling ability and personal vision of the applicant. Speaking about the award, Professor Sir Richard Brook, the Trusts Director, said, This is a happy example of a network award where opportunity is taken to ensure that a most significant theme can receive attention from essential expertise drawn from different parts of the world.
Lifespan Research Centre

Contact: Professor Ian Stuart-Hamilton istuarth@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/lifespan The Lifespan Research Centre provides a focus for research on all aspects of development across the lifespan, with a particular emphasis on psychological change.
Psychology Research Group

Contacts: Dr Martin Graff; mgraff@glam.ac.uk Dr Bev John; bjohn1@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/psychology Research areas in the Psychology Research Group encompass cognitive, biological, health, developmental and social issues in psychology. The Group has leading researchers with expertise in a variety of areas of psychology.
204
08455 194 787
Research Centre for Literature, Arts and Science (RCLAS)

Contact: Professor Andrew Smith asmith5@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/rclas This Centre provides a focus for research and scholarship on literature, arts and science from all forms of literary and artistic practice, from the early modern period to the present day. The Centre actively seeks to engage with external partners and since 2009, has collaborated with Cardiff University on the delivery of a shared series of international seminars on the history of medicine. Archival holdings include The Proceedings of the British Association for the Advancement of Science 1831-1938, selected entries from which have been digitised and made available to the public with editorial commentary. The Centre stages research seminars, conferences of international significance, and publishes a peer-reviewed e-journal, the Journal of Literature and Science. The Centre is co-directed by Professor Andrew Smith and Dr Martin Willis.
Wales Transport Research Centre (WTRC)

www.glam.ac.uk/research/transport The WTRC was set up in 2001 to create an independent transport analytical facility in Wales. WTRC has grown into a significant research resource for transport in Wales and elsewhere. The Centre combines transport experience from academia, industry, government and consultancy. Its successful Bwcabus project has just received a further four years funding from the Welsh Government.
Bwcabus project
Bwcabus is an innovative bus service aimed at revolutionising rural transport. The pilot service has received almost 500,000 from the EUs Convergence European Regional Development Fund. It operates in response to booked journey requests, using the latest technologies to meet passenger needs and provide flexible local transport in the Teifi Valley. These booked journeys take people directly to the main bus route, enabling them to travel further afield. Customer satisfaction results have shown that people are using Bwcabus to access vital services such as healthcare and employment. Bwcabus has achieved all that was expected of it and more. Its popularity with travellers in north Carmarthenshire and south Ceredigion has increased demand on the Bwcabus network by 40% in its first year. This compares with a decline in rural public transport usage generally, said Professor Stuart Cole CBE, who created the concept. The project has won a host of awards, including the Most Innovative Transport Project category at the National Transport Awards, beating a strong field of national and regional initiatives from across the UK.
205
Cardiff School of Creative and Cultural Industries

Centre for Policy and Enterprise in Creative Industries (PECi)
Contact: Dr Gill Allard gallard@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/creativeeconomy The Centre for Policy and Enterprise in Creative Industries (PECi) was established in 2009 to generate and share knowledge about policy and enterprise in the sector, to build strategic relationships with local and national government stakeholders, and to foster exchanges with international partners involved in creative industries development. Accordingly, alongside traditional academic scholarship, the Centre manages a diverse portfolio of activities. These include the design and implementation of relevant postgraduate training and the co-ordination of schemes to support knowledge transfers in the creative industries.
Centre for the Study of Media and Culture in Small Nations

Contact: Professor Steve Blandford sblandfo@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/culture This Centre takes small nations as its focus, using expertise and experience of Wales to make comparisons and forge links with other small nations in the UK and internationally. Essentially, this initiative has been prompted by the processes of globalisation and its corollary, localisation, and the effect this has on media and culture in small nations. The Centre seeks to play an active role in debates around media and culture, regularly hosting seminars and lectures that involve academics and those working in the creative and cultural industries. To date, these have included academics and practitioners from Australia, New Zealand, Denmark, Hong Kong, Spain, Germany, India and the USA, as well as from organisations within Wales such as the National Assembly for Wales, Ofcom, the Arts Council of Wales, and BAFTA Cymru.
Communication, Cultural and Media Studies (CCMS) Research Group

Contact: Dr Ruth McElroy rmcelroy@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/media Research undertaken in the Communication, Cultural and Media Studies (CCMS) Research Group encompasses work on communication, consumption, culture, media and journalism, television and film studies. Such work may draw on, or address, institutional, textual, critical and/or empirical analysis, theory, history, policy, and practice.
Theatre and Media Drama Research Group

Contact: Professor Richard Hand rhand@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/drama This Group brings together researchers from across the Cardiff School of Creative and Cultural Industries, and from a variety of media and performance-related areas. As well as actively supporting external research funding bids, the Group provides research funding through our internal application process. The Group has funded large-scale projects such as hosting international conferences, and has supported academic and creative research projects, consultancy initiatives and conference attendance. The Groups Journal of Adaptation in Film and Performance and the Journal of Arts and Communities, are international journals in their respective fields of enquiry and reflect the Groups expertise in the interface between academia and the public domain.
206
08455 194 787
The George Ewart Evans Centre for Storytelling

Contact: Professor Hamish Fyfe hfyfe@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/storytelling This interdisciplinary Centre promotes, develops and researches storytelling in all its forms, drawing on strengths and interests from across the University. We collaborate with storytellers, artists and people in the creative and cultural industries, and support those who use storytelling in community and education settings. The Centre investigates and interrogates the art form through engagement with academics and artists. It presents regular conferences, symposia and seminars on storytelling, and provides advice, support and evaluation for storytelling initiatives. The Centre is also a member of the Communities 2.0 consortium to establish a Centre of Excellence in digital storytelling and deliver a range of digital inclusion projects throughout Wales, funded by the Welsh Government.
Glamorgan secures funding to support Wales's creative economy The University of Glamorgan has secured 144,000 of funding from the Arts and Humanities Research Council (AHRC) and A4B/Welsh Government to support the creative economy in Wales. Led by Professor Hamish Fyfe of the Cardiff School of Creative and Cultural Industries, on behalf of higher education institutions in Wales, Creative Exchange Wales Network (CEW-N) hopes to stimulate growth in the creative economy and help speed up economic recovery for the country as a whole. The project is based on the need to sustain and grow opportunities for research collaboration, specifically around the themes of globalisation of Waless creative industries. It is hoped the initiative will prompt a step-change in opportunities for engagement between academics and businesses in the creative industries and ICT in Wales.
207
Faculty of Health, Sport and Science
Biological Sciences Research Group

Contact: Professor Denis Murphy dmurphy2@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/biosci The Group specialises in modern cell and molecular biology and ecology, working with colleagues in other biologicalrelated areas, such as stress physiology and genomics policy. We are housed in recently refurbished laboratories with access to state-of-the-art equipment for plant growth, microbiology, microscopy, biochemistry and molecular biology. The Group has collaborative links with a number of universities, including Cardiff, Glasgow, Imperial College, and Southampton, Public Health Wales and the UK Institute of Zoology, plus overseas links with the University of Kentucky, USA, the University of Granada, Spain, and the Malaysian Palm Oil Board.
Care Sciences Research Group

Contact: Professor Donna Mead dmead@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/csru The Care Sciences Research Group is made up of dynamic groups of staff who encourage many different types of development in the area of care sciences such as acute care, enduring health needs, violence and health care, mental health, and education for health professionals.
Centre for Police Sciences

www.glam.ac.uk/research/police This Centre researches policing and supports practical application for the benefit of the wider community. The Centre supervises part-time and full-time postgraduate students and is supported by the Centre for Police Sciences Postgraduate Research Group. Much current work focuses on the delivery of neighbourhood policing and includes topics such as the increasing use of knowledge management facilities by the police service, ethical decision making, the use of community intelligence, the impact of situational crime prevention initiatives, and professionalising the police service.
208
08455 194 787
Centre for Research and Innovation in Care Sciences (CRICS)

Headed by Professor Maggie Kirk, the Centre comprises five research groups:
Welsh Institute for Health and Social Care (WIHSC)

Contact: Professor Marcus Longley mlongley@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/wihsc WIHSC was established in 1995 to provide a bridge between academia, and health and social care practice. Our focus is on applied policy, and the processes and intentions of policy formulation and implementation from the national and international to the practitioner and citizen.
Health Economics and Policy Research Group

Contact: Professor David Cohen dcohen@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/hepru Founded in 1996, this Group is a key health economics resource in Wales. Its mission is to undertake research across a wide range of health service and health policy issues, and to teach health economics through a variety of mechanisms. The Group aims to develop a critical understanding of the principles and applications of health economics and policy among researchers, policy makers and practitioners. Research focuses on two main programme areas: primary care and health improvement.
Genomics Policy Group

Contact: Professor Maggie Kirk mkirk@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/genomics The Group has been researching the implications of genomics since 1996. Its two key research strands focus on health professional education and public engagement, and has established a sound reputation for its innovative work.
Group for Development in Intellectual Disabilities

Contact: Professor Ruth Northway rnorthwa@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/udid The Groups mission is to enhance the quality of life and service provision for people with intellectual disabilities, their families and carers, through an integrated programme of research, education and practice. We work in collaboration with people with intellectual disabilities, their families, carers and service providers, to develop and maintain a programme of research, education and practice development.
Chiropractic Research Group

Contact: Professor Peter McCarthy pwmccart@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/chiropractic This Group scrutinises the tools and methodologies used to assess, diagnose and manage conditions seen by chiropractors in primary contact practice. We also investigate the causes of neuromusculoskeletal conditions and the pedagogy of chiropractic. Research encompasses a range of related clinical topics that form two centres of activity: the assessment and development of diagnosis tools; and the study and development of clinical skills and their acquisition to aid diagnosis and assess treatment efficacy.
209
Forensic Toxicology and Chemistry Research Group

Contact: Dr Tony Berry ajberry@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/forensic The Forensic Toxicology and Chemistry Research Group specialises in developing new analytical techniques to identify drugs of abuse in biological matrices. Recent work has involved the development of new techniques to detect date rape drugs, which dramatically reduce the sample preparation time. The team has also produced a test for alcohol in hair, enabling a retrospective alcohol consumption history from just one test. Local police forces have trialled some of these developments in forensic cases with excellent results.
Geography and Health

Contact: Dr Tony Harris ajharri1@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/geohealth This emerging area of cross-Faculty research links expertise in health policy and practice with geography. Research initiatives include study of the geography of genetics, an analysis of referral patterns to a cancer genetics service, and development of geographical information systems (GIS) to underpin better access to open spaces. Other areas include the use of GIS technology to trace epidemiological transitions and their relationship to population settlement, social service provision and natural phenomena. Geography of community health explores the intersection between social and spatial inequalities, and the barriers and opportunities these present to embedding sustainable community development and cohesion.
Sport, Health and Exercise Sciences Research Group

Contact: Professor Damian Bailey dbailey1@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/exercise The Sport, Health and Exercise Sciences Research Group comprises a functionally integrated team of research scientists, dedicated to understanding how physical activity affects an individuals clinical health and athletic performance. The Group houses specialist research laboratories equipped with state-of-the-art analytical equipment.
Sustainable Environment Research Centre (SERC)

Contact: Professor Alan Guwy ajguwy@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk/research/serc The Sustainable Environment Research Centre (SERC) is leading the CymruH2Wales project, which will advance development of fuel cells and hydrogen combustion engines. Integral to this is the Renewable Hydrogen Research and Demonstration Centre based at Baglan, and much of their activity is embedded within Waless Low Carbon Research Institute. The expertise of researchers in this field played a valuable role in establishing South Wales as the UKs sixth Low Carbon Economic Area. SERC conducts research in the following areas; hydrogen and renewable electricity, hydrogen storage, the strategic build up of hydrogen refuelling infrastructure, biological hydrogen and bio methane production, and Microbial fuel cells. SERC has also received funding from numerous prestigious funders and are partners in the EPSRC-funded SUPERGEN initiatives.
Wales Centre of Excellence for Anaerobic Digestion The Wales Centre of Excellence for Anaerobic Digestion is based in the Sustainable Environment Research Centre (SERC) at the University of Glamorgan. The Centre is funded by the European Regional Development Fund (ERDF), the Welsh Government and the University of Glamorgan. Since 2008, the Wales Centre of Excellence for Anaerobic Digestion has been providing support and technical services to the anaerobic digestion industry, industry stakeholders, policy developers and regulators. Anaerobic digestion is the conversion of biodegradable material in sealed vessels in the absence of oxygen by a consortia of bacteria, from which a valuable biogas is produced. This biogas is collected and used as a source of energy. A digestate by-product can be used as a fertiliser (replacing mineral fertiliser) and as a soil conditioner. Anaerobic digestion is an attractive option for Wales and the UK. It can contribute to meeting targets for waste recycling and diversion of organic wastes from landfill, the requirement to pre-treat organic materials before disposal, targets to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, and requirements to generate renewable energy.
210
08455 194 787
Hydrogen Centre, Baglan Energy Park
211
Faculty of Advanced Technology

The Faculty of Advanced Technology provides first-class teaching, research and consultancy in Computing, Mathematics, Engineering, Electronics, and the Built Environment.
Research Teaching at Glamorgans Faculty of Advanced Technology is underpinned by a vibrant research culture. There are 15 research units within the Faculty, all reflecting its diverse and interdisciplinary nature. Many of these research units are acknowledged to be of international standing, with high-profile projects such as mobile phone research and hydrogen fuel cell transport. There are over 120 research students in the Faculty, which has an international reputation for highquality research across all areas. The Faculty performed extremely well in the latest Research Assessment Exercise (RAE2008), which is a further endorsement of the quality and success of research activity at the University of Glamorgan. In particular, the Faculty was ranked among the top 30% of UK universities in the field of General Engineering. Furthermore, 40% of our research in Architecture and Built Environment was deemed internationally excellent, with a further 10% world-leading. Facilities The Faculty has state-of-the-art teaching and research facilities thanks to a multimillion-pound investment programme. There is a new Aircraft Maintenance Centre on campus, housing a commercial jet. This will complete our aerospace provision, which already consists of a flight simulator, gas turbine engine and wind tunnel. Our Computer Systems Engineering students will also benefit from a brand-new embedded systems lab, while the Games Development Lab is also being updated with the latest hardware and software. These developments are in addition to the existing industry-standard facilities the Faculty operates, including civil and mechanical engineering testing labs, lighting design studios and electronics signal and communications labs.
Discover the wealth of opportunities in the Faculty of Advanced Technology. www.glam.ac.uk/fat
212
08455 194 787
Electronics Laboratory, Glyntaff Campus
Geotechnics Laboratory, Treforest Campus
Accreditation and employability Our range of taught postgraduate courses is constantly growing and evolving. We work with employers and professional bodies to design courses that meet their workplace requirements, as well as our students careers and interests. Our Computer Forensics courses have been given the MI5 seal of approval Glamorgan is one of only five institutions recognised as excellent by the UKs Security Service, and our Computer Forensics Lab provides a forensic capability that is unique to academic institutions. Our MSc courses in Mobile Computing and Mobile Telecommunications Management are sponsored by Orange. Orange also provides two paid project placements a year for Glamorgan students and employment prospects are excellent.
The Faculty has Centres of Excellence in Engineering Research and Environmental Applications (CEREA), and Electronic Product Engineering (CEPE). Our links with industry and the expertise of our staff mean your employment prospects are set to soar. We have a proud tradition of collaboration with the commercial sector, through projects supporting technology transfer and applied research work. Companies we have worked with recently include British Telecom, ESRI, Fujitsu, IBM, Network Rail, Ordnance Survey, Wales Environment Trust, Sir Robert McAlpine, Nuttall Civil Engineering, The Carbon Trust, Cardiff Council, The Royal Mint, and Corus.
Professional development Throughout your studies, you will enhance your personal skills, make effective use of information technology and develop your capacity for logical thought, critical judgement and assessment. You will be equipped with the knowledge, skills and competences necessary for a successful role in your chosen field, including effective and participatory decision making, problem solving and teamwork, and develop knowledge in an aspect of your chosen profession using advanced research skills.
213
Faculty of Business and Society

The Faculty of Business and Society brings together a broad range of academic disciplines, with an extensive portfolio of courses and research.
The Faculty comprises four schools: Glamorgan Business School; the School of Humanities and Social Sciences; the School of Law, Accounting and Finance; and the School of Psychology. Each school is responsible for providing an excellent student experience, which in turn creates a supportive environment that allows our students to flourish. From degree to doctoral level, the diverse nature of the Faculty offers a rich resource of expertise; from learning and teaching to research and consultancy. Underpinning our diversity is a shared commitment to the welfare, development and aspirations of our students. We aim to provide a supportive environment where students can fulfill their potential and prepare to forge successful, professional careers. With the backing of many professional bodies in the UK, we ensure our courses are constantly benchmarked against the demands of the workplace and gain worldwide accreditation. Such accreditations recognise our excellent teaching and afford our students exemptions from professional examinations and affiliated membership with professional organisations. Our profile at national and international levels is very high and we contribute regularly to major conferences in all disciplines. We have an excellent track record in attracting research grants and consultancy work, which means postgraduate students have the benefit of studying and working in a thriving and challenging academic community. The supportive and integrated culture of the Faculty allows all postgraduate students to make a real contribution to the life of the Faculty from day one. All Schools have lively programmes of seminars with invited speakers and internal presentations, and our students are encouraged to contribute to these events. We are proud of the many successes of our alumni, who have gone on to occupy key positions in academia, business and industry on regional, national and international levels. Glamorgan Business School Glamorgan Business School has a proven record of high-quality postgraduate, professional and doctoral programmes. Staff have a wealth of academic and professional experience, and our reputation is enhanced by accreditations with some of the worlds leading professional bodies, including the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD), and we are a Centre for Excellence for the Chartered Institute of Logistics and Transport (CILT) and the Chartered Institute of Purchasing and Supply (CIPS). We work closely with all sectors to ensure a close fit between the needs of employers and course content. All our courses are designed with employability, enterprise and social innovation at the core, so our graduates usually achieve rapid progression. Many courses offer the opportunity to undertake real projects on behalf of organisations, and we are leading the way in offering a formalised framework for work-based learning. Applied research is a core part of Glamorgan Business Schools mission. All our research feeds into our teaching, giving you direct access to real-life developments. The latest Research Assessment Exercise (RAE2008) has highlighted our strength in areas such as enterprise, workplace behaviours, futures and social innovation. Nearly two-thirds of the research output we submitted was assessed as internationally significant or better, including some research judged to be world-leading.
For more information and the latest news, visit the Facultys website. www.glam.ac.uk/fbs 214 08455 194 787
School of Humanities and Social Sciences The teaching of humanities and social sciences at Glamorgan is underpinned by a dynamic and thriving research culture. In the latest Research Assessment Exercise (RAE2008), English at Glamorgan was rated the highest in Wales for world-leading research. In addition, our creative writers have won an impressive array of prizes for their work and many graduates of the MPhil Writing have also won literary awards. Our historians make up the top-rated History department in Wales and one of the foremost departments in the modern university sector, according to the RAE2008. Social Policy research, including research in Criminology and Sociology, was also rated very highly and is in the top 30 departments nationally (according to the research power ratings). We are accredited by the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC), the leading funding agency for social science research in the UK, as a recognised provider of PhD training. Art at Glamorgan provides a challenging and stimulating environment. Students have access to specialist facilities in our studios, can work with practising artists and gain practical exhibiting experience.
School of Law, Accounting and Finance This School offers professional and academic qualifications to suit individual career aspirations. We maintain strong links with the accounting and legal professions and work closely with employers and professional bodies to design courses that meet their requirements, as well as our students careers and interests. Our staff come from a range of academic and professional backgrounds and many courses are delivered by professionally qualified accountants and solicitors who have entered academia after working in the private and public sectors. Law facilities include a state-of-theart moot courtroom, interview rooms, teaching rooms and two dedicated LPC resource rooms. Glamorgans accounting and finance students also have access to a brandnew financial trading room, with state-of-the-art computer hardware and software, and large plasma screens featuring financial data from Bloomberg for the latest business news and financial information.
School of Psychology The School of Psychology encompasses the disciplines of Careers, Education and Psychology. Postgraduate opportunities in Psychology and Careers combine high-quality academic delivery with practical skills that are directly applicable to occupational settings. Where relevant, our awards have accreditation with professional bodies such as the Institute of Careers Guidance, the British Psychological Society, and the British Association of Play Therapists. Psychology has two centres of specific research expertise in health and sport psychology and lifespan psychology, with active research across other areas of the discipline. In the latest Research Assessment Exercise (RAE2008), research in child and adolescent development was rated as internationally excellent. All staff are active in research, with many recognised nationally and internationally for their activity. A new, in-house clinic, PAWB Wales. now offers psychological services to the public and provides our students with excellent opportunities for work experience and professional development.
Glamorgan Business School, Treforest Campus
Psychology and Well-Being Clinic (PAWB Wales), Treforest Campus
215
Cardiff School of Creative and Cultural Industries

Specifically designed to nurture innovative and creative talent, the Cardiff School of Creative and Cultural Industries encompasses the rich diversity of the creative industries in the UK.
Interdisciplinary approach Our students have the opportunity to work with leading academics and practitioners in an interdisciplinary environment, to produce novel ideas and challenging concepts. There is a range of research activity across the Faculty, from traditional academic research to practice-led research and enterprise. The Faculty promotes a calendar of research activities and has a growing portfolio of partnerships with industry and other external partners. We have developed a vibrant, crossdisciplinary research culture that offers a supportive environment for everyone involved in research activity. This underpins the learning and teaching agenda throughout the Faculty, and encourages engagement with the wider academic community, industry, business, public sector and local communities. We embrace academics and practitioners who are keen to produce research work in emergent creative sectors. We have a number of visiting professors and fellows, many of whom are active in industry. We are developing strong international links, as well as building on existing relationships with the likes of BBC Wales, S4C and the Welsh Government.
ATRiuM Campus
For more information and a tour of the ATRiuM campus, visit the Facultys website. www.glam.ac.uk/cci 216 08455 194 787
ATRiuM Campus
LRC, ATRiuM Campus
Music Studio, ATRiuM Campus
Professional development Perhaps you already work in the creative and cultural industries and want to develop your skills in a specific area, or maybe you are a graduate who wants to become a specialist before entering this exciting sector? You might even be interested in researching an aspect of creativity or the cultural industries. If so, you can choose from our taught courses that will develop your ideas and skills, or you could register for a Masters by Research, MPhil or PhD in areas such as design, film, TV, radio, drama, interactive media, animation, popular music, or sound and music technology. We have excellent links with the rapidly growing number of creative and cultural businesses in Wales, so our programmes stay relevant to industry trends.
Excellent facilities and location As a postgraduate student, you will get to study at our ATRiuM campus, right at the heart of Cardiff and Wales burgeoning media and arts scene. This facility serves as a multifunctional, multidisciplinary centre for over 2,000 students. We pride ourselves on being an integrated, leading-edge facility that promotes a sense of community and identity, while enhancing profile and reputation. This purpose-built campus has constantly evolving facilities, with the latest industry-standard technologies for you to interpret and adapt your creative ideas. We have everything our creative students could want under one roof; video and editing facilities, a 170-seat auditorium/
theatre, a three-camera television production studio with HD capabilities, and a fully functioning radio station. Students even have professional CGI facilities on campus, with a render farm for the creation, experimentation and development of computer generated images and special effects for digital animation, computer games, television and film production. As part of our campus development programme, we have recently announced an additional 28m investment that will see an expansion of our ATRiuM campus. This exciting commitment to the creative and cultural industries will see new spaces for animation, broadcasting and performing arts, right in the heart of the city.
217
Faculty of Health, Sport and Science

Science has been taught here for nearly 100 years. Building on our experience, we pride ourselves on our innovative approach that uses leading research and the latest equipment and techniques.
Top-class research Much of the Facultys research is multidisciplinary and carried out in partnership with government and industry. Postgraduate students make an important contribution to life in the Faculty and are encouraged to share and develop their ideas in a supportive research culture. There is an active body of over 60 research students studying full-time and parttime at Masters and Doctorate level. Teaching is informed by research and the Faculty has extensive research expertise in health, sport and science. Research continues to grow as a real, active and vital part of the business of the Faculty, conducted at national and international levels. We are especially proud of our ratings in the latest Research Assessment Exercise (RAE2008). Much of our research was recognised as having international influence, with pockets of worldleading activity. We enjoyed particular successes in environmental research (as part of the General Engineering submission), and in nursing and midwifery. Our research is characterised by its innovation, enthusiasm and quality. We have established a reputation for using new methodological approaches and for tackling subjects at the cutting edge of technologies and knowledge, such as the extremes of physical tolerance and the care and wellbeing of those often marginalised in society. Applied research and studies of the implications of research are also important areas, and we have close links with policy makers in health, science and education. Specialist research units and centres operate across the spectrum of health and science, including the fields of environmental sustainability, renewable energy (in particular the hydrogen economy), wastewater treatment, chiropractic, earth and space science, health and exercise science, police and public services, and life sciences. Within health and social care, we have established units of national and international renown in learning disabilities, genetics education, public involvement and health economics.
For more information and the latest news, visit the Facultys website. www.glam.ac.uk/hesas 218 08455 194 787
Courses for professionals Postgraduate taught courses in the Faculty of Health, Sport and Science are available in geography and the environment, police and public services, health sciences, and physical sciences. As awareness of our responsibility for our effect on the physical environment increases, so does the demand for professionals with skills to minimise impact and recover resources. Our geography and environment courses are vital in contributing to the understanding of the world, its physical process, landscape and resources. Courses are designed so that students gain skills in assessing conditions, predicting developments and managing the environment. There is a strong emphasis on transferable skills and employability in all our programmes. Our health science awards have been designed for practising professionals to enhance their knowledge and develop their skills. The MSc Clinical Practice, for example, can be adapted to a range of fields and expertise.
There is also a range of specialist courses relevant to 21st century professional development, eg, MSc Disaster Healthcare or the MSc Professional Practice for senior professionals. Masters courses are modular, so you benefit from a flexible approach. Courses take 12 months to complete full-time and between two and three years part-time. You can also undertake programmes that lead to a Postgraduate Certificate or Diploma. Study is usually a mixture of lectures and seminars, followed by a dissertation or project. Some of our courses are available through distance learning, fitting study around the commitments of busy health professionals. Excellent facilities Our students enjoy some of the most exciting new teaching and learning technologies available. We have invested considerably in a major expansion at our Glyntaff campus, creating a unique learning environment.
The Glamorgan Clinical Simulation Centre has impressive health suites and sophisticated simulation equipment that ranges from simple anatomical models to a full-scale hospital environment. The George Knox science laboratories comprises an environmental chamber, a suite of chemistry/analytical instrumentation laboratories and a separate area of Level 2 containment laboratories. These are dedicated to microbiology, molecular biology and DNA sequencing, as well as ultratrace analysis. The laboratories also support the Sustainable Environment Research Centre (SERC). There are purpose-built laboratories for sport and science students, as well as international-standard facilities at Glamorgan Sport Park. The Police Sciences division tests students operational and managerial capabilities using the Hydra simulation system, as used by many national police forces to train officers at all levels and is one of only 60 such systems in the world.
Glyntaff Campus
Glamorgan Sport Park
Clinical Simulation Suite, Glyntaff Campus
219
Entry requirements
The standard entry requirements for taught and research postgraduate study are set out here.
Taught courses Masters (MA or MSc) You will need one of the following: a good Honours degree a postgraduate diploma in a relevant subject a recognised equivalent qualification Postgraduate Certificates and Diplomas (PgC/PgD) You will need one of the following: a good Honours degree a recognised equivalent qualification For Masters courses, or Postgraduate Certificates and Diplomas, you may be accepted on a course if you have other qualifications or relevant experiences that show you have the appropriate knowledge and skills required. Contact us for further details. Professional qualifications These requirements vary. Please check individual course pages for details. English language requirement International applicants will need a good command of English the minimum equivalent of an IELTS score of 6.5, or IBT TOEFL 88, depending on the course you are studying. Please check individual course pages for details.
How to apply If you want to study a taught course, please contact our Enquiries & Admissions Unit for more information: e-mail: enquiries@glam.ac.uk telephone (UK only): 08455 194 787 telephone (international students only): +44 (0)1443 654 450 Applications for postgraduate courses can be made throughout the year via our website: www.glam.ac.uk/apply Once you have registered online, you will have access to Your Glamorgan. This is an online portal that allows you to book on an Open Evening, keep track of your application, and get the latest news about your subject area. Accreditation Our Enquiries & Admissions Unit has been awarded the internationally recognised ISO 9001:2008 accreditation following an independent quality management audit of processes and practice. Certification relates specifically to handling student enquiries and applications to study at the University.
Did you know that you can apply for our courses and track your application online? www.glam.ac.uk/apply
220
08455 194 787
Research programmes Masters by Research (MA/MSc by Research) You will need one of the following: an Honours degree, normally class 2:1 or higher an equivalent qualification in a relevant subject MPhil or MPhil/PhD To register for the degree of MPhil, or MPhil with the possibility of transferring to PhD on completion of a thesis, you will usually need one of the following: an Honours degree, normally class 2:1 or higher, in a relevant subject a recognised equivalent qualification PhD You will normally need one of the following: a Masters degree (UK or equivalent) a recognised equivalent qualification Your Masters degree should usually be related to your proposed area of research and should have included training in research and the completion of a research project.
You may also apply if you do not have a Masters degree, but have both of the following: a good Honours degree or equivalent in an appropriate discipline relevant research or professional experience at postgraduate level that resulted in published work, written reports, or other appropriate evidence PhD by Portfolio You will need one of the following: Masters degree (UK or equivalent) that usually relates to the proposed research area and included training in research and the completion of a research project a good Honours degree or equivalent in an appropriate discipline, and relevant research or professional experience at postgraduate level that resulted in published work, written reports, or other appropriate evidence
English language requirement International applicants will need a good command of English the minimum equivalent of an IELTS score of 6.5, or IBT TOEFL 88, depending on the course you are studying. How to apply If you are interested in a research programme, please contact the Graduate Research Office before you apply: gro@glam.ac.uk All postgraduate research applications should be made directly to the University of Glamorgan via www.glam.ac.uk/apply.
221
Our commitment
To you and the planet
At Glamorgan, you will find a commitment to improving the planet and the lives of people on it. Across the whole University, were working towards combating climate change and giving disadvantaged people a better deal through Fairtrade.
Environmentally friendly We are proud of our commitment to the environment and were the first university in the UK to be awarded the ISO14001 standard for the quality of our environmental practices and teaching. We have an extensive recycling programme and an awardwinning Travel Plan that encourages people to choose sustainable alternatives such as cycling, walking and public transport. We are also committed to reducing our carbon dioxide emissions and combating climate change. For more information, visit www.glam.ac.uk/sustainability. You can also create a customised electronic version of this prospectus online: www.glam.ac.uk/prospectus Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) As part of our HSW add commitment to the FSC logo environment and fair trade, we chose to print this prospectus on FSCcertified paper. FSC is an international, non-governmental organisation that promotes responsible management of the worlds forests. To display an FSC logo, forest owners must meet many other conditions, such as using local workers, supporting the community and developing schools. So wherever you see an FSC logo, you can be sure that you are buying responsibly.
Fairtrade Glamorgan is a Fairtrade university. We are committed to using Fairtrade products at all University functions and stocking them in all our shops, cafes and restaurants. This gives staff and students the opportunity to choose products that give a fair chance to farmers in developing countries and promotes sustainable agriculture. Look for the Fairtrade logo when you shop. For more information, visit www.fairtrade.org.uk. Student Charter As part of our commitment to provide the best possible service, we have set out your rights and responsibilities in the University of Glamorgans Charter. This Charter reflects our belief that the learning process is most effective when undertaken in the spirit of co-operation and partnership between you, your fellow students and the University. The Charter tells you what to expect of us and what we can expect of you. It also tells you what you can do if you feel we are not delivering the service you expect. We monitor our performance against these standards to ensure that we continually improve the service we provide, and we encourage your comments based on your experiences. Admissions complaints are covered by the Universitys Admissions Policy, available at www.glam.ac.uk/apply. The Student Charter is available on the Universitys website.
222
08455 194 787
Glamorgan Alumni
A lifelong community
After you graduate, being part of our Alumni Association means that you wont lose the friends and contacts you will develop during your studies. Instead, you will become part of the wider University community that is truly global. We are proud of our alumni and we value your development even after you graduate. You can keep up-todate with developments in your field through free lectures from industry experts, or improve your professional links through networking sessions. If you need careers advice, our Careers & Employability Service is still here to help, free of charge. You wont miss out on our expertise and resources either. As part of the Alumni Association, you can get discounted access to our Learning Resources Centre. Our alumni also receive regular updates about news and developments at the University, as well as opportunities to get involved. Plus, Alumni Association reunions allow you to keep in touch with your contemporaries, or make new friendships with fellow graduates. To see how Glamorgan could be part of your future, visit www.glam.ac.uk/alumni.
The benefits of being a Glamorgan student extend way beyond your new qualification and last much longer than your course.
223
How to get to the University of Glamorgan

We have excellent transport links and all three University campuses are easily reached by car and by train.
Pontypridd: Treforest and Glyntaff Campuses Our Treforest and Glyntaff campuses are easily reached by road or rail just off the M4 and with a train station on our doorstep. By car, these campuses are only 10 minutes from junction 32 of the M4, just off the A470. The University is signposted from north and southbound carriageways on the A470. There are large student car parks at both campuses. If you travel by train, Valleys Lines services run regularly from Cardiff and stop at Treforest Station, right next to campus. If you are travelling from overseas, Cardiff International Airport also has a direct rail link to Treforest. Cardiff: ATRiuM Campus The Cardiff School of Creative and Cultural Industries is housed in our ATRiuM campus, right at the heart of the city. Travelling by car, it can be reached from junctions 29, 32 or 33 of the M4 and there are plenty of car parks nearby. By train, the campus is a short walk from Cardiff Queen Street station or Cardiff Central station.
If you cant make it in person, you can watch our online video to discover more about the Universitys location and surrounding area: www.glam.ac.uk/location or scan here.
i
Satnav If youre using a satnav device to get here, these are the postcodes you will need: Treforest campus: CF37 1DL Glyntaff campus: CF37 4BD ATRiuM campus: CF24 2FN
Glyntaff Campus
224
08455 194 787
Treforest Campus
Travel times by car* Bangor Birmingham Bristol Cambridge Exeter Glasgow Leicester Liverpool London Manchester Newcastle upon Tyne Swansea York
4 hours 2 hours 1 hour 3.5 hours 2 hours 6.5 hours 3 hours 3.5 hours 3 hours 3.5 hours 5.5 hours 1 hour 4.5 hours
Edinburgh
*Source: RAC route planner. Times are approximate.
i
Dublin
Newcastle Belfast
York Manchester Bangor
Birmingham
Norwich
You can find printable maps of our campuses, information on the local area, places to stay and more on our website. www.glam.ac.uk/visiting
University of Glamorgan Cardiff

Bristol London
Plymouth
225
Course index
A ACCA (Association of Chartered Certified Accountants) Accounting Acute and Critical Care Advanced Clinical Practitioner Aeronautical Engineering Aircraft Maintenance Systems Analytical and Forensic Science Animation Arts Practice (Fine Art), (Arts, Health and Wellbeing) Asset Management and Development B Behaviour Analysis and Therapy Behaviour Analysis Supervised Practice Building Information Modelling and Sustainability C Cancer Care Care of the Older Person Child Health and Welfare Studies Childhood Studies Chartered Institute of Purchasing and Supply (CIPS) Civil and Structural Engineering Civil Engineering and Environmental Management Clinical and Abnormal Psychology Clinical Endodontics Clinical Practice Commercial Law Community and Partnerships Community Health Studies 101 102 103 180 189 71 72 168 104 105 136 178 106 Community Mental Health Practice 107 Community Regeneration 179 Computer Animation 38 Computer Forensics 54 Computer Science 55 Computer Systems Engineering 73 Computer Systems Security 56 Computing and Information Systems 53 Conservation and GIS 91 Construction Project Management 45 Criminology and Criminal Justice, (Substance Misuse), (Youth and Offender Management) 65 D H 165 44 Diabetes 108 Diagnostic Clinical Ultrasound 109 Disaster Healthcare 110 Disaster Management for Environmental Hazards 92 Doctor of Business Administration 139 Doctor of Business Administration (Public Service Management) 139 Drama 67 E Education (for Health and Social Care Professionals) Educational Practice Electronic Mobile Communications Electronic Product Design Electronics and Information Technology Embedded Systems Design Endocrinology Energy Systems Engineering Health and Public Service Management 176 Health Psychology 166 History 129 Human Resources Management 141 I Independent Prescribing (CPD) International Business and Enterprise International Commercial Law International Fashion Marketing International Logistics and Supply Chain Management International Policing Islamic Banking and Finance 113 143 137 150 190 175 32 Engineering Management English Environmental Conservation Management Environmental Management F Film Producing 153 Forensic Audit and Accounting 31 G Geographical Information Systems (GIS) 57 Graduate Diploma in Law (CPE) 133 Graphic Communication 41 142 85 94 47
29 30 99 100 69 70 97 37 35 43
164
111 173 74 75 77 78 112 79
226
08455 194 787
J Journalism Journalism (International) L Leadership and Management 144 146 Learning and Development 134 Legal Practice Course (LPC) Literature, Culture and Society 86 M 145 Management (MSc) 147 Management (NVQ) Management and Development of International Financial Systems 33 149 Marketing Master of Business 140 Administration (MBA) 135 Masters in Law 80 Mechanical Engineering Media, Culture and 159 Communication 115 Midwifery Mobile and Satellite 81 Communications 58 Mobile Computing Mobile Telecommunications 59 Management Music Engineering and 161 Production O Occupational Health (Nursing or Technician) 154 155
P Palliative Care Performance Coaching Play and Therapeutic Play Play Therapy Post-Qualifying Social Work Professional Engineering Professional Practice Professional Practice and Associate Student Scheme Professional Practice (Pain Management) Professional Practice (Violence Reduction) Professional Practice (Nursing), (Midwifery), (Specialist Community Public Health Nursing) Psychology Public Health Public Relations Public Services Management R V Radio Renewable Energy and Resource Management S Writing Safety, Health and Environmental Management 48 Scriptwriting 158 Social and Cultural History 130 Specialist Community Public Health Nursing (Health Visiting), (School Nursing), (Occupational Health Nursing) 127 Specialist Community Public Health Nursing (Health Visiting), (School Health Nursing) 126 Y Youth Sports Coaching 186 88 157 Visual Effects 95 W 39 117 184 170 171 181 82 118 121 123 124 Sport, Health and Exercise Science 183 Strategic Procurement Management 191 Supervised Practice in Sport Psychology 169, 187 Supply Chain Management 192 Sustainable Business Risk Management 49 Sustainable Business Risk Management (Distance Learning) 50 Sustainable Power Technology 83 Systemic Counselling (MSc/PgD/PgC) 62 Systemic Counselling (Dip/BSc (Hons)) 63 Systemic Psychotherapy 61 T TESOL Total Quality 89 51
122 163 125 151 177
116
227
General index
About Glamorgan Accommodation Accreditations Advanced Technology Alumni Applications ATRiuM campus Business and Society Campuses Cardiff Careers Centenary Childcare Commercial Services Courses
6, 212-219 16 6-7, 212-219 212 223 220 10, 216 214 10, 212-219 10, 216 5, 7, 16 13 17 27 24-26, 28-193
Creative and Cultural Industries 214 Cymraeg 26 Entry requirements 220 Facilities 6-9, 212-219 Faculties 212-219 Fees and funding 18 Glamorgan Sport 15 Glam Edge 7 Glyntaff campus 218 Graduate Research Office 25, 196 Halls of Residence 16 Health, Sport and Science 11, 218 International students 20 Investments 12 Learning support 22, 196 Location 10, 224
Open Evenings 1 Playcentre 17 Pontypridd 10 Postgraduate Centre 8, 23, 196 Professional courses 7, 24, 27 Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2, 9, 194 Research programmes 25, 194 Research Groups and Centres 198 Scholarships 18 Sports 15 Support services 14, 16, 18, 20, 196 Students Union 14 Treforest campus 10, 12 Visiting 1, 10, 224 Welsh language 26
Did you know that you can create your own prospectus online?
www.glam.ac.uk/prospectus
228
08455 194 787
Terms and Conditions (i) All students will be required as a condition of enrolment to abide by, and to submit to, the Universitys Regulation Governing Student conduct, as amended from time to time. A copy of the current Regulations is available on request from the Universitys Academic Registry. Copies are issued to students as part of their induction pack prior to enrolment and are also available at the time of enrolment. (ii) The University will use all reasonable endeavours to deliver courses in accordance with the descriptions set out in the prospectus. It is also largely dependent upon charitable and public funds, which the University has to manage in a way which is efficient and cost-effective, in the context of the provision of a diverse range of courses to a large number of students. The University therefore: (a) Reserves the right to make variations to the contents or methods of delivery of courses, to discontinue courses and to merge or combine courses, if such action is reasonably considered to be necessary by the University in the context of its wider purposes. If the University discontinues any course, it will use its reasonable endeavours to provide a suitable alternative course. (b) Cannot accept responsibility and expressly excludes liability for damage to students property, transfer of computer viruses to students equipment, liability for breach of contract including cancellation of courses, lectures, laboratory sessions, workshops, field trips and similar activities.
This prospectus has been produced well in advance of delivery of the courses outlined, which may be subject to change. Please check our website for the latest information. The University of Glamorgan accepts no responsibility for errors or omissions. The University reserves the right to amend or discontinue courses. Entry requirements may be amended from time to time. ATRiuM campus image on page 10 provided by Michael Field: www.michaelfield.net Thinkstock images appear on pages 11, 28, 42, 46, 60, 64, 68, 84, 90, 96, 98, 128, 131, 132, 162, 167, 172, 188, 193, 202. As part of its commitment to the Welsh language, the University provides information through the medium of Welsh. It also provides opportunities for students who wish to study through the medium of Welsh to develop their linguistic skills and use the language at the University. For further information through the medium of Welsh, visit www.glam.ac.uk/cymraeg or e-mail cymraeg@glam.ac.uk.
This prospectus has been printed on paper from sustainable resources, using vegetable and mineral oil-based inks that are environmentally friendly and do not contain solvents. When you have finished with this prospectus, please pass it on or recycle. Design: Glamorgan Print 01443 482 677 Print: MWL Print www.mwl.co.uk Produced by the University of Glamorgans Marketing & Student Recruitment Department. Many thanks to all those who helped with this project. The University of Glamorgan is a registered charity. Registration No. 1140312
COFIA
DDYSGU
BYW
University of Glamorgan Pontypridd, Wales, UK CF37 1DL Tel (UK): 08455 194 787 Tel (Overseas): +44 (0) 1443 654 450 E-mail: enquiries@glam.ac.uk www.glam.ac.uk
The University of Glamorgan is a registered charity. Registration No. 1140312
www.facebook.com/universityofglamorgan www.twitter.com/uniglam

Cardiff and Pontypridd PG 2013

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Cardiff and Pontypridd PG 2013

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Postgraduate, Professional and Research 2013-14

08455 194 787 www.glam.ac.uk/postgrad

^ Open Evening, T y Crawshay

Glamorgan Alumni p223

Start in February or September p24

Apply online p220

100 Years of Education Postgraduate, Professional and Research 2013-14

Open Evening, Treforest Campus

^ Postgraduate Centre, T y Crawshay

100 Years of Education Postgraduate, Professional and Research 2013-14

Welcome from the Vice-Chancellor

Professor Julie Lydon Vice-Chancellor

08455 194 787

194 196 198 202 206 208

212 220 223 224 226 228

100 Years of Education Postgraduate, Professional and Research 2013-14

Why choose postgraduate study?

Postgraduate Centre, Treforest Campus

100 Years of Education Postgraduate, Professional and Research 2013-14

Why choose Glamorgan for your studies?

Aerospace Centre, Treforest Campus

08455 194 787

Moot Court, Treforest Campus

Materials Testing Laboratory, Treforest Campus

08455 194 787

LRC, Treforest Campus

Hypobaric Chamber, Glyntaff Campus

100 Years of Education Postgraduate, Professional and Research 2013-14

ATRiuM Campus, Cardiff

08455 194 787

100 Years of Education Postgraduate, Professional and Research 2013-14

Investing in your future

Artists impression of Treforest Campus

100 YEARS OF EDUCATION

To find out more about our centenary celebrations, visit: www.glam.ac.uk

Class of 1949 on practical training at Wattstown Colliery, Rhondda

100 Years of Education Postgraduate, Professional and Research 2013-14

08455 194 787

Boxercise class, Sport Centre

Tyn-y-Wern playing fields, Treforest

100 Years of Education Postgraduate, Professional and Research 2013-14

08455 194 787

Micro Flat, Mountain Halls, Treforest Campus

100 Years of Education Postgraduate, Professional and Research 2013-14

08455 194 787

100 Years of Education Postgraduate, Professional and Research 2013-14

International study at Glamorgan

Further information Download our International Student Guide:

08455 194 787

Trip to Abergavenny Museum

100 Years of Education Postgraduate, Professional and Research 2013-14

08455 194 787

LRC, ATRiuM Campus

100 Years of Education Postgraduate, Professional and Research 2013-14

08455 194 787

Open Evening, Treforest Campus

^ Ty Crawshay, Treforest Campus

08455 194 787

100 Years of Education Postgraduate, Professional and Research 2013-14

Engaging with business

100 Years of Education Postgraduate, Professional and Research 2013-14

Accounting and Finance

Accounting and Finance

ACCA (Association of Chartered Certified Accountants)